No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutECHDA14-007 R. A. Nelson LLC Construction AgreementCONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT is dated as of the ALf�-day of 2014, by and between Lake Creek Village LLC, a Colorado limited liability company (hereinafter called "Lake Creek" or "Owner") whose address for purposes hereof is P.O. Box 850, 500 Broadway, Eagle, CO 81631, and R.A. Nelson LLC a Colorado limited liability company licensed to work in the State of Colorado (hereinafter called "Contractor") whose address for purposes hereof is 51 Eagle Road, No. 2, P.O. Drawer 5400, Avon, CO 81620. Owner and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 — THE PROJECT AND THE WORK 1.1 The construction project which is the subject matter hereof is generally described as the Lake Creek Village Apartments Clubhouse Addition located in Edwards, Colorado (the "Project"). Contractor shall supply and perform all work to complete the Project as specified in the Contract Documents ("Work"). 1.2 A more complete description of the Project and a description of the applicable Project site (the "Site") is provided by the Contract Documents. 1.3 Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the General Conditions and (or) the other Contract Documents as applicable. 1.4 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items reasonably necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by any one shall be binding as if required by all. Based on Contractor's careful review of the Contract Documents, Contractor acknowledges that the Contract Documents require the construction of a completed Project in accordance with the terms hereof. 1.5 Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents or reasonably inferable therefrom, for the complete construction of the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall provide and furnish all materials, supplies, equipment, tools, implements, all other facilities, and all other labor, supervision, security, transportation, utilities, storage, appliances and all other services as and when required for or in connection with the complete construction of the Project. 1.6 If the Work is taking place on property owned by other federal, state or local governmental entities, or a public utility or other third party, Contractor shall comply with any additional terms and conditions required by applicable law and (or) applicable permits. ARTICLE 2 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE R (A:1►-! - 00 -�- 2.1 The Project is under the authority of the Owner, through the Eagle County Project Management Department, Rick Ullom, or his designee, shall be Owner's liaison with Contractor with respect to the performance of the Work. 2.2 I Contractor's representative is Mike Cuthbertson. 2.3 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed with less than ten (10) days prior written notice to the other party. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete on or before January 9, 2015. Final Completion such that the Project is ready for final payment in accordance with the Contract Documents shall occur on or before January 29, 2015 ("Contract Time"). 3.2 Contractor shall employ all such additional labor, services and supervision, including such extra shifts and over time, as may be necessary to maintain and to achieve final payment in accordance with the Contract Documents on or before December 31, 2014 all without an increase in the Contract Price. 3.3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not substantially complete within the time specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving at a legal or arbitration hearing, the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not substantially complete on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay Owner five hundred dollars ($500) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion until the Work is complete. If the liquidated damages set forth herein are determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, Owner reserves the right to seek and recover actual, consequential, special damages which arise or are the result of Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion on or prior to the date set forth in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor, for Contractor's performance of the Work under the Contract Documents, including contingencies, an amount not to exceed One Million one hundred ninety-nine thousand six hundred seventeen ($1,199,617.00) ("Contract Price" or "Guaranteed Maximum Price" or "GMP"). 4.2 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, the Contract Price includes, without limitation, the entire amount of overhead and profit payable to Contractor in connection with the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not have the right to, nor shall it seek to recover, any additional compensation for overhead or profit. The quantities associated with unit prices may be adjusted as set forth in the Contract Documents subject to the not to exceed Contract Price. In no event shall the unit prices set forth in Contractor's Bid Form be adjusted. 4.3 Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a tax exempt entity (Certificate of Exemption for State Sales/Use Tax Number 98006168) and that Owner has appropriated funds for this Project in a sum equal to or in excess of the Contract Price. 4.4 Owner shall pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.5 Pursuant to the provisions of §24-91-103.6, C.R.S., and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, no change order or other form of order or directive by Owner, and no amendment to this Agreement, requiring additional compensable Work to be performed which Work causes the aggregate amount payable under the Agreement to exceed the amount appropriated for the original Agreement, shall be of any force or effect unless accompanied by a written assurance by Owner that lawful appropriations to cover the costs of the additional Work have been made or unless such Work is covered under a remedy -granting provision in the Agreement. 4.6 Intentionally Omitted. ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Owner shall make monthly progress payments on account of the Contract Price and as provided in the Contract Documents. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work. Owner shall have the right to request and inspect supporting documentation for progress payments, including but not limited to receipts and invoices evidencing payments of charges associated with the Work. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month beginning on the first of each month and ending on the last day of the month. 5.3 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the unit prices, percentage of completion, and Contract Price and otherwise in accordance with the Contract Documents. Each Application for Payment shall show actual quantities incorporated into the Project for each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by such Application for Payment. 5.4 Prior to Completion, Owner shall authorize partial payments at the end of each calendar month or as soon thereafter as practicable if Contractor is satisfactorily performing the Agreement. Progress payments will be in an amount equal to: 95% of the Work completed. The withheld percentage of the Contract Price shall be retained until the Agreement is completed satisfactorily and finally accepted. 5.5 Progress payments and retained funds shall occur in compliance with the General Conditions attached hereto and C.R.S. §24-91-103. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor and all subcontractors and material men shall provide acknowledgements of payment and releases of lien down to the date covered by the last payment. 5.6 In taking action on Contractor's Applications for Payment, Owner shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by Contractor and shall not be deemed to represent that (i) Owner has made a detailed examination, audit or arithmetic verification of the documentation submitted by Contractor; (ii) Owner has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections of the Work; or (iii) Owner has made examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used amounts previously paid on the Contract Price. 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT: Upon final completion and acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price. The final payment shall not be made until after final settlement of this contract has been duly advertised at least ten days prior to such final payment by publication of notice thereof at least twice in a public newspaper of general circulation published in Eagle County, and the Board of County Commissioners sitting as the Eagle County Housing and Development Authority as sole member of Owner has held a public hearing thereon and complied with C.R.S. §38-26-107. Final payment shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the aforesaid statute. Owner shall make a final settlement in accordance with C.R.S. 38-26-107 within sixty days after the contract is completed satisfactorily and finally accepted by Owner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor and all subcontractors and material men shall provide acknowledgements of payment and releases of lien down to the date covered by the last payment, and concurrently with final payment for the Project and the Work. Such acknowledgements and releases shall be in the form required by Owner and local law and shall cover all Work done, labor performed and materials (including equipment and fixtures) furnished for the Work and Project. 5.8 Owner may withhold payments due to Contractor, to such an extent as may be necessary to protect Owner from loss, because of defective work or material not remedied or the failure of Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance with this Agreement. 5.9 Notwithstanding the fact the Work may occur on property owned by third parties that are not governmental entities, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that payment shall be made in accordance with C.R.S. 24-91-103 and C.R.S. 38-26-107 and hereby waives it right to lien the property. Contractor shall include the language of this paragraph 5.9 in any subcontracts for the Project. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: 6.1 Contractor has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, locality, and with all local conditions, and federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 6.2 Contractor has made, or caused to be made, examinations, investigations, and tests and studies of such reports and related data as he deems necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time, and in accordance with other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, tests, reports, or similar data are, or will be required by Contractor for such purposes. 6.3 Contractor has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports, and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.4 Contractor has given Owner written notice of all conflicts, errors, or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by Owner is acceptable to Contractor. 6.5 In performing the Work under this Agreement, the Contractor acts as an independent contractor and is solely responsible for necessary and adequate worker's compensation insurance, personal injury and property damage insurance, as well as errors and omissions insurance. The Contractor, as an independent contractor, is obligated to pay federal and state income tax on moneys earned. The personnel employed by the Contractor are not and shall not become employees, agents or servants of the Owner because of the performance of any Work by this Agreement. 6.6 Contractor represents and warrants that it holds a license, permit or other special license, as required by law, to perform the Work required under the Contract Documents and shall keep and maintain such licenses, permits and special licenses in good standing and in full force and effect at all times while Contractor is performing the Work under the Contract Documents. 6.7 Contractor shall maintain insurance as set forth in the General Conditions. Before permitting any of his subcontractors to perform any Work under this Agreement, Contractor shall require each of his subcontractors to procure and maintain such insurance as set forth in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement are made a part hereof, and consist of the following: 7.1 This Agreement. 7.2 Contractor's Bid Form attached as Exhibit A. 7.3 Bid Documents including Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Special Provisions and Supplementary Information, if any is attached as Exhibit B. The sample agreement and general conditions have been excluded from Exhibit B and are not part of the Contract Documents. 7.4 Construction Plan Bid Set dated February 26, 2014 attached as Exhibit C. 7.5 Project Manual Specifications dated February 26, 2014 attached as Exhibit E. 7.6 Soils report prepared by HP Geotech and dated April 19, 2013attached as Exhibit F. 7.7 Energy calculations dated February 26, 2014attached as Exhibit G. 7.8 Intentionally Omitted. 7.9 Addendum(s) One and Two. 7.10 Intentionally Omitted. 7.11 Notice of Award and, if any, Notice to Proceed. 7.12 General Conditions attached as Exhibit D. 7.13 Any modification, including Change Orders, duly delivered after execution of Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the General Conditions attached hereto] shall supersede and control over any inconsistent or contrary provision in any other attacWent or agreement. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Articlo 7. The Contract Documents may only be altered, amended, or repealed by an executed, writteh amendment to this Agreement. The parties agree that the amount set forth in the Bid Form has been modified by the addition of builder's risk insurance and the GMP amount set forth in paragraph 4.1 hereof shall control. Further, the parties agree that the dates set forth in this Agreement for starting Work, Substantial Completion and final acceptance shall control over dates set forth in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 8 —INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ARTICLE 9- SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS 9.1 Those portions of the Work that Contractor does not customarily perform with Contractor's own personnel shall be performed under subcontracts and (or) by other appropriate agreements with Contractor (individually a "Subcontract" and collectively "Subcontracts"). 9.2 All Subcontracts shall conform to provisions of this Agreement. Owner shall have the right to review and approve each form of Subcontract. By an appropriate written agreement, Contractor shall require the subcontractor to the extent of the Work to be performed by the subcontractor, to be bound to Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents and to assume toward Contractor all the obligation and responsibility which Contractor, by these Documents, assumes towards Owner. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights. Contractor shall require each subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with its subcontractors. Contractor shall make available to each proposed subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract, the Contract Documents to which the subcontractor will be bound by this paragraph 9.2. Each subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such Contract Documents available to its subcontractors. Owner shall have the right to review and approve each form of Subcontract. 9.3 Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for the acts and omissions of its agents, employees, suppliers, subcontractors performing Work under a contract with Contractor and such subcontractors' lower -tier subcontractors, agents and employees. 9.4 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor of any tier and Owner. ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS 10.1 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under, or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically, but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.2 Owner and Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.3 Intentionally Omitted. 10.4 Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, nothing herein shall constitute a waiver, express or implied, of any of the immunities, rights, benefits, protection, or other provisions of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, if applicable. 10.5 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado. Jurisdiction and venue of any suit, right, or cause of action arising under, or in connection with this Agreement shall be exclusive in District Court for Eagle County, Colorado. 10.6 This Agreement supersedes all previous communications, negotiations and/or contracts between the respective parties hereto, either verbal or written, and the same not expressly contained herein are hereby withdrawn and annulled. This is an integrated agreement and there are no representations about any of the subject matter hereof except as expressly set forth in the Contract Documents. 10.7 Any notice and all written communications required under this Agreement shall be (i) personally delivered, (ii) mailed in the United States mails, first class postage prepaid, or (iii) transmitted by facsimile machine together with a hard copy conveyed by delivery or mail, to the appropriate parry at the following addresses: Owner: Lake Creek Village LLC c/o Eagle County Project Management Department Attn: Rick Ullom and Jill Klosterman 500 Broadway Post Office Box 850 Eagle, CO 81631 (970) 328-8780 phone (970) 328-3539fax Contractor: R.A. Nelson LLC Attn: Mike Cuthbertson, Regional Manager 51 Eagle Road, No. 2 Post Office Drawer 5400 Avon, CO 81620 (970)-949-5152 phone (970)-949-4379 fax Notices delivered in person shall be effective as of the date of delivery, mailed notices will be deemed given three business days after the date of deposit in a regular depository of the United States Postal Service, and Fax notices will be deemed given upon transmission, if during business hours, or the next business day. Either party can change its address for notice by notice to the other in accordance with this paragraph. 10.8 1 PROHIBITIONS ON PUBLIC CONTRACT FOR SERVICES: If Contractor has any employees or subcontractors, Contractor shall comply with C.R.S. § 8-17.5-101, et seq., regarding Illegal Aliens — Public Contracts for Services, and this Contract. By execution of this Contract, Contractor certifies that it does not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien who will perform under this Contract and that Contractor will participate in the E -verify Program or other Department of Labor and Employment program ("Department Program") in order to confirm the eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment to perform work under this Contract. A. Contractor shall not: (i) Knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this contract for services; or (ii) Enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to certify to the Contractor that the subcontractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under the public contract for services. B. Contractor has confirmed the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment to perform work under this Contract through participation in the E -verify Program or Department Program, as administered by the United States Department of Homeland Security. Information on applying for the E -verify program can be found at: httt://www.dhs.gov/xl)revpj.-ot/l)rogi-ams/ge 1185221678150.shtm C. Contractor shall not use either the E -verify program or other Department Program procedures to undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while the public contract for services is being performed. D. If Contractor obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing work under the public contract for services knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien, the Contractor shall be required to: (i) Notify the subcontractor and the Owner within three days that the Contractor has actual knowledge that the subcontractor is employing or contracting with an illegal alien; and (ii) Terminate the subcontract with the subcontractor if within three days of receiving the notice required pursuant to subparagraph (i) of the paragraph (D) the subcontractor does not stop employing or contracting with the illegal alien; except that the Contractor shall not terminate the contract with the subcontractor if during such three days the subcontractor provides information to establish that the subcontractor has not knowingly employed or contracted with an illegal alien. E. The Contractor shall comply with any reasonable request by the Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation that the department is undertaking pursuant to its authority established in C.R.S. § 8-17.5-102(5). F. If Contractor violates these prohibitions, the Owner may terminate the contract for a breach of the contract. If the contract is so terminated specifically for a breach of this provision of this Contract, the Contractor shall be liable for actual and consequential damages to the Owner as required by law. G. The Owner will notify the office of the Colorado Secretary of State if Contractor violates this provision of this Contract and the Owner terminates the Contract for such breach. 10.9 Contractor shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management under the Contract Documents, and all such accounting and control systems shall be satisfactory to Owner. Owner and Owner's accountants shall be afforded access to, and shall be permitted to audit and copy Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, Subcontracts, purchase orders, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to the Contract Documents and Contractor shall preserve these documents for a period of not less than three (3) years after final payment, or for such longer period as may be required by law. 10.10 Any indemnity, warranty or guaranty given by Contractor to Owner under the Contract Documents shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract Documents and shall be binding upon Contractor until any action thereunder is barred by the applicable statute of limitations or as otherwise expressly provided on the Contract Documents. 10.11 The signatories to this Agreement aver to their knowledge, no employee of the Owner has any personal or beneficial interest whatsoever in the Work or property described in this Agreement. The Contractor has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, that would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Work and Contractor should not employ any person having such known interests. 10.12 In the event a change order or amendment to the Contract Documents is agreed to by the parties, the same shall be in writing and executed by both parties. Signature by Owner may be made by Owner's project manager, Rick Ullom or Jill Klosterman, Executive Director of the Eagle County Housing and Development Authority as sole member of Owner so long as such change orders and amendments are within the Contract Price and for any contingency allocated to the Project. ARTICLE 11 CONDITIONS REQUIRED 11.1 The parties acknowledge that the Lake Creek Village Apartments is subject to an existing loan from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association ("Wells Fargo"). The promissory note evidencing the loan was endorsed by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") for mortgage insurance pursuant to applicable sections of the National Housing Act as amended from time to time. Wells Fargo and HUD have authorized Owner to proceed with the Project on certain terms and conditions. Contractor has agreed to be bound by and will perform the Work and complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents and the following: a. The Project shall be constructed strictly in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and all applicable ordinances and statutes and requirements of all regulatory authorities, and any rating or inspection organization, bureau, association or office having jurisdiction. Changes in the Drawings and Specifications, or changes by altering or adding to the Project, or orders for extra work shall have the prior written approval of the Architect. In addition, any such change or order may be effected only with the prior written approval of Wells Fargo and HUD and under such conditions as either Wells Fargo or HUD may establish. b. Increases of more than 5 % in any line item of Contractor's Bid, or increase of of the costs set forth in Contractor's Bid of more than 10% on an aggregate basis shall have the prior written approval of Architect and may be effected only with the prior written approval of Wells Fargo and HUD and under such conditions as either Wells Fargo or HUD may establish. c. Contactor will provide information and documentation to Owner so Owner may provide monthly progress reports to Wells Fargo and HUD reflecting (i) the total value of classes of the Work acceptably completed; plus (ii) the value of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work, but delivered to and suitably stored at the site, plus (iii) the value of components stored off-site with the values of (i), (ii) and (iii) computed in accordance with the amounts assigned to classes of work in the Contractor's Bid. d. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents, Contractor and all subcontractors and material men shall provide acknowledgements of payment and releases of lien down to the date covered by the last payment, and concurrently with final payment for the Project and the Work. Such acknowledgements and releases shall be in the form required by Owner and local law and shall cover all Work done, labor performed and materials (including equipment and fixtures) furnished for the Work and Project. e. HUD, Wells Fargo, and their respective agents shall be entitled to inspect the Project and Work from time to time, shall at all times during construction have the right of entry and free access to the Project and the right to inspect all Work done, and materials, equipment, building components and fixtures furnished, installed or stored either on or off the Project site and to inspect all books and records including subcontracts. HUD and Wells Fargo have no obligation to make an inspection and any such inspections shall solely be for the benefit of HUD and Wells Fargo. Contractor nor any third party shall have any claims against Wells Fargo, HUD or their respective agents as a result of the inspections, if any. f. Contractor shall not do anything in the course of the Work that will require relocation of any resident of the Lake Creek Village Apartments. . Contractor shall comply with all local building and fire codes and rigorous g pY g , g documentation thereof, should occur at all times. [Rest of page intentionally left blank] IN W NESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement thi�`( day of 12014. "Owner": LAKE CREEK VILLAGE LLC By and through Eagle County H si and DevelomOnt Akthor4, 49 sole c By: ian . Ryan, Attest: Z7 * n* Teak J. Simonton, Clerk "Contractor": R.A. Nelson, LLC a Colorado limited liability company By: A-� Its: y` /L'rS�" �.t. -z7 "f i(-,�<i STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss: CONTY OF EAGLE ) --4 &gqo The f egoin instrument was ackowle ged before me by ( t S Fsr this , day of 2014. Notary Public SANDRA Notary Public State of Colorado Notary ID 20054nsnj Exhibit A BID FORM THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Lake Creek Village LLC c/o Eagle County Project Management Department Rick Ullom, Construction Manager PO Box 850 Eagle, CO 81631 March 26, 2014 The undersigned Bidder, having examined the site of the proposed Work and having full knowledge of the conditions under which the Work must be performed, hereby proposes to enter into a Project Agreement to perform such Work as set forth in the Contract Documents, of which this Bid forms a part; and agrees to perform the Work construction therein described on the terms and conditions set forth therein; and will furnish all required labor and materials and pay all incidental costs associated with such Work, all in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, for the following prices listed in the Bid form(s) as payment in full. The undersigned further proposes that should this Bid be accepted, the Bidder will commence Work on May 12, 2014 and complete the Project on or before December 31, 2014. The undersigned further agrees, if awarded the Contract for the Work included In this Bid, that It will begin, complete and deliver the required Work in accordance with the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. The undersigned has checked carefully the figures inserted hereinafter by it, and understands that the Owner will not be responsible for any error or omissions on the part of the undersigned in preparing this Bid. The undersigned hereby certifies that this Bid is genuine, and not sham or collusive, or made in the interest of or on behalf of any person not herein named, and that the undersigned has not, directly or indirectly, induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a sham Bid, or induced any other person, firm or corporation to refrain from Bidding, and that the undersigned has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure for himself any advantages over any other Bidder. The only persons interested as principals in this Bid other than the one whose signature is affixed hereto are to be listed as follows (if there are none, state such fact): Name: Travis Bossow Address: 51 Eagle Rd # 2, Avon, CO 81620 Name: Address: Exhibit A This Bid shall be valid from the date of submission to the date of an executed Project Agreement. In submitting this Bid, the undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the right is reserved by Owner to reject, in Its sole discretion, any or all Bids, and to waive Irregularities in Bidding; (b) the discretion of Owner in the selection of the most qualified, responsible Bidder shall be final, not subject to review or attack; and (c) this Bid is made with full knowledge of the foregoing and in full agn Respectfully submitted, Contractor (Bidder) R.A. Nelson LLC By (Signature) _ (Title) President (corporation/incorporated/partnership) (under the law of the State of Colorado composed of officer, partners or Owner, as follows: President Travis Bossow _ Vice President Sharon Jones Secretary Sharon Jones Name of Contractor R.A. Nelson LLC Treasurer Sharon Jones 51 Eagle Road ## 2 / PO Drawer 5400 Address Avon Colorado 81620 City State y Zip Code 970-949-5152 Telephone Number 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Project Agreement with the Owner to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the fore mentioned Project Agreement for the Contract Price and within the contract time stated in this Bid and in accordance with the General Conditions. Exhibit A 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders. This Bid will remain open until the effective date of any Project Agreement between the Owner and the apparent Successful Bidder. The Successful Bidder will sign a Project Agreement and submit all documents required by the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the date of the Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, that: a. Bidder has received and examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda: Addenda Date Addenda Number Initial 3/14/14 No. 1 w 3/18/14 J No. 2 - b. Bidder has examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such Independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. 4. Bidder will complete the Work for all Bid items listed in the Bid Form. S. Bidder agrees that the Work will be Substantially Complete on or before December 1, 2014 and Final Completion on or before December 31, 2014 as described throughout these Contract Documents. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Project Agreement as to liquidated damages In the event of failure to complete the Work on time. Extension may be made to the Contract Time at the discretion of the Owner. 6. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: a. A complete detailed 16 division breakdown of pricing that totals to the GMP Bid Price. b. A preliminary construction schedule as described to the Instructions to Bidders. C. Bidders shall submit a list of intended subcontractors for the Project. The list shall include the company name, contact information, years in business, the approximate percentage of the Work to be performed, and the services which will be provided by that subcontractor. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to: Rick Ullom email: rick.ullorn0eaelecountv.us phone: 970-328-8780 Exhibit A 8. Terms used in this Bid which are defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents have the same meanings. 9. Bidders shall pay special attention to the following Items: a. Bidders should carefully plan out the Work to complete the Project within the Contract Time and keep accurate records of items creating delays to production schbdules. Advance planning will be required to prevent the occurrence of overtime. b. Payment for overtime required to complete the Work in the ContractTime will not be authorized unless unforeseen circumstances occur. c. The unit pricing (Supplement Unit Pricing) Is supplied with the Bid Form. These numbers will also be used for CM/GC overhead and profit to the Direct Cost of Work as a basis for additions and subtractions from the scope of Work. d. The quality of Workmanship and materials will be monitored closely by the Owner and Owner's Representative. THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having familiarized himself with the Work required by the Contract Documents, the site where the Work is to be performed, local labor conditions and all laws, regulations and other factors affecting performance of the Work, and having satisfied himself of the expense and difficulties attending performance of the Work, HEREBY PROPOSES and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into a Project Agreement in the form attached, to perform all work, including the assumption of all obligations, duties and responsibilities necessary to the successful completion of the Agreement. This agreement shall also include the furnishing of materials and equipment required to be incorporated in and form a permanent part of the Work, and all tools, equipment, supplies, transportation, facilities, labor, superintendence and services required to perform the Work, and all insurance and submittals, all as indicated or specified in the Contract Documents to be performed or furnished by Contractor In accordance with the following Bid prices. Bidder must submit pricing on all scheduled values to be considered. Bid will be rejected if Bid Form is modified or altered In any way. Values for each scheduled item shall be written out (typed) in words and numeric format. GMP BID PRICE— $1,196,555 Total itemized costs for materials, installation, and labor for the project, and two year warranty as shown on the Construction Drawings. Improvements include, but are not limited to: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition. The two year warranty shall commence for this portion of Work upon acceptance of this area as being substantially complete. One million, one hundred ninety six thousand, five hundred fifty five (dollars) Exhibit A I acknowledge that this Bid includes Addendum(s). If none, so state. No. 1 & 2 The undersigned Bidder agrees to enter Into a Project Agreement with Owner on or about ten (10) days, after Notice of Award, and further agrees to complete all Work included In the Bid, in accordance with specified requirements and in accordance with the following estimated schedule. _ Date _ _ Task 5/12/2014 Start Work 11/13/2014 Substantially Complete 12/1/2014 Final Com letion~ Liquidated Damages. Owner and Contractor recognize the Importance of establishing and enforcing deadlines. If the deadlines for deliverables are not met then the Owner could suffer financial loss. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved In proving, in a legal or arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the Owner if Work is not completed on time, therefore damages for delays in meeting deadlines for all or portions of the Work as shown on the Contract Documents or as documented In Project schedules or meeting notes, shall be assessed at a cost of $500.00 per calendar day for every day late. Signed: PARED BY Name Printed: Travis sossow Title: President -- Company: R.A. Nelson LLC [End of Section) Exhibit A BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST The following items shall be Included as part of the Bid package. Packages not containing these Items shall be deemed Incomplete and will be rejected. 1. Completed Bid Form 2. Detailed 16 division pricing 3. Acknowledgement of Addendums 4. Proposed subcontractor list S. Proposed Project schedule 6. Supplemental Unit Pricing form [End of Section) .xhibit A SUPPLEMENTAL UNiT PRICING II unit/total prices for each of the items listed shall include all costs Involved in the nstallation of each item or performance of tasks (to Include labor and equipment, except here noted), its pro rata share of profits, overhead, warranty, and administrative fees, dnless otherwise indicated. Refer to technical specifications and plans for exact escrlptionof products. Costs listed below will be the basis of additions and subtractions o the base Bid amount. Supplemental Unit Prices for Added Scope of Work Item Description Unit Unit Price CM/GC—OVERHEAD AND PROFIT FEE PERCENTAGE 6.5 0 % [END OF SECTION] Exhibit A PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR FORM List subcontractors and suppliers providing services and/or materials to be furnished and a summarization of the dollar value of each subcontract: Years in Percentage Contact Person and Subcontractor Scope of Work Business of Work Phone Number See Attached This is to certify that the names of the foregoing mentioned Subcontractors or material suppliers are submitted with full knowledge and consent of the respective parties Bidders: (Name of Company) By: (Signature and Title) Date: Note: This sheet may be reproduced by the Bidder to list Subcontractors totaling more than will fit on this page. Certify each sheet as an original sheet and staple additional sheets to this page. [End of Section] Exhibit A 9 m 0 00 N m u1 N N44W e-1 o �Q��O�Sim�m��5$me�o'S`a�n�g�m.1O•�� d Y op mm 1nc� mmt c�°�NTl Ln `tYN�om Ch rl f� of Nry Q n C5 � 07 A lb A pap m m 1l U1 4- Y W ^ Qal t0 m YN1 ON1 a €g ddaaaa�a aaaaKgda0 a m M m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m 8 c c mHN C U f N N -6 c O « N C I. :1.2. W 0 700 Y C W L C 7 C t C C 7 C y c-, w2,0.- Y m� 01 o d u m ` C3 cu lum m. O E F cP 0 3 Q o c E rVj ay� m 8 c a Y v Y u m O c 3 U l f Q J 2 cc m .O, ..0� m cc m ID H A W Y m 0C C N M $ttmN09 � oo�ou�i�mFaaua1eia�o'�Qr�icq agrt $� o o m o a .i is o o rn rn o v o N ri o m N N .-i W m 3 c N .2c � ai O m NO - O N O m T M M -1 NN .- 07 n O N e -I m 'i M m N a m � CL LL N - a Sir u� �_ N C O CX• O c C �, C d vii m U. C C °' o �0.. t M v' VI O y $ N �0 56 °D o w Y m u a c c c m E a M 6�1 33 IL ° .0 twN 10 Y i •2 IO C y� ° S 3: 0L" u u 'a c d a a3 c U,OJ FL 3 ` Fc 1uq 01 r+ c E ° U —L° m « S m '^ c �° > eo r° E T d 00 N, c` a ,0 03 O __ S 00 m C C O a d `y ° u i2i 2 a> y 'xs° c alp. n t •c Q U pp Y 7 d d O F �— N O. O Y G O C jp 1�0 W 7 W N Y VI VI F- O LL u V1 LL C Z7 y w y1 O Q. D_ W a m li � c 0 u u Y U aO !�arQ °' a uu V uV u M E c z V) 0 uP O ui ui O > o O O uC Q O O u r+'O cu °vu if o EutgOu -gym u `m cu Ou O F c u `m �a 3 M 3 0 u v �o N o 3 o_ 3 co a c o m _ m c o o o0 0 3 3 d 7 > 'O > 'O° a T i° >• tom m v > > m Q W m Q H w I O W W Q (7 (7 (�J (7 W Q> W (7 W (7 Q Q t ..� n p N S C Y- O nW w Z 0 « C c e7! 2 g W E a m m d° > '" on> c zc F h we a'o c mo r d f Z O m e$ E o`, E Hca as r+ v u° 3 CL c T°� c `—� Y t N °1 -° z Q° c v u v aci d L° _ S w u E E W vii w � w v m a a d d E o o E 5 3 S o m ;; v o �" '° a a H E u .o. E ._. o: r o c m c� w o° m A; �> m° c s E o °e,8 E °> E u o o m -O eo o m w U' m o w ccu w m Q w U 3> F- m oe a w u Q ,n m m �� rl N N N m- %a w N P P 00 m m m m N w .M-1 9 m 0 Exhibit A [End of Section] Exhibit A rj RA . � S°N MOUNTAINaEaoN Revised 4/9/14 Lake Creek HSP Addition GMP Cost Estimate Summary DESCRIPTION TOTAL General Conditions $ 139,865 Direct Cost of Work - Renovation $ 954,089 SUBTOTAL $ 1,093,954 General Liability Insurance $ 13,163 Builder's Risk Insurance By Owner SUBTOTAL $ 1,107,117 1.50% Contractor Contingency $ 16,409 SUBTOTAL $ 1,123,526 6.50% Overhead / GC Construction Fee $ 73,029 TOTAL ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION COST $ 1,196,555 4.00% Owners Contingency Excluded GMP BID PRICE $ 1,196,555 OTHER COST CONSIDERATIONS Builder's Risk Insurance By Owner Architectural Design and Engineering Fees By Owner Structural Design and Engineering Fees By Owner Civil Design and Engineering Fees By Owner Special testing, if required By Owner Building Permit Fees By Owner Plan Review Fees By Owner Water & Sewer Tap Fees (if any) By Owner DRB Review Fees By Owner Platting & Recordation Fees By Owner RAN E L S O N Standard EstitMate Report Page 1 WILDING MOUNTAIN NGOn COMMA►ail!! - Lake Crieek'PbA Addition 3126114 1:21 PM C_ ----- - Item Description Takeoff Qty Unit Cost ..-I Amount 001-0000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 001-3000 Administrative Requlremen 3100 Project Manager & Administration 7.00 MO 7,308.143 IMO 51,157 3400 Project Superintendent 7.00 MO 10,140.00 NO 70,980 Administrative Requiremen 122,137 001-5000 Temporary Facilities 5100 Temporary Power Consumption 0.00 NIC By Owner. 5200 Temporary Water Consumption 0.00 NIC By Owner. 5300 Field Trailer 7.00 MO 400.00 NO 2,800 Reqd per GC doc 5400 Field Office Equipment & Supplies 7.00 MO 150.00 NO 1,050 5400 Mobilization 1.00 LS 11500.00 /LS 1,500 5500 Temporary Sanitary Facilities 7.00 MO 180.00 NO 1,260 Reqd per GC doc 5600 Dumpster Charges 7.00 MO 715.00 IMO 5,005 5700 Telephone / Fax / Modem Charges 7.00 MO 125.00 NO 875 5800 Temporary Signage 1.00 LS 500.00 /LS 500 Project Sign regd Temporary Facilities 12,990 001-7000 Execution Requirements 7100 Postage/ UPS/ Federal Express 7.00 MO 50.00 NO 350 7200 Safety / First Aid / OSHA 7.00 MO 150.00 NO 1,050 7500 Final Cleaning & Window Washing 5,564.00 LS 0.60 ILS 3,338 Execution Requirements 4,738 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 139,865 002-0000 SITE WORK 002-1000 Demolition & Hazmat 1100 Demo Dumpsters 2.00 EA 750.00 /EA 1,500 1100 Remove and replant existing trees 4.00 EA 750.00 /EA Excluded Big Tree Mover 2 spruce & 2 cottonwood only 1100 Remove flagstone pavers 2.00 HR 35.00 /HR 70 1100 Remove siding S elevation 260.00 SF 1.50 /SF 390 1100 Remove HW solar panels w4nech scope 1100 Grind/chip exist cone TOW for new doors 6.00 LF 40.00 /LF 240 1100 Remove existing truss tells, fascia 65.00 LF 25.00 /LF 1,625 1100 Remove exterior doors 2.00 EA 80.00 /EA 160 1100 Remove other trees for disposal 3.00 EA Other large cottonwoods 1100 Mlsc Demo Labor & cleanup 20.00 HRS 35.00 MRS 700 1100 Mlsc Demo Tools & Equipment 1.00 LS 400.00 /LS 400 1100 Temporary Fencing 360.00 LF 4.75 /LF 1,710 1100 Asbestos abatement & testing Exduded Demolition & Hazmat 6,795 002-3000 Building Earthwork 3400 Earthwork subcontractor 1.00 LS 48,237.00 /LS 48,237 D/amond A 3400 Erosion control maintenance 1.00 LS 800.00 /LS 800 Plug rj RLo'`1Moi`!��E �$oO�N Standard Estimate Report tItS Lake Cree�`c W Addition Item SITE WORK Description 002-3000 Building Earthwork 003-0000 3400 Surveying Gore Range 003-1000 Foundation Ftgs & Walls Building Earthwork 002-4000 Site Earthwork — 4400 boulder retaining wall LS 57,704.00 /LS Ind earthwork 4400 R&R RR tie N entry stairs & planter for sewer 4400 misc mall for entry area 4400 34 decorative boulders Site Earthwork 002-5000 Interior Concrete Slabs Utility Extensions 5100 Electric trench, backfill, asphalt patch 2100 4" SOG Incl earthwork 5100 4" Sewer Included Incl earthwork 5100 Asphalt patch Allowance 003-3000 Exterior Concrete Slabs dJtch /ayback, street crossings 5100 Perimeter Drain 3100 Exterior flatwork none shown Utility Extensions 002-8000 Included Site Improvements — Fencing 3100 Replace curb & gutter at road crossing Strategic LF 25.00 /LF Site Improvements Takeoff Qty 1.00 LS 40.00 HR 1.00 LS 5.00 EA Page 2 3/26114 1:21 PM L. lA .- Unit Cost Amount 4,250.00 /LS 4,250 53,287 35.00 /HR 600.00 /LS 375.00 IEA 1.00 ALLW 7,500.00 /ALLW 117.00 LF 62.271LF 1,400 600 1,875 3,875 7,500 7,500 7,285 7,285 SITE WORK 78,742 003-0000 CONCRETE 003-1000 Foundation Ftgs & Walls — Footings, walls, piers 1.00 LS 57,704.00 /LS 57,704 RM Concrete Foundation Ftgs & Wails 57,704 003-2000 Interior Concrete Slabs 2100 4" SOG Included 003-3000 Exterior Concrete Slabs 3100 Exterior flatwork Included 3100 Replace curb & gutter at road crossing 20.00 LF 25.00 /LF 500 3100 Condensor pads 22.00 SF 10.00 /SF 220 Exterior Concrete Slabs 720 CONCRETE 58,424 005-0000 METALS 005-1000 Structural Steel 1100 Columns, Beams 1.00 LS 13,320.00 /LS 13,320 1100 Elevator Ladder 1.00 LS 800.00 /LS 800 1100 Misc Metals 1.00 LS 1,200.00 /LS 1,200 Knife Plates r RAN o Standard Estimate Report Lake Cree'06 Add/tion [ _.. Y Item Description Takeoff Qty Unit Coat Structural Steel 007-1000 Damp / Waterproofing 1300 Foundation dampprooflng 1.00 BID as BASF's Hydrocide 60o substitution 1300 Elevator pit fluid applied WP 1.00 BID AAA per spec Page 3 3126114 1:21 PM 1 Amount 15,320 15,320 11.434 /GBA 63,616 14,812.00 /LS 14,812 78,428 11.70 /GBA 65,100 4.763 /GBA 26,500 4,300.00 /LS 4,300 95,900 1.60 /LF 2,960 6.00 /LF 180 7.00 /LF 280 3,420 83.50 /EA 1,670 80.50 /EA METALS 51.75 /EA 1,035 006-0000 WOODS 640.00 /LS 640 006-1000 Framing Materials 14.00 /LF 420 1100 Framing Materials 5,564.00 GBA 1100 Roof Truss 1.00 LS Framing Materials 006-2000 Framing Labor 2100 Framing Labor 5,564.00 GBA Rasmussen 2100 Blocking and backing 2100 Slding and Trim 5,564.00 GBA Rasmussen 2100 Window Install 1.00 LS Rasmussen Framing Labor 008-3000 Finish Carpentry Material 3100 Base - none 3100 Window & Door Case 1,850.00 LF 3100 Wall cap 30.00 LF feeding nook and stairs 3100 Wall grab Tali & brackets 40.00 LF stair Finish Carpentry Material 006-4000 Finish Carpentry Labor 4100 Baseboard -Labor none 4100 install Doors 20.00 EA Brothers All labor 4400 Case Doors 20.00 EA 4400 Door Hardware 20.00 EA 4500 Case windows 25.00 EA 4500 Install bath hardware 1.00 LS 4500 Wall Grab rall 40.00 LF 4500 Install wall cap 30.00 LF Finish Carpentry Labor 006-6000 General Labor 6100 General Labor 605.00 HR General Labor WOODS " — — - — - -- 007-0000 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROT 007-1000 Damp / Waterproofing 1300 Foundation dampprooflng 1.00 BID as BASF's Hydrocide 60o substitution 1300 Elevator pit fluid applied WP 1.00 BID AAA per spec Page 3 3126114 1:21 PM 1 Amount 15,320 15,320 11.434 /GBA 63,616 14,812.00 /LS 14,812 78,428 11.70 /GBA 65,100 4.763 /GBA 26,500 4,300.00 /LS 4,300 95,900 1.60 /LF 2,960 6.00 /LF 180 7.00 /LF 280 3,420 83.50 /EA 1,670 80.50 /EA 1,610 51.75 /EA 1,035 100.80 /EA 2,520 640.00 /LS 640 12.00 /LF 480 14.00 /LF 420 8,375 35.00 /HR 21,175 21,175 207,298 749.00 /BID 749 889.00 /BID 889 W RESORTR.A. N E L S O N Standard Estimate Report �� �U,,DINO MOUNTAIN RESORT COMMUNITIES Lake Crei rftA` Addition i Item Description Takeoff Qty Unit Cost THERMAL & MOISTURE PROT 008-0000 DOORS AND WINDOWS 008-2000 Damp / Waterproofing 007-2000 Thermal Prot / Insulation 2200 Building Insulation 2200 Rlgld Foundation Ins vertical 008-3000 AAA 2200 Rigid Foundation Ins horz Thermal Prot / insulation 007-3000 Roofing 3400 Shingle Roofing 1,288.29 /EA The Rooting CO 3400 TPO Roofing w/ballast 806.00 /BID Included 3400 Patch existing at laundry 008-7000 to old ridge 7100 Roofing 007-6000 Flashing & Shestmetal B100 Flashings Incl window flex flashings Flashing & Sheetmetal 007-7000 Roof Accessories 7100 Gutters & Downspouts Included 7100 Heattape Included 7200 Snow Guards Included 7200 Louvered dormer vents Roof Accessories 007-9000 Joint Sealers 9100 Caulking & Sealants Joint Sealers THERMAL & MOISTURE PROT 008-0000 DOORS AND WINDOWS 008-2000 Doors 2100 Interior Door package Colo Doorways 6.70 /GBA Doors 008-3000 Specialty Doors 3100 Access Doors Specialty Doom 008-5000 Windows 5100 Exterior Window package 1,288.29 /EA Arch Windows and Doors 5100 Interior Window In HM Frame 806.00 /BID w/ 1 way glass 1.00 Windows 008-7000 Finish Hardware 7100 Door Hardware Included w/door pkg 5,564.00 GBA 540.00 SF 780.00 SF Page 4 3126/14 1:21 PM YoLa 8.00 /SF Amount 1,838 6.70 /GBA 37,260 2.004/SF 1,082 2.004/SF 1,563 39,905 46,873 150.00 SF 8.00 /SF 1,200 48,073 1.00 PLUG 4,000.00 /PLUG 4,000 4,000 7.00 EA 1,288.29 /EA 8,864 1.00 BID 806.00 /BID 8,864 1.00 LS 5,750.00 /LS 5,750 5,750 108,230 1.00 BID 29,385.00 /BID 29,385 29,385 3.00 EA 150.00 /EA 450 450 1.00 BID 21,452.00 /BID 21,452 1.00 BID 806.00 /BID 806 �^ R.A.N E l S O N Standard Estimate Report Page s li NUIUMNO MOUNTAIN 1130AT COMMUNITIL! E h Lake Cree) � Addition 3/26/14 1:21 PM Item Description Takeoff Qty unit Cost Amount 008.8000 Glass & Glazing 8100 Storefront doors 3.00 BID 1,887.333 /BID 5,662 Arch Windows and Doors 8300 Mirrors 0.00 EA Incl w/bath accessories 8400 Door full lite glazing 2.00 EA 350.00 /EA 700 8400 Door vision glass 3.00 EA 75.00 /EA 225 Glass & Glazing 6,587 DOORS AND WINDOWS Y �� 58,680 009-0000 FINISHES 009-2000 Drywall & Gypsum Finishes ' 2100 Drywall Hand, Tape & Finish 1.00 BID 56,379.00 /BID 56,379 GLC Drywall 2100 Acoustic Callings Included 2100 Cloud & Perforated Cig Included 2100 Mlsc patch at existing 1.00 LS 3,000.00 /LS 3,000 Drywall & Gypsum Finishes 59,379 009.3000 Tile / Slabs 3100 ALLOW Ceramic Tile Walls 270.00 ALLW 8.00 /ALLW 2,160 Allowance using neat gtys, Incl cove base & accent 3100 ALLOW Ceramic Tile Floors 200.00 ALLW 8.00 /ALLW 1,600 Allowance using neat gtys 3100 Ceramic Tile Install walls 270.00 SF 13.50 /SF 3,645 3100 Ceramic Tile Install cove base 50.00 LF 10.50 /LF 525 addl labor 3100 Ceramic Tile Install accent Ole walls 50.00 LF 10.00 /LF 500 addl labor 3100 Ceramic Tile install floors 200.00 SF 14.50 /SF 2,900 on concrete 3100 Tile backer greenboard only per spec Tile / Slabs 11,330 009.4000 Protection of Finishes 4100 Protection of Finishes 5,564.00 SF 0.45 /SF 2,504 mostly vinyl flooring, plam doors Protection of Finishes 2,504 009-6000 Flooring 6500 VF1 and VF2 vinyl flooring 3,290.00 SF 7.72 /SF 25,394 Ruggs 6800 RB 1, 2, 3 rubber base 640.00 LF Included Ruggs 8800 ALLOW CPT-1 carpet Ole material 18.00 SY 30.00 /SY 540 stair treads, risers, upper landing only 6800 Carpet stair nosing 1.00 LS Included Ruggs 6800 Carpet and nosing Install 18.00 SY 25.00 /SY 450 6800 FRP Wall covering and trim 132.00 SF 8800 Floor Sealer 210.00 SF 4.00 /SF 840 mech room, elev shaft PIA R pA N E L �SaOwN Standardsti ate Report page 6 Lake C 4 �. Addition 3126/14 1:21 PM [ _ .. _ �•_ - - - - -_7 Item Description Takeoff Qty Unit Cost Amount Flooring 27,224 009-9000 Painting 9100 Painting- Interior & Exterior of 8ullding excludes painting of existing building 9100 misc touchup at existing bldg Interior Painting 5,564.00 GBA 2.95 /GBA 16,389 1.00 LS 1,000.00 /LS 1,000 17,389 FINISHES 117,826 010-0000 SPECIALTIES 010-1000 Miscellaneous Specialties 1800 ALLOW Signage material 1.00 ALLW 1,500.00 /ALLW 1,500 1800 Install signage 15.00 EA 9.333 /EA 140 1800 Fire Extinguisher 1.00 EA 175.00 /EA 175 101/ surface mtd Miscellaneous Specialties 1,815 010-8000 Toilet & Bath Accessories 8200 Public Bathroom Accessories 1.00 LS 2,175.00 /LS 2,175 Includes,mi►rors, Toilet Partitions, and labor. 8200 Install accessories and coat hooks Incl w/fin carp 8200 ALLOW Coat Hooks at cubbles 40.00 EA 12.00 /EA 480 1 per cubb/e Toilet & Bath Accessories 2,655 SPECIALTIES 4,470 011-0000 EQUIPMENT 11-4000 Appliances 4200 Commercial Appliances Package None 011-6000 Tools & Equipment 6100 Hoisting 0.00 LS solar panels R&R by sub 6300 Scaffolding 1.00 LS 6500 Small Tools 7.00 MO 300.00 /MO 2,100 Tools & Equipment 2,100 EQUIPMENT 2,100 012-0000 FURNISHINGS 012-3000 Manufactured Casework 3200 Coat Cubbles 8.00 EA 533.13 /EA 4,265 pro manufactured 3200 Installation 8.00 EA 250.00 /EA 2,000 Manufactured Casework 6,265 0124000 Furnishings & Accessories 4900 Shades 0.00 NIC By Owner �I WILDING MOUMAW !!!O!f COONITI!! Standard EWAdditte Report Lake Creed ion Item Description 39,990.00 /LS FURNISHINGS 013-0000 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 013.2000 Specialty Items — Radon system, active 885.00 /LS design bulld w#an 1.00 Specialty Items 660.00 /LS SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 014-0000 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 014-2000 Elevator — Custom Elevator Manufacturing — Inspection Fees, Plan Review — Stainless car doors — Phase I recall Assumed phase Il Is not required. Elevator CONVEYING SYSTEMS 015-0000 MECHANICAL 015-3000 Fire Protection 3100 Fire Protection not shown, not required 015-4000 Plumbing 4100 Plumbing Rough & Trim Plumbing 015.5000 Heating Systems 5300 HVAC System 5300 R&R Solar Panels, repipe Climate Control 5300 R&R HW baseboard exist comm rm Included 5300 extend boiler flue Included Heating Systems 015-7000 Air Distribution 7600 Reroute dryer exh fans thru roof Included MECHANICAL 016-0000 ELECTRICAL 016-1000 Electrical Rough & Trim 1100 Electrical Rough & Trim Takeoff Qty 1.00 LS Page 7 3126114 1:21 PM Unit Cost Amount 6,265 4,344.00 /LS 4,344 4,344 4,344 1.00 LS 39,990.00 /LS 39,990 1.00 LS 675.00 /LS 675 2.00 LS 885.00 /LS 1,770 1.00 LS 660.00 /LS 660 1.00 LS 750.00 /LS 43,095 43,095 5,564.00 GSA 6.093 /GBA 33,900 33,900 5,564.00 GSA 17.99 /GBA 100,075 1.00 LS 8,880.00 /LS 8,880 1.00 LS 750.00 /LS 750 1.00 LS 5,564.00 GSA 14.07 /GBA 109,705 143,605 78,279 f� RAN EL SON Standard ER to Report IUIlDINO MOUNTAIN AtiOIT COMMUNITI!! Lake CreerSP Addition Item Description Electrical Rough & Trim 016.3000 Electrical Fixtures 3100 Fixture package Included 016.4000 Low Voltage 4200 Fire Alarm System 4300 Phone/Data outlets from existing punch 4300 CAN outlets from existing Low Voltage ELECTRICAL 017-0000 INDIRECT COSTS 017-1000 Indirect Cost 1050 Performance, Payment & Warranty Bond not required 1050 Sub Bonding none INDIRECT COSTS Page 8 3/26/14 1:21 PM Takeoff Qty Unit Cost Amount 78,279 1.00 LS 5,564.00 GBA 4.04 /GBA 22,461 14.00 EA 325.00 /EA 4,550 2.00 EA 200.00 /EA 400 27,411 1.00 NIC 1.00 NIC 105,690 t�"' a .....«..........«....«....................................... ................ ................................... .................... ................... ................... .. r A8 ....�............. € .............». .. .................................... ............... «.« «... ..- -. .. { CD a............ .................... .. .......................... ..g ,....... .. ..................... .. ......... ...- 6. _ .............. _.......... .. r . , ...�._ _........ E y z V J LU z WIN ._._.... .. _ .........._.............. ....... g .. _.............................. _.......... �... _ IL All 9� Ren n e n . n .�n . n n n!e n n n� ... e sip V. � e w�. �n a w n .�w w ..� n�. -$ I ' fill 599 oil Q< < Exhibit B Request for GMP Proposal FOR Lake Creek Village Apartments Clubhouse Addition, Edwards Colorado Also refered to as: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition RFP ISSUE March 4, 2014 GMP TO BE RECEIVED BY March 26, 2014 BIDS TO BE SENT TO: Project Management Rick Ullom PO Box 850, Eagle, CO 81631 3289 Cooley Mesa Road, Gypsum, CO 81637 Exhibit B TABLE OF CONTENTS Listof Drawings............................................................................................................................ Invitationfor GMP Proposal.............................................................................................................. Instructionsto Bidders......................................................................................................................... BidForm................................................................................................................................................. BidSubmittal Checklist........................................................................................................................ SupplementalUnit Pricing................................................................................................................. ProposedSubcontractor Form............................................................................................................ BidderQualifications........................................................................................................................ SampleAgreement.............................................................................................................................. GeneralConditions............................................................................................................................... Specifications................................................................................................................................. Exhibit B LIST OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS The following is a complete list of the construction drawings that are included in the Bid Package (the "Construction Drawings"). Sheet No. Sheet Name Most Current Date T-00 Title Sheet 02-26-14 -- Survey 04-04-13 C-1 Civil Cover Sheet 02-26-14 C-2 Existing Conditions 02-26-14 C-3 Demolition Plan 02-26-14 C-4 Civil Site Plan 02-26-14 C-5 Grading & Drainage Plan 02-26-14 C-6 Erosion Control Plan 02-26-14 C-7 Civil Details Sheet 02-26-14 A-00 Code Analysis 02-26-14 A-01 Site Plan 02-26-14 A-10 Existing / Demolition Floor Plan 02-26-14 A-11 Existing/ Demolition Roof Plan 02-26-14 A-12 Proposed First Floor Plan 02-26-14 A-13 Proposed Second Floor Plan 02-26-14 A-14 Proposed Roof Plan 02-26-14 A -1S First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan 02-26-14 A-16 Second Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan 02-26-14 A-20 Exterior Elevations 02-26-14 Exhibit B A-21 Exterior Elevations 02-26-14 A-22 Exterior Elevations 02-26-14 A-23 Exterior Elevations 02-26-14 A-30 Building Sections, Insulation Schedule 02-26-14 A-31 Building Sections 02-26-14 A-40 Enlarged Stair & Elevator Plans 02-26-14 A-41 Stair Sections 02-26-14 A-42 Wall Sections 02-26-14 A-43 Wail Sections 02-26-14 A-" Wall Sections 02-26-14 A -SO Enlarged Toilet Room Plans / Int. Elevations 02-26-14 A-51 Enlarged Toilet Room Plans / Int. Elevations 02-26-14 A -S2 Interior Elevations 02-26-14 A-53 Interior Elevations 02-26-14 A-54 Interior Elevations 02-26-14 A -SS Interior Elevations 02-26-14 A -S6 Interior Elevations 02-26-14 A-60 Assemblies 02-26-14 A-61 Door & Window Details 02-26-14 A-62 Details 02-26-14 A-63 Detail 02-26-14 A-70 Schedules 02-26-14 A-71 Door Schedule 02-26-14 S-1.1 General Notes, Legend & Sheet Index 02-26-14 Exhibit B S-1.2 Statement of Special Inspection 02-26-14 5-2.1 Foundation Plan 02-26-14 5-2.2 Low Roof and Floor Framing Plan 02-26-14 5-2.3 Upper Roof Framing Plan 02-26-14 S-2.4 Truss Profiles 02-26-14 5-3.1 General & Foundation Details 02-26-14 5-4.1 Steel Framing & Foundation Details 02-26-14 S -S.1 Floor and Low Roof Framing Details 02-26-14 S -S.2 Low Roof and Upper Roof Framing Details 02-26-14 M-1.0 Mechanical Legend, Specifications & Sequence 02-26-14 M-1.1 Mechanical Schedules 02-26-14 M-2.0 First Floor HVAC Plan 02-26-14 M-2.1 Second Floor HVAC Plan 02-26-14 P-1.0 Plumbing Legend, Specifications & Schedules 02-26-14 P-1.1 Plumbing Details 02-26-14 P-2.0 First Floor Plumbing Plan 02-26-14 P-2.1 Second Floor Plumbing Pian 02-26-14 E-1.0 Electrical Legend Specifications and Details 02-26-14 E-1.1 Electrical One -Line & Panel Schedule 02-26-14 E-2.0 First Floor Power & Systems Plan 02-26-14 E-2.1 Second Floor Power & Systems Plan 02-26-14 E-3.0 First Floor lighting Plan 02-26-14 E-3.1 Second Floor Lighting Plan 02-26-14 Exhibit B [End of Section) Exhibit B GMP Proposal GMP Issue Date: March 5, 2014 Project: Lake Creek Village Apartments Clubhouse Addition Project Location: 4923 Lake Creek Village Drive, Edwards Colorado GMP Proposal for the Project must be sent to Rick Ullom, Construction Manager, to the Project Management Department, 3289 Cooley Mesa Road, Gypsum, CO 81637. The GMP Proposal must be received by 3:00 PM (Mountain Time) on March 26, 2014 in order to be considered. (Email Proposals will be accepted). All documents submitted with the GMP shall be clearly marked with the Bidder's name. Proposals received after the date and time set forth above may be considered non-responsive. Sole responsibility rests with the Bidder to ensure that their Proposal is received on time at the stated location. The Owner of the Project, Lake Creek Village LLC, (hereinafter referred to as the "Owner") presently anticipates reviewing the GMP from March 26, 2014 to April 3, 2014 and issuing a Notice of Award to the Successful selected Contractor on April 4, 2014. The Successful Contractor will be required to furnish certification of specific insurance requirements required for contracts with Owner prior to the commencement of any services. Two sets of the Construction Drawings and the Specifications for the Project are provided. Additional sets will be available electronically from Menendez. Additional hard copy plan sets can be sent to Bidders upon request at a cost of $250 per set. Checks must be made payable to "Lake Creek Village LLC". Owner reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject any and all Proposals, to waive any informality or technicality in any Proposal, to negotiate contract terms with a Bidder, to disregard all non -conforming, non-responsive or conditional GMP Proposal and to postpone the award of the Project Agreement for a period not exceeding ninety (90) days after the Bid opening. Any questions concerning this Proposal shall be directed in writing (e-mail) to: Rick Ullom, Construction Manager Email: rick.ullom@eaglecounty.us Exhibit B [End of Section] Exhibit B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents have the same meanings. The term "Successful Bidder" means the most qualified, responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. "Applicable Requirements" means all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders, judgments and decrees applicable to the Work. "Bid Package" means all documents and drawings provided to the Contractor for bidding purposes, consisting of: Construction Drawings, Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Submittal Checklist, Supplemental Unit Pricing, Proposed Subcontractor Form, Bidder's Qualifications, General Conditions, General Requirements, Technical Specifications and Sample Project Agreement. "Bid Form" means the form of the offer or proposal setting forth the Project to be constructed. "Bidder" means any individual, firm or corporation submitting a Bid for the Project contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. "Construction Schedule" means a document containing specific time periods and deadlines associated with construction of the Project and performance of the Work. "Contractor" means the company that undertakes a Project Agreement to provide material and labor to complete the Project. "Payment Authorization" means all written authorizations that Owner requires Contractor to submit with invoices for payment. "Phase" means a portion of the Project defined as such. "Plans" means the official plans, drawings, Working drawings, or supplemental drawings or exact reproductions thereof, approved by Owner's Authorized Representative, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the Work. "Project Agreement" means the Lake Creek Village Apartments Clubhouse Addition, also referred to as Laek Creek Early Headstart Program Addition legally binding contract that is signed by the Owner and the Contractor to successfully complete the Project defined by the Contract Documents. Exhibit B "Punch List" means a list of issues compiled by the Owner and Owner's Representative that need to be resolved by the Contractor prior to Final Completion. "Site" means the physical location of the Project(s). "Special Conditions" means the specific clauses setting forth conditions or requirements peculiar to the Project, covering Work or materials involved in the Bid which are not thoroughly or satisfactorily stipulated in the General Conditions or Specifications. "Supervisor" means Contractor's Supervisor designated under the Contract Documents. "Time and Material Authorization" or '?MA" means a document, which will be provided to Owner by Contractor identifying hourly charges for specific Work to be performed and equipment to be used to complete the Project. 2, Copies of Contract Documents a. The Contract Documents consist of the following: Contract Contractor's Bid Form Invitation for Bids and Instructions to Bidders General Conditions Construction Drawings Specifications Solis Report Energy Calculations Bid Schedule Descriptions Addendallotice of Award and Notice to Proceed Change Orders In case of a discrepancy between the documents, the order of precedence is as listed above. b. Two sets of the Construction Drawings and the Specifications are provided. Additional sets will be available electronically through the Owner's Representative, Rick Ullom. Additional hard copy plan sets can be sent to a Bidder upon request at a cost of $250.00 per set. Checks should be made payable to "lake Creek Village LLC". c. Complete sets of Contract Documents shall be used in preparing Bids. Neither Owner, nor Owner's Representative assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Contract Documents. Exhibit B d. The Owner reserves the right to issue Addenda. Bidders shall provide an e-mail address to which the Owner can e-mail the Addenda or notice thereof. In the event the Bidder does not have an e-mail address, the Bidder shall provide a telephone number where the Owner can notify the Bidder by phone of the Addenda. The Bidder shall be responsible for obtaining any Addenda. e. The Owner, in making Contract Documents available, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Examination of Contract Documents and Site a. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work; (c) become familiar with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work; and (d) study and carefully correlate the Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents. b. A four (4) percent Contingency will be included into the Contract Price for unforeseen conditions or emergencies. Any expenditure of the Contingency must be expressly approved by Owner. b. Bidders may visit the site by contacting Bill Wright at 970-471-9102 to schedule a time. c. The submission of a Bid shall constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder of compliance with every requirement of the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. 4. Interpretations All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents shall be submitted to the Owners Representative in writing via email. Replies shall be issued by Addenda as deemed necessary. The last day for interpretation of the Contract Documents is March 18, 2014. Questions received after 3:00 pm on March 13, 2014 shall not be answered. All Addendums shall be issued by the Owners Representative or Architect no later than 5:00 pm on March 18, 2014. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda shall be binding. The Owner has not and will not authorize anyone to orally interpret any of the Contract Documents and any such oral or other interpretations or clarifications shall be without legal effect. Exhibit B 5. Substitute Material and Equipment a. The Project Agreement, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Construction Drawings as specified In the Technical Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal' items. Whenever it is indicated in the Construction Drawings, or specified in the Technical Specifications, that a substitute or "or -equal' item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Owner, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Owner until after the effective date of the Project Agreement. 6. Bid Form a. Submissions made by email must be followed up by one hard copy the following day. b. The Bidder shall submit a completed Bid Form. Bid amounts shall by typed and not handwritten. c. Bid Forms shall be clearly printed, so as to be legible. Bids may be disqualified if they are illegible, as determined by the parties reviewing the Bids. d. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. e. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. f. All names must be typed or printed by the signature. g. Bidders are required to complete all Bid Schedules with amount to be typed and not handwritten. If all Bid Schedules are not complete, the Bid will be considered incomplete and may be rejected in the sole discretion of the Owner. Bids with other omissions may also be rejected in the sole discretion of the Owner. h. Alterations of the Bid Form will not be accepted. 7. Submission of Bids Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation for Bid. Bids shall be submitted via email to rick.uliom()eaelecountv.us or by US Post Office. Mail to Exhibit B Eagle County Project Management Department, Attention: Rick Ullom, P.O. Box 850, Ealge, CO 81631 or received at the Project Mangagement Department Office, 3289 Cooley Mesa Raod, Gypsum, CO 81637. All documents submitted with the Bid shall be clearly marked with the Bidder's name, containing the Bid Form, Bid Schedule, Detailed 16 Division Pricing Detail and any other relevant information. 8. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids a. Bids maybe modified or withdrawn at anytime prior to the opening of the Bids by submission of an appropriate document executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed, and delivered to Rick Ullom at the address where Bids are to be submitted. b. If, within twenty-four hours after the GMP Proposals are submitted, any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with the Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of the Bid Proposal, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid. 9. Review of Proposals When Bids are opened publicly, they will be read aloud, and an abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening Bids. b. All Bids shall remain open for thirty (30) days after the day of the Bid opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security, if required, prior to that date. 10. Award of Contract a. If a Project Agreement is to be awarded, it shall be awarded to the most qualified, responsible Bidder; however, the Owner reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informality or technicality in any Bid, to negotiate contract terms with a Bidder, to add or delete work on the Bid and adjust cost accordingly, to disregard all non -conforming, non-responsive, or conditional Bids and to postpone the award of the Project Agreement for a period not exceeding ninety (90) days after the Bid opening. Owner may accept a Bid other than the lowest responsive Bid if it determines in its sole discretion that doing so is in the best interest of the Project and the County. b. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies between the indicated sum or product and the correct sum or product thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum or product. Exhibit B c. In evaluating bids, Owner shall consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid Forms. d. Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material or equipment) proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of subcontractors and other persons or organizations must be submitted as provided in the General Conditions. Operating costs, maintenance considerations, performance data, and quantities of materials and equipment may also be considered by Owner. e. The Owner may conduct such investigations as deemed necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction. f. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to the Owner's satisfaction, in its sole discretion. g. If applicable, when a construction contract for a public project is to be awarded to a Bidder, a Colorado resident bidder shall be allowed a preference against a nonresident bidder from a state or foreign country equal to the preference given or required by the state or foreign country In which the nonresident bidder is a resident, unless this requirement is inconsistent with requirements of federal law or may cause the denial of federal moneys. See Section 8-19-101 and 102, CRS for the complete provisions regarding the preference. h. By submitting a Bid, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the discretion of Owner in selection of the Successful Bidder shall be final, not subject to review or attack and acknowledge that the submittal is made with full knowledge of the foregoing and in full agreement thereto. I. If the Project Agreement is to be awarded, the Owner shall give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid opening or such other time as may be set forth in the Bid Package. 11. Performance or Other Bonds INTENTIONALLY OMITTED Exhibit B 12. Signing of Agreement When the Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by at least three (3) unsigned counterparts of the Project Agreement. Within ten (10) calendar days thereafter the Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver Three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Project Agreement to the Owner. 13. Project Schedule The Bidder is required to submit with the Bid a proposed construction schedule setting forth dates for completion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. The schedule shall indicate the proposed starting and ending dates for the various phases of the Project and for the various components of the Work. The schedule shall assume a start date of May 12, 2014, Substantial Completion by December 8, 2014 and Final Completion by December 31, 2014. The construction schedule will be reviewed when evaluating the Bids. Therefore, the Bidders should give careful consideration of how Work can be sequenced to meet or finish sooner than the deadlines set forth in this paragraph. 14. Liquidated Damages TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EACH OF THE TIME LIMITS PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Any delay in achieving the date of Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract Documents shall result in significant monetary loss to Owner. As a result thereof, Contractor shall pay to Owner as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the amount of $500.00 per calendar day that Substantial Completion is not achieved after the date of Substantial Completion set forth in the Contract Documents. The parties hereby agree that liquidated damages are not punitive in nature and represent the parties' best estimate of the Owner's damages should the Project not be substantially completed on or prior to the date of Substantial Completion. If the liquidated damages set forth herein are determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, Owner reserves the right to seek and recover all actual, consequential and special damages which arise or result from Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion on or prior to the date set forth in the Contract Documents. 15. Confidentiality Bidders should clearly identify any proprietary or confidential commercial data submitted with a Bid. Such identification may not preclude the release of such information pursuant to court order or under the Colorado Open Records Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bidders submitting Bids in response to this Invitation for Bids acknowledge and agree that if a Project Agreement is awarded, Owner shall have Exhibit B the right to disclose the information submitted by the Successful Bidder in response to this Invitation for Bids. [END OF SECTION] Exhibit B BID FORM THIS BID IS SUBMIT'T'ED TO: Lake Creek Village LLC c/o Eagle County Project Management Department Rick Ullom, Construction Manager PO Box 850 Eagle, CO 81631 March 26, 2014 The undersigned Bidder, having examined the site of the proposed Work and having full knowledge of the conditions under which the Work must be performed, hereby proposes to enter into a Project Agreement to perform such Work as set forth in the Contract Documents, of which this Bid forms a part; and agrees to perform the Work construction therein described on the terms and conditions set forth therein; and will furnish all required labor and materials and pay all incidental costs associated with such Work, all in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, for the following prices listed in the Bid form(s) as payment in full. The undersigned further proposes that should this Bid be accepted, the Bidder will commence Work on May 12, 2014 and complete the Project on or before December 31, 2014. The undersigned further agrees, if awarded the Contract for the Work included in this Bid, that it will begin, complete and deliver the required Work in accordance with the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. The undersigned has checked carefully the figures inserted hereinafter by it, and understands that the Owner will not be responsible for any error or omissions on the part of the undersigned in preparing this Bid. The undersigned hereby certifies that this Bid is genuine, and not sham or collusive, or made in the interest of or on behalf of any person not herein named, and that the undersigned has not, directly or indirectly, induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a sham Bid, or induced any other person, firm or corporation to refrain from Bidding, and that the undersigned has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure for himself any advantages over any other Bidder. The only persons interested as principals in this Bid other than the one whose signature is affixed hereto are to be listed as follows (if there are none, state such fact): Name: Address: Name: Address: Exhibit B This Bid shall be valid from the date of submission to the date of an executed Project Agreement. In submitting this Bid, the undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the right is reserved by Owner to reject, in its sole discretion, any or all Bids, and to waive irregularities in Bidding; (b) the discretion of Owner in the selection of the most qualified, responsible Bidder shall be final, not subject to review or attack; and (c) this Bid is made with full knowledge of the foregoing and in full agreement therewith. Respectfully submitted, Contractor (Bidder) By (Signature) (Title) (SEAL) (corporation/incorporated/partnership) (under the law of the State of Colorado composed of officer, partners or Owner, as follows: President Vice President Secretary Name of Contractor Treasurer Address City State Zip Code Telephone Number 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Project Agreement with the Owner to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the fore mentioned Project Agreement for the Contract Price and within the contract time stated in this Bid and in accordance with the General Conditions. Exhibit B 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders. This Bid will remain open until the effective date of any Project Agreement between the Owner and the apparent Successful Bidder. The Successful Bidder will sign a Project Agreement and submit all documents required by the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the date of the Owner's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, that: a. Bidder has received and examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda: Addenda Date Addenda Number Initial b. Bidder has examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. 4. Bidder will complete the Work for all Bid items listed in the Bid Form. 5. Bidder agrees that the Work will be Substantially Complete on or before December 1, 2014 and Final Completion on or before December 31, 2014 as described throughout these Contract Documents. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Project Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time. Extension may be made to the Contract Time at the discretion of the Owner. 6. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: a. A complete detailed 16 division breakdown of pricing that totals to the GMP Bid Price. b. A preliminary construction schedule as described in the Instructions to Bidders. c. Bidders shall submit a list of intended subcontractors for the Project. The list shall include the company name, contact information, years in business, the approximate percentage of the Work to be performed, and the services which will be provided by that subcontractor. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to: Rick Ullom email: rick.ullom@eaelecountv.us phone: 970-328-8780 Exhibit B 8. Terms used in this Bid which are defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents have the same meanings. 9. Bidders shall pay special attention to the following items: a. Bidders should carefully plan out the Work to complete the Project within the Contract Time and keep accurate records of items creating delays to production schedules. Advance planning will be required to prevent the occurrence of overtime. b. Payment for overtime required to complete the Work in the Contract Time will not be authorized unless unforeseen circumstances occur. c. The unit pricing (Supplement Unit Pricing) is supplied with the Bid Form. These numbers will also be used for CM/GC overhead and profit to the Direct Cost of Work as a basis for additions and subtractions from the scope of Work. d. The quality of Workmanship and materials will be monitored closely by the Owner and Owner's Representative. THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having familiarized himself with the Work required by the Contract Documents, the site where the Work is to be performed, local labor conditions and all laws, regulations and other factors affecting performance of the Work, and having satisfied himself of the expense and difficulties attending performance of the Work, HEREBY PROPOSES and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into a Project Agreement in the form attached, to perform all work, including the assumption of all obligations, duties and responsibilities necessary to the successful completion of the Agreement. This agreement shall also include the furnishing of materials and equipment required to be incorporated in and form a permanent part of the Work, and all tools, equipment, supplies, transportation, facilities, labor, superintendence and services required to perform the Work; and all insurance and submittals; all as indicated or specified in the Contract Documents to be performed or furnished by Contractor in accordance with the following Bid prices. Bidder must submit pricing on all scheduled values to be considered. Bid will be rejected if Bid Form is modified or altered in any way. Values for each scheduled item shall be written out (typed) in words and numeric format. GMP BID PRICE— Total itemized costs for materials, installation, and labor for the project, and two year warranty as shown on the Construction Drawings. Improvements include, but are not limited to: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition. The two year warranty shall commence for this portion of Work upon acceptance of this area as being substantially complete. Exhibit B ]Dollars) I acknowledge that this Bid includes Addendum(s). If none, so state. The undersigned Bidder agrees to enter into a Project Agreement with Owner on or about ten (10) days, after Notice of Award, and further agrees to complete all Work included in the Bid, in accordance with specified requirements and in accordance with the following estimated schedule. Date Task Start Work Substantially Complete Final Completion Liquidated Damages. Owner and Contractor recognize the importance of establishing and enforcing deadlines. If the deadlines for deliverables are not met then the Owner could suffer financial loss. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal or arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the Owner if Work is not completed on time, therefore damages for delays in meeting deadlines for all or portions of the Work as shown on the Contract Documents or as documented in Project schedules or meeting notes, shall be assessed at a cost of $500.00 per calendar day for every day late. Signed: Name Printed: Title: Company: PREPARED BY [End of Section] Exhibit B BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST The following items shall be included as part of the Bid package. Packages not containing these items shall be deemed incomplete and will be rejected. 1. Completed Bid Form 2. Detailed 16 division pricing 3. Acknowledgement of Addendums 4. Proposed subcontractor list S. Proposed Project schedule 6. Supplemental Unit Pricing form [End of Section] Exhibit B SUPPLEMENTAL UNIT PRICING All unit/total prices for each of the items listed shall include all costs involved in the installation of each item or performance of tasks (to include labor and equipment, except where noted), its pro rata share of profits, overhead, warranty, and administrative fees, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to technical specifications and plans for exact description of products. Costs listed below will be the basis of additions and subtractions to the base Bid amount. Supplemental Unit Prices for Added Scope of Work Item Description Unit Unit Price CM/GC—OVERHEAD AND PROFIT FEE PERCENTAGE % (END OF SECTION] Exhibit B PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR FORM List subcontractors and suppliers providing services and/or materials to be furnished and a summarization of the dollar value of each subcontract: Years In Percentage Contact Person and Subcontractor Scope of Work Business of Work Phone Number This is to certify that the names of the foregoing mentioned Subcontractors or material suppliers are submitted with full knowledge and consent of the respective parties Bidders: (Name of Company) By: (Signature and Title) Date: Note: This sheet may be reproduced by the Bidder to list Subcontractors totaling more than will fit on this page. Certify each sheet as an original sheet and staple additional sheets to this page. [End of Section] Exhibit B [End of Section] HIM sx o� MSI ri r-, rn x - 0- O- O - b- O - O- p W-- ..• A W N- V - � O W U- S� N A W W �� W W-� W p W� U p P N A W G i 0 .� O ' a � A O - T) Im 9 vmk- C' � �� T i Y Y u }g� ljjvttll1 1Z 1�� � T�� � Ib P �/YZ�Z-1� mlll tll 111 tll mtllsy P r-, rn x - 0- O- O - b- O - O- p W-- ..• A W N- V - � O W U- S� N A W W �� W W-� W p W� U p P N A W G i 0 .� O ' a � A O - T) Im 9 vmk- C' I z 0 A m G] D D m z m oz z vi D D = D AC1 A D A m A M Z Z rN*1 m :C- O : m r m ou m ;u i n z m Z z 0 Z O 0 m IR D �I O 0 0 Ate? OD p 0 Co 0, 0 x � O O T1AON m 0 Z / I 1 IDAQI��A I IiAo�i V Z Im��ZH I a n Z V IKm um Fzl I az I ^ F s o ijl N m I 2 fl S O ti z 2 ISI kzz I mgA �A� N N 1 II 1.iU A N O O 1-1N + W UU1PU q D �1L ID UO C -O T n r+ 9 1, zyomo rn..-DZ 000- 0 m I I i R D Ao l A + ; N 1 o�ncw r+ 9 1, zyomo rn..-DZ 000- � N a �. 1 O•U ( zom< nm F S ��omm 9mt p N I Z1O w� rn x�g_ Z O A > rn v 1 (D•. D f O A A D r J0 D D y El o nD� Z_ s o n- r 0 m I I i R D - _ l A i ; N A F Z$ r+ 9 1 ,3 1 D �(n nm S nD mm n C 9mt p N I Z1O w� m x�g_ UI mD O A > rn v 1 Sl+ Q g C, f � . m" . [I 1- 0 o� W - _ ^0 OONO a0 Oy O tt NOVA mmwmo r+ 9 N. 0 �y co N D �(n nm S nD mm n C ,i 09 In ax N I Z1O w� . N nz •I z ,mrn CO C) f � . m" rl 1- ►J s o n- s 3 3 a _...'o Fir l O 0 O C17 . no <o a •c n z O w In ^o u � CD a {� CD , G ^^ 0 cn (D j N 2 S 00 n za o�gR ^ D^ Ino m o�. z - s V Z ms _U 000. A _ N o� s _So z 00- z n o f...l is CD CD CA CS �i S r+ Q+ O CD �+ !� �r O 3. ,10 0I) r+ •�•^ E mz > o o oi�^35"o_vl E� = N v3o � n -.gin 30 'mac Aj ^°�^ o � 201) '_ 3�0o L - noO n coo n = `5 •c N ^ y 1 Z 0 ^0 r+ 9 0 �y co N O � �a N I 0 0 I CO C) N rl �O ►J I s O - o O Fir l O 0 O C17 p orq - O � CD a {� CD 0 cn (D j O�31 o�a O O CD 00- N) > f...l CD CD CA CS �i S r+ Q+ O CD �+ !� �r O ,10 0I) r+ V 0 LD v In m In 0m: m �M - P Y Y 11 2F �g 3q ;� �i8i • $ -ga .a 3 a;'. r ailsV Fig g ve9 e i gg g r o qy!p gj g _ 9 �4$gX ¢'9 a•� 3'S � � S"!� �� � €� its 3�Sgg � � �% !�• � � � � � �� Fs� ' °Sa°4 Pat =a133 633 ��pa$ �g3 s5 } g of If ! $ t 9 gS - i Si 3�' R as8 13 fl 47 3 L taL; it; $ d I? if i� i � i F 511 STI4t'I �yIF 41 aS fig= -4M0A(WN- 0m 88 rnomc� m� mx0 X9,m Arno ozm rOZvrzm wzay=10w T (:, o m mz0 mz' ��A >O oz zo 'O 0 (a m z5 z 2 m z m X N m Z r Z O co COVER SHEET LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADDITION EAGLE COUNTY, COLORADO r D n m X D m V rnr 1-1 m nD Or � �D � 1 z m Win M ; D D(/)m �� m<MD -N r ;u 0Or- 9 > -u -P n G) X Om O r- 0 X D D 0 O D O z MARCIN ENGINEERING LLC P.O. BOX 1062 AVON, COLORADO 970-748-0274 �..o ,,...... a. o....�_„_.��... win �VgW or ur�.rV�\r\�-�ti sine nyan-,r er or�V.,\�nVs,-�.r, I/ 1. ® I 1 I I � 1 I , I I / I � I x !� n I •� 1 1 - t I oma � - �•' > I I =_M 1 LA- I D 8 I m> I $I O 1 � I 4 ' 2NI vu g m mD m � =o J I mmcF Tx m - I >Rv in;or un ov II ._ I I ma"z zvc' mn zc=i II I I 4�0 Fm I I mr I I I � � � � �• p� I s r7. I I - I m M CPI II /mc / m o -mi /• p — I a- II I k� 0 II e I yv m A ------- z II I I1 ® m F nvz mm II .._- ' .•v? may „� may^ ASF � I VI N >o 006' mNm ! anAimoz p mZ5 �••� = -J I p p i1 . W-1W-1.`� 6 1A o a p IG'zFF " A I I1 z zm I = co o III 1 �� Dm m ue I _ • II'• 'O _ y { Jmp y y -1m60 L • I' l yy2m mN civ I pF �I Mz ' _.--o I �ozu>ig �_ On Tom O •r__ .� x 1!IDZy ; ali I oo >„mom. N UU Dys v uvir�m� 'e I �$=jEi I I o IIi Y I mem / yJ I trrl s�v „o I � � _ .. s _ . _ ._a. • '� , , � I 1. nabNO. DATE REVISIONS BY �m N SITE PLAN MARCIN ENGINEERING LLC Ox � No t N �, .o P.O. BOX 1062 LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADDITION M o\m c N ?� AVON, COLORADO � A NI.. EAGLE COUNTY, COLORADO o 970-748-0274 \ 1 IA O \ mxv N co \ 11n^6F zz;nl�Z x zp SII\ \ I mog<v�oVcrp pAA Itiv f zm z AFF u` y> F- > 6 I F vt z I I inoi u �'r q 11 II I\ I II I �T. i AM �mN AmoIZ i2na /` a• AI I i I� I� ^ z o I I x v Nv =o I I nl / / ;l J n .! >nz %., ,AF 1 mp0 I N p xp pI v 1 mm OO I D9 L'A Dog �m \ yo %tlW w �/ A o o A B \i c YO -Z °� I q z -ZYy _ v ?o \ n =n�F I ,•� n I I I I \ — I >0222 I o�s� q I yy Is I ., ,�j, u I I � � ../")�•.. ... ... � I m�;AAA K2tJ2C ux-iAV, ogti5j8 m0,oNZ 1 y Nm In Z _ \ a�mm� I gcoZJ I mx \ 0U wfmz 6 0; =., i i I FiAo F I I yy m lm mm F cln moozm I I 713@ = wA n 1x I sn,A„ I rn I m o v s W I I I71J9 I �l R,. m n !^yn> I ' � Ti —7" , t I 0 I I Igo 0 ` I ` zin C I om I I8,0 gp - •: — - �..-_.vs r., r»- I \ mng�y I I��I r, r. NO. DATE REVISIONS BY mem MARCIN ENGINEERING LLC N GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN n m \o ,o P.O. BOX 1062 LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADDITION (n m � F- c N Nc^i AVON, COLORADO EAGLE COUNTY, COLORADO 'a3 970-748-0274 { > D Ln 0 ATO n�5� D\ F� �,- o , , ,; ,. l g-1 \ 7136 U)AA m D yon J mm= fi m 'AZA vp aN>� I �Zm.. it uNmF l { v f Av 1"s mm %O 7 { u N \ o \ \ 1 IA O \ mxv N co \ 11n^6F zz;nl�Z x zp SII\ \ I mog<v�oVcrp pAA Itiv f zm z AFF u` y> F- > 6 I F vt z I I inoi u �'r q 11 II I\ I II I �T. i AM �mN AmoIZ i2na /` a• AI I i I� I� ^ z o I I x v Nv =o I I nl / / ;l J n .! >nz %., ,AF 1 mp0 I N p xp pI v 1 mm OO I D9 L'A Dog �m \ yo %tlW w �/ A o o A B \i c YO -Z °� I q z -ZYy _ v ?o \ n =n�F I ,•� n I I I I \ — I >0222 I o�s� q I yy Is I ., ,�j, u I I � � ../")�•.. ... ... � I m�;AAA K2tJ2C ux-iAV, ogti5j8 m0,oNZ 1 y Nm In Z _ \ a�mm� I gcoZJ I mx \ 0U wfmz 6 0; =., i i I FiAo F I I yy m lm mm F cln moozm I I 713@ = wA n 1x I sn,A„ I rn I m o v s W I I I71J9 I �l R,. m n !^yn> I ' � Ti —7" , t I 0 I I Igo 0 ` I ` zin C I om I I8,0 gp - •: — - �..-_.vs r., r»- I \ mng�y I I��I r, r. NO. DATE REVISIONS BY mem MARCIN ENGINEERING LLC N GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN n m \o ,o P.O. BOX 1062 LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADDITION (n m � F- c N Nc^i AVON, COLORADO EAGLE COUNTY, COLORADO 'a3 970-748-0274 �w RV¢W e+��V�\wV��.ti a) 0 En m --I f % 1111.1F. 4" ? F I qH 1. 11 t fr 9 gel x it I 1 9 1 1 1 [if 11 r 1,4 . 1, 1 1 Q'I Pit m 11 � g fq� i 1 1 1-- z m 0 Fit JA RN U) Iioz: 0 DETAILS SHEET m LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADIDMON m I (r EAGLE COUNTY, COLORADO fry 5� IJ rig 1q. �0.5 'Ilia - I a SA I sk 7U, -R A, =M=ML�Ei I 1A fl�2 pip. it SRI MARCIN ENGINEERING LLC P.O. BOX 1062 AVON, COLORADO 970-748-0274 � I I I I I I I I it I I I O Q s4 7 I I I ®•1 / I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I rli b 1 i ®W FAMN 1-6 1 il�C. J J ❑ b Q �� a � � I -______--_ . 00 ON Nem ADOZTWN THIS L WOTH OF V VLL I I I I I � I ° I I I I I I I II 1 1 1 1 1 1 \i 5 g� 0 O Q s4 7 P II I' 1-6 1 il�C. J J ❑ b Q �� a � � I -______--_ . 00 ON Nem ADOZTWN THIS L WOTH OF V VLL I I I I I � I ° I I I I I I I II 1 1 1 1 1 1 \i 5 g� O Q s4 Q (P ME ME 10 G" 0 Do gQ, Q, U, U m mm z r z 10 0 Do gQ, Q, U, mm z 10 0 Do gQ, Q, 10 (D' � mi| |© � � ■ | � f § 9 A ML ML O -4 i i I I I � p } I I P I I El I I 1 I I I I I .______J L R /ray L I El I s -s yr z P I I I i IN ---------- --------- -f *t:::;=:: IP lor• — ' 1 , 9'4 ' ' e' -91f1• 9'-91/1" 4-1 1/1" 9'-6 (-1) 6'4• _ a II ' I I `V�VV11�rrYYY / 1 1 I NQS I ' II °a 31 u I I I 4 e'4 9'-� 1/1" •'4 9'-1' 9'-] 1/1• _ DI I 1 11 7 ar ]�-�� z u>r �ptll ICY I II SI p ��U�� OV O�P I O I'ul I I I P 2 I I I I F a LII bu— I ~ ' I I I „ u I " II D D I I S. F ti - �I - I ' Z i I P 5 I I I N I -1' a I/1' 4J' I I I I I I I I SS -0 1/1" NI I A. O I I Y I I I ' 1 I Ips. '. X4 Y Y V& D W U u U 1 6 .1 P N A W ru Z Z Tyg €m ]lgSy� i i I I I � p } ❑ I - I I O I I Y I I I ' 1 I Ips. '. X4 Y Y V& D W U u U 1 6 .1 P N A W ru Z Z Tyg €m ]lgSy� (D. m TI I lGli ------------------- -- ------ j b ------- - ------------- bi - - - - - - - - - - - I- - - - ----- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CJI U I A A I I a I �� �I ;� ' b u I I � I a I �. I;� ,; � A -------------- :------ - -------------- TT - - — - — - - frtcJ 0 a utu N z u -H r- rn r0 d <� <� (v- ($� IA iiilll rn- o g �g v0 A rn rn A 'aSZrn 07C: s u � a l I i I I i I I I Q I I I u � — - ci ❑❑❑❑❑a ❑a❑ ❑o❑: UUU ❑❑o❑❑❑ ❑- oQd .. Ll aoQ, d� ❑a❑I--te�r�❑ ° � IDEEQ El Et ❑a❑❑❑ ❑❑❑ ❑❑❑ .:......... '. . I u - I 5 I t 6'3i Z L � Z I I I I rn O I I I I 70 70 r v d� im L � Z �I� l4tli��Il N O c rn r rn p 0 z N y [D� � ,onom� p� y �Cy�N" ppp�"A y x�px n OA O Z •- I.- flT R p� 9 O� o d]~ m BUR .ler..T rY�I m m n C1A A o Z r 6 Ng `_J v s (rnrn� 'a gg 36 O 1V s 3 10'-11/D- 1'-39/6• 4-11/D' I' -D 1/3• 1 � 3 yy rnrn3 L�” �99 jD n =Z,<pZ PV Q}> npPP(yV� yi33mZ2 �hhh yF _ o 5 P r N M- c v O u Ily7 z > AAAAA AAA ,y y mysF �y y v 0 A m m 3 10'-11/D- 1'-39/6• 4-11/D' I' -D 1/3• 1 � 3 yy rnrn3 L�” �99 jD n Z - Z o 5 P r N M- c v <Z P 02 1 L y F m ul a C � Y 9 n rn A a IW $ N o 's O p. C4 i II to -1 We 41/]-y; y10 1/4- 4-I 1/D• �P~ 1 K la -1 lI D' 1'-1 Sir D-10 Sro- 1b Id �n 3Z fIj ]'-] 1/ Q y I pr III�p�y ^7 u �1qi1 ul a C � Y 9 n rn A a IW $ N o 's O p. C4 i II to -1 We 41/]-y; y10 1/4- 4-I 1/D• �P~ H K la -1 lI D' 1'-1 Sir D-10 Sro- 1b Id �n 3Z fIj ]'-] 1/ Q y I III�p�y ^7 u �1qi1 ul a C � Y 9 n rn A a IW $ N o 's O p. C4 i II to -1 We 41/]-y; y10 1/4- 4-I 1/D• 6'-1 Ill' I I I I I I I I I I (IRM11Np) I I I w9a o -" Z� rn rn A YI V � \ • rn T A A � D A N O e 4 - rn n z 6'-1 Ill' I I I I I I I I I I (IRM11Np) I I I w9a o Vim¢ Z� rn = A YI V � \ • rn T A A O e 4 6'-1 Ill' I I I I I I I I I I (IRM11Np) I I I w9a o Vim¢ A D._I. l I I I I I I I I I (IRM11Np) I I I w9a o P'RAMn16 l l 1 1 S b N Q L I L AP' " m (9 TRPAOD AT I'O' FKN' A � l(=7j w 111 T I — — —— w 0 fi p a Px� -1PmNTPp r � .l ryllllllT m A m F Ul (10 RIYRS AT �6 Iii O Q rn d �• 'o a OZ N $� w 0 fi KI 01 � �g -'i ! j I I V,. I w M? ;s g� n g KI 01 � �g -'i ! j I I V,. I w M? ;s g� n 11: s f 1 1 I t l I I lit P ~ P K P i� laa s/e' 10 v. 1a -a s/v p�pp�c �� CP ME P ale C p�pp�c �� CP ME — co P IAF pG] 10•!!/!' 101/4 N/RIC!- O Q 4 n T A o d o ~ Jyy1a� T E — co P — co am 0 Orn i 0 8 0 ■�. kk pipP�� N 4�H� HH� Pty _ al In vI N A Sy NN Ij � nn 9 s Oji, ,o-, 116. 0 N 4�H� HH� Pty s Oji, ,o-, 116. N n WA O p I �N. �wr" z z 0 r 1 ml twee w rp.e j ^ � CME IW TpE [� �._��• �• �._�• > HH N ri V � u ST~z ie NONm.A m GLk�q rk a m T a I 0 0 z rn A rn z n In A O 9 I TOY I 0 4 7l1 I o�a��m�P Lpo� 0 rn rn u Z 0 z A 01 S m A Nip _ r. o 4 x z J p z d d 1 ro a N 74 01 S m A Nip _ r. o 4 � || 2q ■ � . ! 2 y � ( � �■§§�` �§ I Z Q � HH a H a ��4 a m $ 0 Sha N A O Q O -0 z O n rn C% rn O A m r A O T z A E m F� S Z d 0 C% rn lit m� Z rn CAA tl T Zro QPJP 6 b N 6 D u _ _ b� y NZyy1 •(Sp�P.(( zU ZZ (pp A P pT �J W U W % ?P • 1J �OZ y 4 DT�m NS rn 102 tit W IT CCCjjjj b� { 6,g g 9 -nr r Ro IV 4 HIM > 7 - NFn ru 1�i 00 S 111a PO A (� N A U1� N ru �mN YR ' i Fhl 7771 LE�E),E Fr7 q _CC Z Ol C1 i rn r r u ° � a e � � � o ul r� ru �mN YR ' i Fhl 7771 LE�E),E Fr7 q _CC Z Ol C1 i rn r r u ° � a e � �mN YR ' i Fhl 7771 LE�E),E Fr7 q _CC Z Ol C1 i rn r r u ° � a Nq m i P P :1 d y � � P P h N M O C I� 2 P g I R i P FF v aA w >A oT 0 P :1 d y � � P P h N M O C I� �g� 2 P g I R i � I aA w >A oT 0 �g� 2 P P I i I � 1^ U > J J RL='m N p ' z a -N-I l 130 111 a A n r rn o � pug M T Z �P{�jj�mP P g i 'L 00 F£SO A 1^ U > J J RL='m N p ' z a -N-I 130 111 a A n r M T Z r P g i 'L 00 F£SO lin m N 3-MOYR FIRM RAT® FLP^R b O AXCIIGLY NR F9 d n rn z H a aa� N N A d VIII/11 11 rl 11111 P M - V --- �rn n rn a � _ P .UR FIRM RATMD FLOOR .s �-:: Tg 7�f�1�11TPPF� ((•��� O�U�� P �P l A �P (\ P rn rn N ru r r d R .—OA Pi OtG..R PIRM RAT® PSL �Y TYPE F! U > J J M - V --- �rn n rn a � _ P .UR FIRM RATMD FLOOR .s �-:: Tg 7�f�1�11TPPF� ((•��� O�U�� P �P l A �P (\ P rn rn N ru r r d R .—OA Pi OtG..R PIRM RAT® PSL �Y TYPE F! U J RL='m N ' z a 130 111 a A 0T z 0 C rn a z O c N rn u 1 �u z O � N 8 Fn r p Jp �m ❑"° S � � s y 13 i VMtR�VIF Y bz - i O O n d � OD IvID• I Irr I IenD T /� , vs- V.IF L D ul N D/n N r z 1 �u z O � N 8 Fn r p Jp �m ❑"° S � � s y a 11 1111 yp ppp HIM < 111 4 11 OlO ~tO -luu_W MUM-. �py In �py In lnm44 u 4TH M # f P N N H N TG In V � � I SS a 3 OOO D00 t}T g pqo A � (�(11gq1yP�y�yPyPm�milmi -1{-1 1F" i q 4 �����71 p�� ��� A 0. �3 S J 1L2L''�M t2Y II�)i% ZZ� 3 i i Z 3 ��®jlj Lz ��y7`1 pOq 0 ) > NNN- NNN Ni 3 NNN >WWU Ni . NNN N>FN1 Ni -1 xTy POOP 11(yV91n1 yy�I Ihypn G�uuu '�yy 1lnnp )�NHHNz-� << <u pyyy pyyy� IN. l a i r 2 A m gN mmm ZZs m > mmm m s �iJP ~ iaavv { } z � m � pup O �[� { { IF p pp o y� " Z aaaaft"m P W 3 ovYY _ 10 { �� � A N P U N 62 1 P u W P p U W W VS P Jill � v Cm av - avv -# av-aa -- PZ�� ppjp 11 -- go -- A A n r A . � � 1: bodabaWWaW eoadaaeW�aa;aW� n A O b bAbdAA;�WdWWddduulkyWbAdW� o �1 � YI is v av avaa vvvcn ov baA O P P O 0. 0 1:161T 0 0 Ns-U; O Ner Pat> r01 Ua�> 0 P Z CIO m 3 cn cn W [[[(nnn�oa4i -Uu u v avaa- O=n=c a -a3 O O i. rA> b`; L, 3 �a 01 An @ q P P III I - � m �11T = � o�a� _-� va� _ - 1'71; mo 2 R aAW Pup u' .� PUP 'o ""'NNNooNooeNN"�C'e""NeN°• PpE,P SCP A.ddA�P o Z a Q C lNN NNN B�A�� N N W.- ZyO 11 1111 HIM 111 11 A i 1AA A j1 N N N H N TG In V � � I a 3 OOO D00 t}T g pqo A PP -1{-1 1F" i i i u PPpppp pppp A 0. S J i II�)i% ZZ� 3 i i Z 3 i Z y A i O IT ��Yj N Nlynn1 �(}p21� (pZ1 pOq 0 ) > NNN- NNN Ni 3 NNN >WWU Ni . NNN N>FN1 Ni -1 xTy POOP 11(yV91n1 yy�I Ihypn G�uuu '�yy 1lnnp )�NHHNz-� << <u pyyy pyyy� IN. l a r 2 mmm m gN mmm ZZs m > mmm m s �iJP ~ iaavv { } z � m � pup O �[� { { a p pp o y� Z aaaaft"m P W ovYY _ 10 { �� � A N P U N 62 1 P u W P p U W W p P Jill � v av - avv -# av-aa -- oavoa - - 11 -- go -- A A O A . � � 1: bodabaWWaW eoadaaeW�aa;aW� n A O b bAbdAA;�WdWWddduulkyWbAdW� � YI is v av avaa vvvcn ov baA P P O 0. 0 1:161T 0 0 Ns-U; O Ner Pat> r01 Ua�> 0 P 0 CIO m 3 cn cn W [[[(nnn�oa4i -Uu u v avaa- O=n=c a -a3 O O i. rA> b`; L, �a 01 P1 III P P III I - � m �11T = � o�a� _-� va� _ - 1'71; mo 2 R aAW Pup u' .� PUP 'o ""'NNNooNooeNN"�C'e""NeN°• PpE,P SCP A.ddA�P o Z a Q C lNN NNN B�A�� N N lNN y�NN �n NN NNN t T r NN NNN N N p NN NNN N NN NNN 1m��nnh Wu� pp 0�yc�� 4 A Duma 1J upn W W mnnn R O M m en IJ ypn IJ W 1a�nhn 1�N ��' 0 /�� •♦ A NN NN NN N N NN NNN N �jNj 1jNI� jjN�NN �m 2 O > > W W T In no l l l ll O I 1 110 m FT yHZ� ,� it yryryZ�yZ 0 3 p h Nm p ! 3 n yy(]Jam�(j4(NN�� (l]1 7.1 7 Z S (Jz}z}(j�l ~ l{]1 Q {l]1 A qU 1 y= yyL 1 81iM W.- ZyO A i 1AA F 11j a4z3 j1 N N N H N TG In V � � I a PPp P t}T g pqo A PP 1F" u �' A 0. S J i II�)i% ZZ� 3 i i Z 3 i Z y A i O IT ��Yj N Nlynn1 �(}p21� (pZ1 pOq 0 ) > NNN- Z u1 >WWU . ii" N>FN1 �ZNi -1 xTy POOP 11(yV91n1 yy�I Ihypn G�uuu '�yy 1lnnp )�NHHNz-� << <u pyyy pyyy� IN. l a r 2 bo • R gN ZZs > Nxi s �iJP ~ iaavv } z � m � pup O �[� y} O y a p pp p y� Z aaaaft"m P W ovYY _ 10 { �� � A N P U N 62 1 P u W P p U W W p P Jill � v av - avv -# av-aa -- oavoa - - 11 -- go -- A A A . � � 1: bodabaWWaW eoadaaeW�aa;aW� n A O b bAbdAA;�WdWWddduulkyWbAdW� � YI is v av avaa vvvcn ov baA Uar Ua� 77tt 1:161T 11 Ns-U; UsNNaWr Ner Pat> r01 Ua�> •_Cm ■ AaAr) W [[[(nnn�oa4i -Uu u v avaa- O=n=c a -a3 /CA111� O i. rA> b`; L, �a MZ IZAZ P P _ c - � m �11T = � o�a� _-� va� _ - 1'71; R .� N d ""'NNNooNooeNN"�C'e""NeN°• PpE,P PACE. A.ddA�P Z dPP�.�AA�A,P B�A�� Z t Z p pp pp 1m��nnh Wu� pp 0�yc�� 4 A Duma 1J upn W W mnnn R O M m en IJ ypn IJ W 1a�nhn 1�N ��' 0 /�� •♦ A QIK 49 dUTP �m 2 O > > W W T In 0 l l l ll O I 1 110 m tl 0 3 h Nm p ! 3 n yy(]Jam�(j4(NN�� (l]1 7.1 7 Z S (Jz}z}(j�l ~ l{]1 Q {l]1 A qU 1 y= yyL 1 81iM P N F )r HH j�o1} 5a1] CQ� DCC67 L O� � ZZZZ � .. O A i A F 11j a4z3 j1 N N N H N N 0 � � I i'h�l7j p� A pqo A S S� i II�)i% ZZ� �o Z i i Z 3 i Z y A i O IT ��Yj N Nlynn1 �(}p21� (pZ1 pOq 0 ) > NNN- Z u1 >WWU N>J � N>FN1 �ZNi -1 xTy POOP pTP )�NHHNz-� IN. l a 2 bo • R gN ZZs > Nxi s bd } z Z Z (C P W 10 { �� � A N P U N p W u P u W P p U W W p P Jill p �� � q caaaaaWWaWWeaaWWi,iWWdeaW� 111 Jill A A 11 1 p A A A . � � 1: bodabaWWaW eoadaaeW�aa;aW� n A Z/� b bAbdAA;�WdWWddduulkyWbAdW� � YI baA Uar Ua� 77tt Ns-U; UsNNaWr Ner Pat> r01 Ua�> •_Cm ■ AaAr) O=n=c O i. rA> b`; L, MZ IZAZ P P _ m - � p� = � p {. .� N d ""'NNNooNooeNN"�C'e""NeN°• PpE,P PACE. A.ddA�P dPP�.�AA�A,P B�A�� Z t Z p pp pp 1m��nnh Wu� pp 0�yc�� 4 A Duma 1J upn W W mnnn R O M m en IJ ypn IJ W 1a�nhn 1�N ��' 0 /�� •♦ A QIK 49 dUTP �m 2 O W 0 l l l ll O I 1 110 m h Nm p ! O 3 yy(]Jam�(j4(NN�� (l]1 7.1 7 Z S (Jz}z}(j�l ~ l{]1 Q {l]1 A qU 1 y= yyL 1 81iM hi Z P He 7 P F )r HH j�o1} 5a1] CQ� DCC67 L O� � ZZZZ � .. O A i F 11j a4z3 0 y A i O IT ��Yj N Nlynn1 �(}p21� (pZ1 1 IWP.i 0 ) > u1 >WWU �Py POOP pTP IN. l a 2 bo • R gN ZZs > s bd } z Z (C P W { �� � A N P U N p W u P u W P p U W W p P p �� � q caaaaaWWaWWeaaWWi,iWWdeaW� A> A A A A A A A � � 1: bodabaWWaW eoadaaeW�aa;aW� c b bAbdAA;�WdWWddduulkyWbAdW� � baA Uar Ua� Ns-U; UsNNaWr Ner Pat> r01 Ua�> •_Cm ■ AaAr) O=n=c O i. rA> b`; L, MZ IZAZ P P _ •• p - p� = � p {. .� N d ""'NNNooNooeNN"�C'e""NeN°• PpE,P PACE. A.ddA�P dPP�.�AA�A,P B�A�� Z p pp pp pp A A A A QIK 49 jj O z � F& x � i � � z O O Y q cA' m s 4 rrrn n gn O as I a y N a }gyp � 11��jp1p�1jj111 � y�1 � � uu �5�] m P � $ � • j�QL^�J�y9 -�y9 - � - � - � = C� � � � � �ju�11 � � � � � � � �� j . 1�y9 OZ 2 S q P N m t` t\ m r � � � N N m m t\ x � n C, >; n i 3 �3mj rS LZ L3 �i1 LS L3 L3 L3 L3 L2 �2j LZ �21 �31 L3 (�� L3 L3 L3 LS LZ @� la . b yy hhM1� Ny C9 a a a a a e a a o s o a 44 a a A a a a a e -1 a a a -1 e -1 b A b -1 8= A 11--�1 � $ A l� � 7� Z I & � 6 � 1 O P x x x r�T���+I x �l x � 1�x x > >1111111 i n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T� o 0 0 ppyypyp J j y�[op1 yy Pxy 1[oH off" �j �[yy[JJ O 3 °M W IAR�i°6y u Y c L L y N a y m P a = 0 A a $N3m�g> 3 a fst a m9 ZR$ II a�g = a e Bea P� 8 jai a s x 3 1ea �m 4 s $ n IM 44 gE d* S �E� �g a 3a m a9 a3s g js a- s# a� 'gmg uZ, 3"° $ °N S� HN_ $& $� g a$g Hgx z 3R �a 'a.$€ k � I"Tl ffi 4 a 3 �' S ffi a g ". $ 8 g a a g m' m m� a g &' $ -` ar :01m� a 3s :"g Q g rix Is 2� g3m Rg o ds m $$ gygy a 8R� saee ¢ $il 16_ m a4 4Rg$�a O a M. da 2 ir 2 4. R esti av gNwa°gN� . k H A s R� d aS gE� i 'a a ai?�;,* -g3 a a€ m a a a4 ffi �a cCi a m dffi z E H �� a R§ gs - x a� as _ mRv �__ �. � a m -� _ y 8g �g S mg E am g m 3 Sam z 8�. ' _�` as m m5 c�8 �3 a � a a: i _� �� �� ® a s � 3g z 5 g m 4a' a 33 m g $moo gm r - i �.% y n 49 m tg 4 8 S 8m 85m a g 8 a d ?a gAg dN and 3 8 g n og ffi o$ $$ aQ�$5"`$ 30 a- 5 Tia° a a s oti 2$ a s g_ ffi8 a ffi s $ 3» 8 "5 affix V1 fn 41 cn 41 fn VI 41 fn fn n < D C y y ti ^ Ly I I a N N N N O 2 T O c m r 2 H O O 0 O O Y Q i ■ O O ■ r n Z L, N + N 2 T s A O T to �- mI � mm r- T vi ,n y C �- T N G1 N O m m X 2 O L m O 2 T -� -t -1 -i ti -� ti m ti T G O y y a 0 rn 0 n O O o a N z m m m n O O O O O O O O O z c 2 2 O A O O O D O C ti r o O O O O O O Q O A A T A A rm- Z y T N -i N i T F n � T a T A n T m v o n w o o°m°n m? z n 3 o o m ^ m ITI o 'm o m c + r m m O_ a m a r m t a m m i z ss 0 p m A m z O n T p p o m czi m A o o a A n czi % m iC m o o F o A o A m p i o z m _ x m n rm n n m m -z �a �2 3 6 ? z A Z x o Z Z m T o Tn czi 'A n m A m o a o v �' n +� + m m 1 xn T o C m y Z N 0 o 2 m z y tiD yn 2 a z m A ; p 2 n T m x z o Z z m z m G) czi S A z m m m i Qc" c A C z 2 O O m p ` ' U®H® p fA �- m m w s ° N Q m D xmm m o nI 7c1CL c�m°r' �W�S x ;a C m CD 0 �L a `." N m n W 3 rn G w� Nmd�� om"",=� m 0 s y Z y Z Y ° m y r O n G) r m n') , m Coam_$,o� a o, a Z O m Z O CL rL CD m C W 3 47 Ul n$3at'omaE� ^o^Q ® x v m cn m '2^aaHaNOH'z�N�� n�awFc DHcmi'^�°n �N ��amat�Z�'m�vm s> yx H�����N4�Tmi m a��Acmi umipm_n�-Ncy T 2 m N d��'Da^gau°Diar < n in A-pn�ai 2a2 CC�OagyiA$'z aimm g Nt'1 C1Fmi�Zmz4 pi T<DQGpna CIZm �; t� AyJin2<Dmn��-Hi NG > :-t. h n ��ozmgipyOnsON Tm mg �44 % a nay nya��mam Sm TSS in °iicH��ma Nm 0, m my�+oay�iiacimco aTy Ox n0m2 �ijO D°A r, OA� z SAmoui,� �n am$ i A m°oy6m iai� DQm m O im n n� yn<Zczi? oft. I— >m 9 L A zo�� N n0 H�<€H mm g NY N RBL" m xzu°'i>= oma `"« mOn n2mA�; Ap�+; Jc 0 g fun ?p2 ;run nm a mmA aoz6°c� fin. as .� mg > mnG I'*'I o0 o O m Z�im yyyS m 2°c A Y y A TN -.;H ' y m� C gi inar� � z m >N mT o mN nn m y an �cmi Z A i 2 Aa�m n y m m� a u Hg SSS �m NA o m g m � gin " � F� m a � a � wa m �cmai g � a mti 6 a a 2110'C°C o� N°2a< OF i N imms� ii a� aCC�i A ro-i D S S 42l n� yO A � y m i of °D..F 0aa ? Z O Z �a m���'m �R m OC m a nczT D n� o N mm O m$m i n L m0 RI nDF�ip xm LD m0C) o0�? Z mm P�i i z Z r N i �yi fa71 m�xy� h° rt7 ��2 =� 'T0" Y°a i n0 t a z Z A D " o .00 s°g mF m Yym u y A 22 � n�p asA r m =yD Onmti 26 O QCT S N Q OR a fn 'O �' n Z y Y ;oAN m, ma ZO (n m m AZ Ai 6 < 2 ° m >M ya i CA � � ti HI., 4 O I Z F ��Ao N m �^ `D D e y o p a z -1 an d fl oo m m Z � � � N° D D N T D O rn m �1 C= 7 N D m W 3 0�0�: m p z 171 m m O n r R1 slaw rn L$ s "m O m C7 rtt 3 'y '; m DO N A m ��� a O D Z o w F 3 Z m�,- w!'= N sm nam? "g^8 Zr-1 o DA �mS U Im110A mN- Tamm Fsza nm �T �aT a mca atyty Top ZmZ CnD � n ma 2aap T�>2�2 I ►s�� a=�wpp S Db� > n �7�Za Zm m�T mcmin a[$ �S TF iA Ae TTI;a IY m4 T$2�nnNmmT 2 m�p�hv;a2 �i pr �� R Laaa�_ym� as i mN' ° �maCSt a �S�oO m >T MON CLzyaya ST caimm�i m Nen a Aga;sN im�ao m°n Ta�N+ Da � 2q�a m�gQQm� im ma ;m m° mea °ILLa �-^i Idni•�`[ �iN H z oma xc� T m o mN p nNnnN$ni_ a1.��i TICommy n al gla3a m i�QNQ >n SN na in NN y � D m mmpp c�m8 na�nmimm;Omm AI N mi��m2� 2 SPzN mono mmmacmi no $ D� N ON a �DZ� m a� N2 pp �88 f'122!�� am COa� ynZ CC l'1 S T i a� 42m2m 2!3�° OD m mt 00 T 2 1 �Ny� g nymoa 2D OT�-1� ��°mT z m z�2' m?Nm` TN >mn 0 az aymyrtl� a m� nam;N Jy.Om D; p'8��ma mmizNpo mOmcc mG:ya C a a ZL^a o a� soBDo a mmCmz > �iy� �c ;Np�Nu> cza g 0 N � aloN iT pn m ONDnOT-T aacji ui aH �;an TA�� m Oa atyty Top ZmZ CnD � n ma 2aap T�>2�2 I ►s�� a=�wpp S Db� > n �7�Za Zm m�T z'��a�m �j >�� cin m >R� L2 a pGy O��S � a Z2Z m n�paiN��pz TTI;a IY m4 T$2�nnNmmT 2 m�p�hv;a2 �i pr �� R Laaa�_ym� as i mN' ° �maCSt a �S�oO m >T MON CLzyaya ST caimm�i m Nen a Aga;sN im�ao m°n Ta�N+ Da � 2q�a m�gQQm� im ma ;m m° mea °ILLa �-^i Idni•�`[ �iN H z oma xc� T m o mN p nNnnN$ni_ a1.��i TICommy n al gla3a m i�QNQ >n SN na in NN y � D m mmpp c�m8 na�nmimm;Omm AI N mi��m2� 2 SPzN mono mmmacmi a icmi NN�n SSR T m o n m Aa'y No nNmnN n��n" �ny>)iQ�g��ia �R m�cmi �22 =p0p mz0 ON a �DZ� m a� N2 pp �88 f'122!�� am COa� ynZ CC l'1 S T i a� 42m2m 2!3�° OD m mt 00 T 2 1 �Ny� m 2 nymoa 2D OT�-1� ��°mT z m z�2' m?Nm` TN >mn O� az aymyrtl� a m� nam;N Jy.Om D; p'8��ma mmizNpo mOmcc mG:ya C a > ZL^a o a� soBDo mmCmz > �iy� �c ;Np�Nu> cza g O p b<i mr�i �1H 2<a M.bN.'OZNa�� n o D N Tyy 2< �ii Ng �ouzi a � y 1i kfi$Om m a 2D °� .� Na�N F. >mF§ N N2 T �g °2 ogmr D2N0 apz $ ma ���m cox 2ii o a � �i D � D a>N >'z^F� z_ ND DmAD N O O n m ami TNN' �N��cZi n N OAA a�yy �� °m� lmi� n � L���p �p�ccSm � Dry >2n izN� Ami DO `""QQ D m Dm N Nluo'in am a Ts az ppmmyDy mm mo pp D c cu �rma� yQ° � �cai'"in F° F I y a > a T QIP I g � a Nn ~� o ` Ir � m ° m 2R m gQamm �Rp 8 � ! Z�C?A om 22x momT m I � Za ci n a n � m O m n m N N I p A e cz4i� I � n oamD'Inm A aloN iT pn m ONDnOT-T aacji ui aH �;an TA�� m Oa atyty Top ZmZ CnD � n ma 2aap T�>2�2 I ►s�� a=�wpp S Db� > n �7�Za Zm m�T z'��a�m �j >�� cin m >R� L2 a pGy O��S � a Z2Z m n�paiN��pz TTI;a IY m4 T$2�nnNmmT 2 m�p�hv;a2 �i pr �� R Laaa�_ym� as i mN' ° �maCSt a �S�oO m >T MON CLzyaya ST caimm�i m Nen O�T�r- na m T fan HMO � maomm nm a T c°iNNNN D xcy uG,"��SiNNmlt Sa- ;2�S2Jac2�`T SpynN%:cem �'1C� > 2T z 1 Ilm NI m_mn�Sao n��no.Dmo�� 2SaT�y �m1iiyM N � �O° r2 �n �Da �g g_N!N�a�yrNpp n �ZI yN � ba20 nn-�N�L-��2X�: ��I T�Fn. tm IIn-1 z°>T1ry, �nl'• qJ-IN pa> a4l $$Oa p MA�2� OD 2 T nG�TpT_T Dl]O aT Am00 �2imNT pD20 T� N On�at� aNi�� T Z n'Ga° 22 �AK1N�'A° DT�iNT _2 y 9 }� g n o ai�N n �c plc y Ti2i m T i 2 I I a > a T � a Nn ~� o ` Ir � m ° m 2R m gQamm �Rp 8 � Z�C?A om 22x momT I � Za Ko O I i I I I I ' -� e - _ - __ PH �jJl I � II II 1 gm I I JI i 1 y� $�ON i� I m xlinm I JII II II II it II I IL_____ ___-_____ _ 9'-5 fR' :III II mS mm I II To tlmi I I- A°Xmpb I I i II 11� ! ] I•------ --- M,§ i w IJ yXr- I'I 2r -k p II r__JL_-___JL____�J 1 1 > � LTx T i m I I I A __ brTyr-Zo ill Il................t�..._. _. 'J' ybQ O)Z^1 r7i� I ill ^ 11 11 I I I I I m ° RM °_� Cf�c)�cim I I I III 1� 'u 11 I I y3�iz I zb I -----JI J ______ ___ I I I S I I 1 O I I I I I I I .L I ? I I I I mO° aLtl O'Z zO �OoO ill � e N Z a°-'C° Orn N N Z — 3 D � d m m m m m m m G1 m8 m8 m8 8 m8 m8 m8 ati a, aH aN ati ati av � y? ->ia >a as yA uay m8y w� gSF F O I T -t- O N 2 m D D r r N n m v C m m A w ill � e N Z a°-'C° Orn Z m Adam; Asa Z — 3 D � d 67 A ;o a a 6 10 � ( � ` §��} ` \� r ��§° § Oa[ ��)m /2 (i�■'�2�| t i� �' E � ■ § § ■ E ! 00 0 0 ® § Qcn k(k�$2R °�( + M » X ° ' to q ` §��} ` \� r ��§° § Oa[ ��)m /2 (i�■'�2�| t i� �' ® E 2 0 o E ■ n § mv i Q !fE!£||■; 00 0 0 ® § Qcn k(k�$2R °�( + M » X ° ' to q "whi 3 VA Mil 0 I N I 4 I I I I I I ❑ I I I I i I I i 1 I � I 0 LI I I I I I I I I O I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I ❑0 I I / I /'I I I I IICrwJI I / I I I I I I I I °o icZi� m o m�2 omg� 0 Nm m � � n m w 3 m� D o `�F ^'� N y N�u'� a o�� JAZA N o A� NF c y 3 G) 0 m c I O° 0 0 0 Nm m � � n m w 3 m� D o `�F ^'� N y N�u'� m $ ati w. m mg aw N S 0 0 0 0 0 o i m m$ ati m m$ ati m $ ati m mS au m mg aw m n m$ ati � o: o c y 3 G) 0 m c z D X � ,irto _ c h o c A m w z Sas�a�R a cn ti 3m n m a T m o a pSxrn m a S m z m z -4 ,m iii o i n r m n d N D A o: o c y 3 G) 0 m c z D X � ,irto c o � p m VERIFY G-, 18' 4 VERIFY p j �;oll W/ARCM y y� mp MARCH Y6AA a NAA P,a 4 VARIES HAA VARIES y AAO AAqy m$O I ,:9 ,2• ~ A 11 s H co N � a Armn A O T T r a v e b r 9• 518•J2ava ml a' a � N 1w• 5 ef,rr a om ohm A, VERIFY y m m W/ARCH 38 m O H� 1'-7' VERIFY 1'-9' MARCH MIA m b r VLF a k� u 5 5A1'Ni I ? m A V.I.F C �N m� NN i VIFf F 2 A •ZI Nm O m n V-812• y" m • ti N T G� T f,-6. vaRlEs —k f =r VERIFY5'•,012• MARCH W/ARCH a� o -o m Tm > AO �1 A c°f m 0 a y r Z _ o=mom p m D nmO1 �� x � C 7C �s g ga »g Hit (A ^' m m 4, 3 D C_ a m �,oa�a Cl s m Z O� ° m T C o i n cF m m d i1: O D 0 R AR w N N pNj D In T $ VERIFY m r N VERIFY MARCH 6'-1 YB' 1 m W/ARCH n > a HA� �nN <2C1 O yA0 aOa >°OA o BOi*� � 0 Y A tri, m m N J• H � I B f/8• � o � p m VERIFY G-, 18' 4 VERIFY p j �;oll W/ARCM y y� mp MARCH Y6AA a NAA P,a 4 VARIES HAA VARIES y AAO AAqy m$O I ,:9 ,2• ~ A 11 s H co N � a Armn A O T T r a v e b r 9• 518•J2ava ml a' a � N 1w• 5 ef,rr a om ohm A, VERIFY y m m W/ARCH 38 m O H� 1'-7' VERIFY 1'-9' MARCH MIA m b r VLF a k� u 5 5A1'Ni I ? m A V.I.F C �N m� NN i VIFf F 2 A •ZI Nm O m n V-812• y" m • ti N T G� T f,-6. vaRlEs —k f =r VERIFY5'•,012• MARCH W/ARCH a� o -o m Tm > AO �1 A c°f m y r Z _ o=mom p m D nmO1 �� x � C 7C �s g ga »g Hit (A ^' m m 4, 3 D C_ a m �,oa�a Cl s m Z O� ° m T C o i n cF m m d i1: O D 0 R AR w N N pNj D In .1-1 °o <° X m r N a a m Z C S mo -am EBa m o. Tg -0-Mr w/ekvWa MFR I y I TN Tp a v° m m —Hdr 2�- �3 Hd � 3u o � ufiF -l® a ti �m u wS H g Lip;' .o z3 2Jr' � sF. '0 oo s of $ -n- €53^3 N Ld O Hyl• / x co �'. ESm•3jf �y C) O a y. � f1Q•CLR�� d y� wc., `5ba$ 3 $ • oil I • s 2� �Q � e Z Ldr2 m' 3 r. ^ �— i / d� n= OL and co y I $ -N-1 i i Wto J R S R a 3 � W J o0 m o. Tg -0-Mr w/ekvWa MFR I y I TN Tp a a �3 � 3u o � ufiF -l® a ti �m u wS r e .o z3 2Jr' � sF. '0 oo s of $ -n- €53^3 O Hyl• s �' if co �'. ESm•3jf 'wrl$ 17 u..H0. J; n3 wc., `5ba$ 3 $ • oil I • s 2� �Q F° ft fi'k`—a p.rpin n vaclfadrYe I SL a E ; acLR _ of Roa 8Y a Colr �3 i rg $ Al _ _ ti ma 0�99' 2• 3340-;m� �a'0$x ff✓?J —_ y r p B•cn MMI'n -tifl k2 € ty O�'�x�f - —TO�� z r a oo$g 8 S �'.�"t"rf.%:� Z �Ra sa 3• as J 3, 42• min. for n m61 W A'a z$ 'a CL N `° '° w3 ��5�� a c z —m1 0 m O f C'1 (� r m mi. R&� D $ m mol `°o <u ' a m '� rco) � � � d y m � Z G m 'm a � izZU a �3 S a a � ufiF -l® a ti �m u r xa .o oo s of $ -n- €53^3 O a O if co �'. ESm•3jf 'wrl$ 17 u..H0. J; n3 wc., `5ba$ 3 $ • oil J $� 1 y 3, 42• min. for n m61 W A'a z$ 'a CL N `° '° w3 ��5�� a c z —m1 0 m O f C'1 (� r m mi. R&� D $ m mol `°o <u ' a m '� rco) � � � d y m � Z G m 'm a � izZU so o my m m l m m a F3 (C!, � z n D �Zrn 09 O o n Z y 2 y z I z. _• 31- o O � a �i � R � T T m – o.... — t m a L r �a= rn � 0 Tm .gym so o a s �c m l g 3 �2. F3 (C!, � g? co D ail 09 O o n Z 0 or ----------------- z I s�• - - e�-a•R7ax ifd o a s m a m l g 3 �2. F3 (C!, � g? co D 09 O o ao Z 0 or ----------------- z I a 31- 0 cn . R � P,N' TYP a - r �a= Fmdbpthkkm s rKKab^ or acnea�e L 'N 0 m ju i? ae xg r z -, 8 '8 G) "3,E m . ) $i mg 3 0 Yldddd:s > aaaaaoaa x �o m -> m m s m Y ]1 m a iea• �m CO ig P� F3 (C!, � g? Y rn CPguvo D 09 O o ao A m I 0 �i ----------------- z I A L "0^`n 0 cn R � P,N' TYP 3 0 Yldddd:s > aaaaaoaa x �o m -> m m s m Y ]1 m a U=IH3 CO ig N D C)a s N�g g? Y rn CPguvo D 09 O o A m I 0 6: . - ' $ ----------------- z I A L "0^`n s —r �-- cn 3 0 Yldddd:s > aaaaaoaa x �o m -> m m s m Y ]1 rn U=IH3 CO ig N D C)a s N�g g? Y rn CPguvo D 09 O o A m I 6�> 6: . - ' $ ----------------- � A L "0^`n s —r �-- cn �a= rn � 0 Tm .gym a ~ � O 'ov • �� N yN 5>� A N W r t-,. �� _ o cm 0 $ x �R nDzm m m m y 8 asS aam O N 7C �zo�gmom Li CO m maa Z go S S x 3 Z Nto 7D ail m 3 0 Yldddd:s > aaaaaoaa x �o m -> m m s m rn U=IH3 CO ig N D C)a s N�g g? Y rn CPguvo D 09 O o A m I 6�> 6: . - ' $ ----------------- � A L "0^`n s —r �-- a a n •-_. 3 0 Yldddd:s > aaaaaoaa x �o m -> m m s m So. v 0 z co Fn' r n Q z E ig g? aS 09 O o T So. v 0 z co Fn' r n Q z 09 O o T 6: . - ' $ ----------------- � A L s —r �-- a a n •-_. �a= rn • �� N yN 5>� A N W r m D M 5 �� T MZ o cm 0 $ x �R nDzm m m m mm O G D n aa.�� H r-�G�r CO aam O N 7C �zo�gmom Li CO m maa Z go < D maSmg Nto 7D —1 m I 3 3" e a 'a X a 3 r �m O� � O a sm ems O S al l� y ~ iL m 0 `O O O 5 0 f 4 3 3" e a 'a X a 3 a� < �C U� CA �m O� � pp r ag $ � <m E v 8 0 `O O a m 4 T 1 nNi D Gi G,) /) L f 8 E � 5 TT F b� 3 3" e a 'a X a 3 a� < �C U� CA �m 04 ag $ � <m S® v 8 3 3" e a 'a X a 3 aaa � sS. a a T D 8 m (NJ end (E7 mm r a� < �C U� CA �m 04 ag $ _$$ $ S® v s 0 `O O a m 4 T 1 nNi D Gi G,) /) L f 8 E � 5 TT F b� R m ; �a.a in x 8 l}®J O �. [C!2 D o �, ® all o r oA 4' 3 1/I' 1 3V' 1314" mi ���Tk® a n < I2 $rn y 70 m y'a O c CA aaa � sS. a a T D 8 m (NJ end (E7 mm r a� < �C U� CA �m 04 ag $ _$$ $ S® s 0 `O O a m 4 T 1 nNi D Gi G,) /) L f 8 E � 5 J a� < �C U� CA �m E _$$ $ all O 0 `O O tS m a m 4 T 1 nNi D Gi G,) /) L f gLit O � TT F b� < a N to Z G m ; �a.a in x 8 l}®J O o J �m 0 <z all �mggo � tS m a m 4 T a�3 ala" a nNi D Gi G,) /) L f gLit O � O b� < a N to Z G m ; �a.a in x 8 l}®J O o D o �, all o r TO mi ���Tk® J �m 0 <z �mggo � tS m a m -Mg T a�3 ala" a nNi D Gi G,) /) L f O o f n r nom„ Y/ m o b� < a N to Z G m ; �a.a in x 8 l}®J O o D o �, all o r o 1 m p r c) m it x 0 CL m -Mg nNi D Gi G,) /) L f O o f n r nom„ Y/ m o b� m Z O D a N to Z G m ; �a.a in l}®J O o D o �, o a TO n 4 A a 8�� ®all Vol S olA OA �z A (n �m s� -I omg s a` a o C$' ¢ CI a 666 �e 4 A a 8�� ®all Vol S olA n Lm OA �z V n (n �m s� -I omg A P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a C', 8 �z Q.� :m 35:3 s� 3 Ui r s� V a1 n Lm m "q®mag a r � (n s -I omg A P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a C', 8 �z Q.� :m 35:3 m "q®mag a r � (n X O -I omg A P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a C', 8 �z Q.� :m 35:3 s� 3 Ui r s� V a1 2 s 9E' �oN o 01. m 3 O m d m D CL CL CD m x � m� �`�`a atam- Na Xw� H8 I49an o O N mm S w t O m o " m a m ti a �E �$ ; § ma f % $ a SL cn 141 1 9"V g "q®mag 88 r � (n X O -I omg A P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a C', 8 �z _T. __^.y 35:3 s� 3 Ui SL C a1 2 s 9E' �oN o ®gama g "q®mag 88 m (n X O �s m 1 P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a C', 8 �z _T. __^.y 35:3 ��q�u 3 Ui -il P N \f o o o ogS A m X O �s m 1 P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a _T. __^.y 35:3 ��q�u 3 sig =x "a F a1 a6 go 5Iii �oN o ®gama m 3 O m d m D CL CL CD m x � m� �`�`a atam- Na Xw� a N m o O N mm S w t t .-aa m I i o "s \f o o o ogS o d X O �s m 1 P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a _T. __^.y 35:3 ��q�u 3 sig =x "a F a1 a6 go 5Iii �oN o ®gama m 3 O m d m D CL CL CD m x � m� �`�`a atam- Na Xw� a N m o O N mm R� o €g ®e om � A �B Cl) T� m R co a� "s \f o o o ogS o d X O �s m 1 P. 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a _T. __^.y Nm m 0 N � '° w 3 D g ��q�u a p z �1 C O f ('1 r m n "a F a1 a6 go 5Iii �oN o "s o o o OpmHon o d X O �8 gg "�y�8 ma 666 kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m a Nm m 0 N � '° w 3 D g ��q�u a p z �1 C O f ('1 r m n "a F O m �oN o ®gama m 3 O m d m D CL CL CD m x � m� �`�`a atam- Na Xw� a N m o O N mm R� o €g ®e "s o o o OpmHon o d X O w X e kon�v° q m D !Dn mOO 0 CL CD nmx OC=m 3 .R& 5,2a Nm m 0 N � '° w 3 D g ��q�u a p z �1 C O f ('1 r m n " ?cR O m �oN o m m 3 O m d m D CL CL CD m x � m� �`�`a atam- Na Xw� a N m o O N mm o N M >ssF. F m; " prr11 n a " y n yy" n o F m r ppp y " r c " 1n " " O c .D y n r. qo FM i!<�<In y<2aDC O0000-= >mmO O>D>A y�y^1rn�Qjyn STpPam;Z>ZP>Zn�=fO�ya ���yv�y1111 D}LPn NSP r1T f°23 A m°c n 9 •000>0Ov> Tr> n D411 D1�i 9ODN I�i yYa - AO D ` U1 A D m rTn Ty"' ~p T p Z O> r p4>>> y I7 n O n Z pdom > ypp n yss A 2 r Z n O y O Z S C=m110i1AOH�nyZ1°i1 T�� . rmpn i 0 j ';" g22 2Ty y -F moa ��FyyF L Z,i-r ZZOOF <P O N s FyF a pi m��rrt<il�l�Zy C�[ 2 zyyoNOZc"� pym tzn gym by �yy tz r7i w w = �ty y F 111 ovf0( i Z zG O Z z m O s s S C O A< S n p Omi m D 0 O O = A C � 0 a =j2 2 O^ 0 3 Z y D A O O -A m O A S S y y y> y 001%-p9 yy °A �r A 2 1�1nn pmpA >- >p r Il cc nT O pA N� 2 O O% Z '0j p n pr a Z 2 0 y 2 5 Z L A 2 P~� O S yS� A i m; D C; f T C s v A M A9 02 ��; ^Pf Z AiJL w O L C �iO yT N Z > �jy 111 2 g. T.- y=%yZ A ZO1"� p< nln H D Or >�S �� pg m O� ti 6A L30 M. N ". M. Zw -OSS nl<^Z I p Z T S< fm A 2m2 yV1A y D F 09 z> Z4-9 y;;N r0 pF m0 b �TOy Zy� OOp yTT Z p> < - Oa 1L- =Jc Z a-1 Z D a °v °° y$y °z Hz $� =c ;2 M, z ° sg mif99 optp iyy1 Cz O > �_ D A Z N T �< S C f m y 0 Z O y a O '.M 2 P y m< y 0 {� O y Z n m. 4J ��ny' o71m mxo 1'1nn1; ;°; zo -9y11r1nn p2-1Mn y oz mg Tc xo �� ym (n > m y m Oa a y p < T N m O A O y $ p 10 0r" D O An C n y n syy�rP y; y =A Z ° y2 (5P.3 3y y.0 v III 1]� m ri -2 y ^ 20 A� ISi1m >Cx>N 1n Oyp;p - L10 p T Z D xP0 f ; 1j, mN m O in m y AF O NC A y 0Z >yn 2D nto cm OO ya�mx n S o mi go o f im yi iZgO§mg m as Z y a0 Z 2 Pn < PyP yS m9 pn m0 OP p yN p n NG�y sim PO m AOz i "pp� 120m1 m H >Z Z(i' j�CI yCz C?� O u=iz my�1 yZy Ly>� o Joon m w O M. y T X y w O !II 2 << O ; °F Z ° T P A Z < O 3 y N o o o v7 an_w °y °off 2 x om _ >m=io o°m ~O N S a SA 41 o N O N n m 2 i O a Vi tiwm IMP m mo °a� T z�w y� >g n . mei TP a Z Q '~ mn Trn op �o < v m v " u P n P ,� 4 - ° °' P °' m e r ? P n pM Pp ? r 0 i in LO �$y�`vmipmiymimompamp n� ;ir HMOMOM-- 10 m c�>� �3�vi x.00 AS=�F`n00 0 yy y Pti1iCr1131 Ay ZD PO2ZEM . y�C-C ^">y.ti� d. 0 Pnn �AcSZPCA 1r>O�I Cmm"S- LaOpSyFA--y �O yy 0 A A f mOO>ZOIz^LiiNnO> n1n11 yC 1a �.4=')O I'ar° ml' A�yP O5° . .;:01M ^ ,a =Z�=~; MMMM$m nm M. Spy ZA ynmyppt;,P C nyTZ �p(Z�f20/�O F O r<n ; t~/I n o S N m H Om n0 0 A �P z n w y< m Z 90 P A z w y O r y O w N m Z A 9 C I F a Fii y •-1 T T n O x P A i J9C JASC y Fx p p y R 1yI N ; D yob r A -Z (y� CA O ^ L'�L TZ F� ZgZ O m m� y0 z hayir P ii A N j DC � Tm� _9 m my0 ' y0 pK=a N OI g 1=li� 2 y(1NnH < %H 2 PTm ZTIy11N om m S 1 yyG) m p ypy y A> S> y y R n 202 °02.r ny m1ipl ,mil �y5 A 9 Z $O; y 1OnOOy yy >n> Z2 AT pT Z>,>aOT IM 0'; mbtilmil� 1r -S 101 y PZ° Oypypp� ZZ 11y91_ <�3m A1Tj Pm Dy _Z ma $$Z$Y pTN = 29 A m 1lr hj y ~ >� �r;^ i �pp yl<n;yny AOrJJm=p 5 >CAy ; DmN�nF�F1111� C D �yy-N OTym�>y m>P1�TIPtI LxL O OA Nya y > C Z N pp g [[[miii111 y° < n Z 2 = Z T y A n a m C Oa a 0 m 9 N m Z F C° -I n m~ V1 C p m ° �T ZOmO POO y y D O Z D ti_a � y> Ili m T °c O_ yoy°so�v s m 3oi co.� Co-a°� S •'02 '�Ng�a�9z csm m� ziH �"o22.-gmi3 p v v aH P T 5 ; O 1O Z i y Icily o a .Az. m1^n a x n Z Z= r(01 PnZ°O A �y AOl10Z.Imm� ZTy°y.yy S y�� Ayl_Ii O r a T O pa, O w T O Q C A 2 T K y O ,A° < y r T S� 1r . O> I y 0 p Z o o Z y A y N m f y S p y a p O rl f O N_ = y p> D > T 2 v _ y p 3;1 A r p P Lys w O Z� m Z °G 421T O1°1y12 O m0 S D Z xy t1� �3 p w O; Day ^y g m ° A =� O D y°1 ;w -i�O Z ry 1°imNN y m^^ mr Z i cam i A$� g g < m > R maFtnn�mm;� 1zlmn o 0 y^ D mZ O.. < Z *{nmrllm mN0 Z >Zrn z > vys P� iSNpym F yob §K�g c� i< n _ vett �7i y Reny s Smte 171 c17r 171 a°'o�5x ^< vmyaQ4 o m p= w°P T �� v m s > -1no y>> TOv 92 ? Zroily ZO P V tNn n c Z> Cy n nl>n n 20 x p10 5� yg1> �c� >� o0 o9n °° P y> C � S 2' tL pL0 I 3 (p] D N� �^ n y;�� T 2 C v -RM�� m � Z O m m 2 X S 5 p p;~�° y A y m O 91 OIZi1; n w p111 y0m Z m T y = y2 <N T AAM m a m aj;lgrn° - Z CZ Tm O A C =O : f Z n = p>>z a a"F yPln g t..F2 N 2 0-y avy £ ^Oc g� ^ oPoZ- 2� jpy�1a. gm Qi QQNc r �Fmm!^ 1>an m v mn tz m m c1 A F= ° y @Z y O m D m f ` 0,* O C O p O O N S S O €y v,AnR Gnco o n °o m�^" z >< �M.a tz 0 og °�F m Via& o$n igyS w oou p myj vv F z a n yz ppJJ� m T4 >>Ly m A D P x ; > O a AOm y p^�>, _D" I m O m pp p312i1 Vi yO O "I 4=1 1211 1 /1 T > rl. mm O Z ^O A ; 9m A p� v AOy yy Z_ _ Z FFA z'�'zm Z.m im v< v m 'a$'m - o v�zo z 'p7 o P o P vp_1 my$� 5nm>a� = o r o m7 'mazT $� §Fa R n,� taZZprO 4 990 Os c v ;� A g^ °° g O A O O Z T A x A D O N yZj ° [ 11<< Pnn n m 2~ r'1 D S A T ° m D p I° p L C O y n 0 A S R y a� m< N�1 0 In Z O 9 m==L ' p N, rWWF j o- P v m O c° r L=t Z 0 0 Z � m Z T �a� A m m mA Z m1�mo¢OF rAnc P;T n§TF o mytzoam $omo 5i aDi rotz9 ~ g ro� on r5 rmmy �o; n m °ayy _ ai X. n fP1 2 a P m y m Z 0< O P 2 O r y p n zo T n O T S A a 0 A> O Y1 N Z> MAT v _~ g OA a4< i y c S i y G t° 1^ L^ 4zi i '2 c y n i N od vp1 5 R p > H9 2 "�N y1�1nnm ,ail I�i 2 O C n $m 41>=- O -1 N111p s �m0' 11 Z ay8 iv �F i O av> FwP 9O O y m m � yn Au o< O.. O ^jam = 000 1rm o I�i m 4Bmy< 1<nn `r'mo$ mFoca K§ mz 2ykD ^S m° y 58�r 0 3poz am ,°logTvF >- z°z"Oi> vy y 2 n P Fw 2 310j1a<N>D11 1°ny ; Tp y m 41 - O AA R _ OZ 390 O1 S pm �(>2 �OL=i" <P mt*'1 rS° S k O C y go -.Ps, Oy m r C ? �� y 2 i MHA ^11 O In > m j°� A y m b p 5 p y Z w ><> S N y O O ZZ, s 0 M z m Z° y Afj m� m< A ° p 2 A� O• A n O y� 2 O y y�� = pPp N ;Z a N 1Zyr b Z p y O y yp y yy0 (y 010 m0 AMpO F= Q 0 A (2112 P2 m _ Z' N fro I y1Zr11CZO 2 � <Z TP^ Or Z y OR TM C Z <1r -la FO Im11 ma P �T1 z yN w O >2 ya $N Oy p OYn m�0yyy>py <m<� Dj Zy DAn y yC a 0 T ;3 H �O r yOy p.a ppp 1z11`O RmOs yZ �yOA1 A f yInA O Oip10 n° cmc N"' 2 OFm m T T� QcA R�pZ,` a 1 00y c -nygzn rm mm gm"^m� x K ° =s 5 >m Aon yr1 Le yn-nreomi S 1n CA y m1 D p rZ�1 m TO O Z T Z AoF S�Fp1w a ';V FEW H,09 y y A T Cy w a m O i O y 0 y 6 (`ai1A O py y y T;C21 Cm} o,a I'My T T T w In o a _ y O N; G = Z_ 0 2 Z C zD o.T� 2 O Z 11��{{ p n N n^ w;�^^ P A H O 2I"p p ° 2 ;^�p C L m sa < -11 m gi 0 0 r1i ° S � g g N pm m 'm - � O o ym o c 6' m e 2 y FO D yy pO mtaO 13mn 1�npP S r--C� O m 2 >� 2 D ymy =5pi rpn 2vl �L 6 m IZi111211 PV. < p. O N y p A N<< N Z m 0 y 0 m Z m b SyT I yA 4 p g YY�y ° yy 8 Z plyy 0 10 T 2�� 0 A pr1 Sy °�T A Z 11y1<M1I A O m y T y OfN n m2pDn rT1 3C 09>Cp FPy p m O y O Ty y C m m y Z �OC 111 Z� m M1��j D< -V, m o< p1° P N E M e m m Q S� 8g"dam ark a g.111 a° ; c I,,,IIIj,,,I �/I}} fjI'y T T IAT i i i i i i i i ¢Sr Sm grn Ag l+ 8a gl $ � � aggG s �?' � p' �T^ N u I I II �I'I' III1I I TTn 3 3 m n i �a am E1. reg=a- H gg T -s� "SFTI gmo3 o &um �" H a a a a a w n• c 6"" N T C'7 L 2 w O a Dm n a _ v- 9 9 a a a m > 0> >pp> >p w n n ! 2n t 3n t7 $ O $, 1u .. g d d o m .g F :D m m `! `e F O f C a 111 a T m T m m a O w 0 v_ O 2 r n r;T Ai d 3 z i;��9a M m m A -Di m e x IR v %'� a M. z x x �C �m °' : eq^s�s ii"o g n 5,e� p 3dm� A m w m< i i m m f < x o "zl c n i v -c r" r D E° c g _ "sid° �''"<2 6" �a a o c c z A n n ,Ai ian 1-' ><< �°1 9 m tz^ z 9 0 o L 0 5 c v v it c=i Z gm<c w aos Oman 8, 8'z _�-" g e5 dT ; m v o 0 0 m p z 2 0 n Fii Fi ama r gg g g an c z < c r5 F z z z sio g3- F -y R 2'f�g>G��� �s:s:°3 �$gm O �r A c r5_90z$o° AN>>yD 1nq 3'$" m a QS s.. �1 y P 1f1 < r> o m A H c 171 171 1-11 l� C 3 KpIF $$tl $a $o� ¢¢3g�gZ S (D P C a O O O O f• n 1• n Z y - C A A "� a A A A P r R P 55 yI 90 L ° 3 116- 1 R d mu "�" Rr� b T 9 m D _< O m O ° C 2 A A rPn A °1 2 P w $ 3 yg _ a < < < m A = Z O O O p 9 C r '3 sx g ym s ��RSFvB+ Rgmg� 3"g 0 y n T'y' m F• is < itT-. czml m o o s I a 2 2A r s$ g RH g ggg g a m rll v i i < < rn g a N 9Mg g i°gs €a te 3 a ,S �R�S 7 Py1 m = z �; F ITI £° S2 WitRS Se m ��II!I R `s ° o y m mm3 5 I- ea gs �u 33 g°s °z 9 Fsa gds t g p" -Y e� 4 y5S$ 3"$ c m A z $ S° } 3m "c mD O A A y A w w m v a on ; m A A N N rprl �n w A 0 O ii y 1y1 c Ry1 c o i m c 1n -A yyp> "� v Z 111iyiyyrii $ L 4 yy ii y z�E�� §HE S 2ry11 o C C m C :J CI n 0-15 A% p1 Z �� O;� C a N A a a p C 9 C� Z{- 9 Z ZZy 2 C O1 Y= G pry rt1 C y P O p p O OO Ny Z 00 P t o << Z < II^ii 5$ c 5 a 3 Qm d o $' DGj -1 2 -w1 m 2p m Z O CO y2 Zy yZ _ N In O ril a O . p Z A 1°j1 p p O p 41 41 L p L D_ A 1/1 4 R' $q ny pie G d a g'�&. ° 2 O 41 Z 1°il A A O y y S 2 SO1 >y w>y<n D a pD m -yl O T O A A A p A A LaD in 3 C �S G��• {�{�� d� ypx °�$C C^ 0 m y Fli--11 y C C C f�-IT y~ DT j y P O pp a 1 C1nn N P F m Z n 1Ty 3 ... yy Q11 �.53.a 53-ems10" 'J xS <r S y fil m 0 A T C 0 0 2 ^ w y 1011 y A m In m < B n r2a Q8c ppaaq SSdd''99� A �1n Z p mD Z O A G°d O �g] Rm Fc O- y C7 O Z = C pyy z o 0 O o A A N 3 ON �w �u 4T 3 oEensS ggaB ZT y ig!-0^I S P p Zm $= 2° n 2 n O IT Im 8 0Z $g gR Sa;;B„8 of I'M 0 m =gds $RS € I''S S� o S < o _1 3T g a =a _ _ y A LL— Nm rq� LAKE CREEK /lam w r,�r a m A aec ^r y, w m m EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants a OH m d 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 8 & 24. Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81820 r EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.corn 0 m tP o N s o - > v g'M m � 2 b z e Am " 9 v N vv % p m ° °o s pigm Fn8 A ° o o•�• � � �v cn m z m p� W g 0 g < D y zA O Architectural Engineering Consultants Z� ZAN Z 2 i $ a g g _ O o v ? m9 ° v o z z 2 N y 8 bb p TD G7 N y T mm y m S Rz yv p C P n H z zomz0pJ N 0 0 vc A. No D� z= ° W _.^ z �O il v p N Nig O z p= mA tP o N p O - > C g 2 11 Z gz b z e R I "X R i "% Fi"s,1 m ° °o s pigm Fn8 A ° o o•�• � � �v ~ p >� 8 $yz 0 0 � o g 0 g < D y zA O Architectural Engineering Consultants .61 A 9 Z 2 i 2 8A 8 8A 8 2Z 71 _ n loA Z _ T 71 mA m E2 z2 pc m v g p In i p 6 f TeFi m f v Rz yv p C P n H 2N T A zomz0pJ L z= ° W _.^ z O bg il v p N m u m� p= mA ?oo A Ap> �m n� oz pN �� n O > f• ~ n E y m P chi O P n z g zR mg a g g m m F A �R v o Z FD 3°n �z �" �g � 18 'g 0 9 m op ov ov op ov ov Cn N �n��o��n u �§Jjo �01 X 0 m 0 f f X03 m N u u i'n u u =g m N N P O p m 0 1 0 v y� A C Nyy A Zyy A C y0y A C yNy A y�y A C N FA$ 0 z z p� z 0 z 0 Z 0 z 0 A m A z A A A A z A F o S 2 u H �i � 1pOon p� A Ayy 9 A A z O i x z z O o z Om ss m S< S 0 m {{ m CC m A O T 1 A M M T m 0 n 0 n o n v n v n v N A A 9 A A A P m m m m m F 0 c F z tP o N voi uL - c a I 0m 11 Z gz b z e R I "X R i "% Fi"s,1 m ° °o s pigm Fn8 3g ° o o•�• � � �v � 8 $yz 0 0 � o g 0 g < D _� pA A Architectural Engineering Consultants .61 A 9 Z 2 i 2 8A 8 8A 8 2Z 71 T 71 n loA 1°11 71 T 71 T m 8 8 pm9 8o 8 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 p C P ZZ T D 2N T A zomz0pJ L O ° W _.^ z 8 Ml il v A< A p no A Ap> 1 L uL - c a y° 11 Z gz b z e R I "X R i "% R z .% R z "% R z "X bgg Fn8 3g fig a 3g e 00im� kP 8 m m o mm i\ g € < g < D _� pA A Architectural Engineering Consultants .61 A 9 Z 2 Z 2 8A 8 8A 8 2Z 71 T 71 m 71 7 1°11 71 T 71 N AA$ 8 8 pm9 8o 8 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 p C P ZZ T D 2N T A zomz0pJ L O ° A m 8 Ml y A< A p pA TZ A Ap> p ; > A5 mo 4�$�� m ✓• chi n O > f• ~ n E m P n m P chi O P n O m .S m a g g C m �R ? o Z FD 3°n �z �" D � 0 9 O m i o Cn n � u =siix Z X m m 0 In X03 rn T T - m O - N N P h z k m f v > z z z z z z N FA$ � g A m A� O ob N N o S 2 p O $ O O O $ C yIn � i x i x x x z x o z Om ss m S< S 0 {{ m {{ m CC m A O T 1 A M M T m Fp 19mn 1911 N A A 9 A A A m m m m m F F n R n F i° R R R = TE m ° A o g Z g i 1 L uL - c a y° 11 Z gz A mANm x o p m 01 A {- m z p L O_z^�T 1 , =gNa °vex bgg Fn8 3g fig a 3g e 00im� kP o m m o mm i\ D << zg Architectural Engineering Consultants .61 A 9 `I a �-► OAO m C y A O m p 8A 8 8A 8 H 1;0 A O Ao 9 n (n v m =m N mnio ByV'i� Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 p C P ZZ T D 2N T A zomz0pJ .4 A m 8 Ml y A< A p pA TZ A Ap> p ; > A5 mo 4�$�� m ✓• chi n O > f• ~ n E m P n m P chi O P n O m .S m a g g C m M y o Z FD S �z �" D � 0 9 O m i o Cn n � u =siix Z X X m 0 In C N T T - m O - ;m f grz comm C m _ z N � N � g t� y ob N N C cm yIn � O S G1 A 1 A M M I A M A Fp F F F = = TE m ° A o Z g m� uL Lim n 1 m A FF y° 11 Z gz A mANm x o p m 01 A {- m z p L % Dz N�rlm11 _ 21 Z � gz STA 11 Z gz �1nAC� O_z^�T 1 , =gNa °vex Fn8 mp 0 T ° gma 00im� kP o m m o mm i\ D << zg Architectural Engineering Consultants P `I a �-► 'J oyOJ to SZ m iOyJy CI ti m R� 1;0 Mechanical, Electrical 8 Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDT Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 8 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 8182 Q} pg� X v m =m N mnio ByV'i� Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 p C P ZZ T D 2N T A zomz0pJ .4 EDWARDS, COLORADO 8_ 8� p_ 84 p pA TZ N;m9<N S Ap> p ; > A5 mo 4�$�� ;0NTNA p m�4 O m .S m a % Dz _ 21 Z � gz a, Z gz 11 Z gz CREEK AA 1 , Fn8 A O m kP 0 D Architectural Engineering Consultants P `I a �-► 'J oyOJ to SZ m iOyJy CI ti Z�N Ilj 1;0 Mechanical, Electrical 8 Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDT Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 8 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 8182 Q} pg� 0'- A A Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 p C P ZZ T D 2N T A .4 EDWARDS, COLORADO 8_ 8� p_ 84 p Z9 m g o O gy a C W M y Z FD S �z �" � 0 D O m i o R n � u =siix X X X X m 0 C N T T - m O - f _ z N � � g t� y ob N N C cm yIn � O S Fp NLAKE CREEK AA 1 , A O m C 0 EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants `I a �-► n ti S 4923 LAK E CREEK Mechanical, Electrical 8 Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDT Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 8 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 8182 v' 0'- Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 r EDWARDS, COLORADO www.aec-vaii.com u 0 s 0 �noz�m Tn ti -p1 p-go- Viyi>ynz mnprm p o N, _J0..JJJ' u�� I ly im � m O O sr m m i ui,z_N O y JI L `. N. _ z- - N I 1 -r Q� m Z 2 N j N T Lir.-a_, -�'- I o cJDC m"> 5 51 �m m x op^ N I j 2AC 1 i m� g oN m Oc°m m y ii o a > m> T cn �~ D m Ili Om pNN2;A _mA Ot T�OZ O = y`•I yoyDml�n ,mp iA�°$ N iS'z Lsi Yp m M 9 v v D O air LZl� nlmil lin z.0ZN >yD n NDZ yn�y Pp m Z O g M O O m2^ P 2ZDC 82 of SDO�INInlI Sp ZOZON A m rmil B x AOa C>i9vyS(z>1 C0CAZ pY~i 4Z1NG OOmTOL A O O m D x 0 OI-0dzes + ao NO<�z5mSoO NNNmO PO mTTpO 0 yo2�yoA. Apoi^i pmv gm�ifNm'^mo�FpNNr ;N q I-1 p�O Lm y iOz Z>L�gO°NyvvSvZ_$m CiQon 8m�T^ 1711, IQ SA; _mm€mr xArA,IH A Immm cF Un I� 1 += i9 o axi r §Ont o $��I O p 0 N P C � P O O mA Ill f�pnnAmi00TyNyA r 6 ad O � � lDN'10 � yy�u;� mp� 99l ArZr� H ^Iy 10 ~O ,Cy, _ ZZM a Pm10 �`IPtS�sN i� O Z3 a nm _ __ Ii 2� ISO N AA OP Olopl mm is gPNti $�rp �� LNFzNO9r� it A6 - Or -r mm y�'d' ;$ mp RP r0 n4'0 dam 0 AommFN 7 IrN Rm �mnz c 6 u_> nm zo55 mT zo mAp$ZCQ�pi pI pa $I^A_>z >>y r7i o xrlr .org is F. Q>zm1m�nrclriA NA L11� I my -p< Z mmH r01 =N Nr�>OAm R� II Iern n vTt �-i ciPH F*1 ® ❑ mm ms19i °s y m zmz Ap mm § y m SOomam z� iom mz ~zo s x OS> mid z RpF �Nsm o c c Pv �y A n v z mA' o0 om p O N = In r4y soi rm^ cn Dili o czi ^7 Fin mm mmM oy �mm P �a z o �7 y� g T5Aix y2 o% 2 Sprl RiH Zn-. vVy > O ?n s P rPT ma. : Z y vm4�j uZi' y 5cH ym m w> n A mP"x �� g ra;>z om - fCly = O Z p 0 x - o p N' m n LAKE CREEK 0 7777 - I mI '4a _ l o..—ll 0 EARLY HSP ADDITION 0 17i ono Sio m mo 5 zm _I. - 1 iv a 492 3 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical a Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 s o m Ox NS �_ Ny ZNZ�P 17rD=v O pmN� m Z ._ _"A;- I"� __ EDWARDS, COLORADO I Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com FZ } I O H NN ram m i mOp o§ 4z Q M ON ! p > -OSZA Z 00 m 0 N >y 128.8 1 x O _t � t s s �JnC�JC s F w y om ii -p r4 JI L `. N. _ z- - N I 1 -r Q� m Z 2 N j N T Lir.-a_, -�'- I o cJDC m"> 5 51 �m m x op^ N I j 2AC 1 i m� g oN m Oc°m m y ii o a > m> T cn �~ D m Ili Om pNN2;A _mA Ot T�OZ O = y`•I yoyDml�n ,mp iA�°$ N iS'z Lsi Yp m M 9 v v D O air LZl� nlmil lin z.0ZN >yD n NDZ yn�y Pp m Z O g M O O m2^ P 2ZDC 82 of SDO�INInlI Sp ZOZON A m rmil B x AOa C>i9vyS(z>1 C0CAZ pY~i 4Z1NG OOmTOL A O O m D x 0 OI-0dzes + ao NO<�z5mSoO NNNmO PO mTTpO 0 yo2�yoA. Apoi^i pmv gm�ifNm'^mo�FpNNr ;N q I-1 p�O Lm y iOz Z>L�gO°NyvvSvZ_$m CiQon 8m�T^ 1711, IQ SA; _mm€mr xArA,IH A Immm cF Un I� 1 += i9 o axi r §Ont o $��I O p 0 N P C � P O O mA Ill f�pnnAmi00TyNyA r 6 ad O � � lDN'10 � yy�u;� mp� 99l ArZr� H ^Iy 10 ~O ,Cy, _ ZZM a Pm10 �`IPtS�sN i� O Z3 a nm _ __ Ii 2� ISO N AA OP Olopl mm is gPNti $�rp �� LNFzNO9r� it A6 - Or -r mm y�'d' ;$ mp RP r0 n4'0 dam 0 AommFN 7 IrN Rm �mnz c 6 u_> nm zo55 mT zo mAp$ZCQ�pi pI pa $I^A_>z >>y r7i o xrlr .org is F. Q>zm1m�nrclriA NA L11� I my -p< Z mmH r01 =N Nr�>OAm R� II Iern n vTt �-i ciPH F*1 ® ❑ mm ms19i °s y m zmz Ap mm § y m SOomam z� iom mz ~zo s x OS> mid z RpF �Nsm o c c Pv �y A n v z mA' o0 om p O N = In r4y soi rm^ cn Dili o czi ^7 Fin mm mmM oy �mm P �a z o �7 y� g T5Aix y2 o% 2 Sprl RiH Zn-. vVy > O ?n s P rPT ma. : Z y vm4�j uZi' y 5cH ym m w> n A mP"x �� g ra;>z om - fCly = O Z p 0 x - o p N' m n LAKE CREEK 0 EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants N A oII b h - iv a 492 3 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical a Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 s o o Q 7d n EDWARDS, COLORADO j Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com czi�K �'z rAnn pi. j Ori p200 3zm z.s• re = I I ------- --- O O K� N 3 �g I I m u A Z>OOGGN zm S oS na g �� zo;-2 Z _ yo A m9 i9 g '- mx.o m fi'o�I _ T Zm A p D ® to �� � M. -1 .T � y[�t �x'9C S r O -f D 9j G" �, () M. 2. Z o G 0 2 v w- zo _< Z O ®�O N" y�y �-1� lnm�syy� g m P yZ m InAppC 22 �O$ O C y UI d n u 0 m 2 p p O= T~ N O 9 S oo zo ym pX qi3q x� a� S ` G xL N M m i mm oo om 0 n ,rsr _ b g T z 0 =3F o" 0 of g gm " < y.0 Z v ' ,ro ,ro v.:. x_+`:.� g H m m m`z�R Nva m r, p p O O =z�m m m yc i m D ma - sm n D C o� s5m 1ovcn£nao g"<n m> m om zz � z� o xom;; yom 3 v Z D vz mN v�^NocpcNz9� 0 0 ,r9 r._-Y—r - Z •� ,ro P "�m�gpTp �_ - m Co D m4 S.N. 9-g- n—N A O O QQ Cl) 2 ! tl O f` Y r1 my mC Tm`?ir- oomu S17i o N O �. .. C 9 �mNy2- OA; o �Itite N� F< ?ZM p Q>r M-1 oa -u vroom z -'c" Zvo m �Ar I z me O " _. —_.. mm y� 3 C 00 ym i'lyoT m i00 ig c A p=p� > __ c <v ci ��� mCc E° o�•� o�'^�g��° 2s"a gm�� � �� �FS7��s�z�= c=i :9$" " g �,$y g°g' sea �g 9 $Hgj.N ; gyp imp alp§gi§ g.. °8=gIV aX 8 i 8 g$�8zi2�� al AR 3 ".0 gig HT R;Uj�j WIN `Gi i"j� a�g ggoo ` Rai '�j#" ri; _ SIR °2 Wit 10 qR is 0 H i5l � GAINAAA €A g� € Y N ➢ !P n Z>Z • 4 P n P Py f n? f 0o c�9u1"�$£i of"R b �y 1��1W31. s El s 9Sff G "'1 e !s �gQ ,> P 80 �H a� gymy± �-T;06 Fish gig$ F a 0121 mdg m SMY RHI g o" �o 1- ��� 8gg� "o ! F ngl; F =F ' �9 m SEA$ 1 1 a: F m' ga$a� z All € N �_1 jig IM I I R cl_; € Al ' ; qua jig oy" F$ oa a m pQ4q c ca z mm>> 8 ii> m>�m " s o IcyIy�1�1 c� yiy fyy c S o CO 2 9~ z N Z A r Z z O m b Z Y y t� tmi� y (7 x a v c o c=i o n o i ; y �^ �^ aos.1 y�y�oo m^� A A SyOy C C L m m T m O G, D D G M ~ z O 9> O "'M A T Z O O m A v m " t J.ITIT��TT'I'��¢,I, I b o am N a a m nm� g�cc8mk��mmm9AAAA o� L T m ~ m 2y Q$O Z m < C Gj T c� O tz 9 p i PZ 7$ 0 0 9 A H Q; m 9 m yfC_l ISI A !11 z Q I C Z ;; C O C, ` r5i n y m 01 v O O M z 0 m^5 m Z OFn Z 5 'g` o m z a z r rA ' LAKE CREEK N x b m[ o Nm EARLY HSP ADDITION tz I 4923 LAKE CREEK A� Cri7R°d� °` EDWARDS, COLORADO Aa 4rza--.4c Architectural Engineering Consultants Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDTM Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com 8 `r �a > Z �� OC Q € yP r z z 'N.14 H a q C < m n V z a Z Do a� M � z g55 ca 2 � i $�� M v A A A m ��� mCc E° o�•� o�'^�g��° 2s"a gm�� � �� �FS7��s�z�= c=i :9$" " g �,$y g°g' sea �g 9 $Hgj.N ; gyp imp alp§gi§ g.. °8=gIV aX 8 i 8 g$�8zi2�� al AR 3 ".0 gig HT R;Uj�j WIN `Gi i"j� a�g ggoo ` Rai '�j#" ri; _ SIR °2 Wit 10 qR is 0 H i5l � GAINAAA €A g� € Y N ➢ !P n Z>Z • 4 P n P Py f n? f 0o c�9u1"�$£i of"R b �y 1��1W31. s El s 9Sff G "'1 e !s �gQ ,> P 80 �H a� gymy± �-T;06 Fish gig$ F a 0121 mdg m SMY RHI g o" �o 1- ��� 8gg� "o ! F ngl; F =F ' �9 m SEA$ 1 1 a: F m' ga$a� z All € N �_1 jig IM I I R cl_; € Al ' ; qua jig oy" F$ oa a m pQ4q c ca z mm>> 8 ii> m>�m " s o IcyIy�1�1 c� yiy fyy c S o CO 2 9~ z N Z A r Z z O m b Z Y y t� tmi� y (7 x a v c o c=i o n o i ; y �^ �^ aos.1 y�y�oo m^� A A SyOy C C L m m T m O G, D D G M ~ z O 9> O "'M A T Z O O m A v m " t J.ITIT��TT'I'��¢,I, I b o am N a a m nm� g�cc8mk��mmm9AAAA o� L T m ~ m 2y Q$O Z m < C Gj T c� O tz 9 p i PZ 7$ 0 0 9 A H Q; m 9 m yfC_l ISI A !11 z Q I C Z ;; C O C, ` r5i n y m 01 v O O M z 0 m^5 m Z OFn Z 5 'g` o m z a z r rA ' LAKE CREEK N x b m[ o Nm EARLY HSP ADDITION tz I 4923 LAKE CREEK A� Cri7R°d� °` EDWARDS, COLORADO Aa 4rza--.4c Architectural Engineering Consultants Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDTM Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com g°m o D�A � pp � PAr GY > ZNG AD A Orsi A=g P N y y o� 2 y O O �m m 0 IC� ��• 715 D m I x M � y M m s='R'g =rQ Z Ami T x; Wo p0 pZ 2 m za M. i 3 rt7Ami= c pZP A c OIm <O ZF0 mApp N K Z v m.:4 O 0 2 S C m gr n 9 pr0 9 T ~ C m z pyyo gm g 8gIm N �A GN *0 r'1 DO Pm fl y 1. -.1 ?` Boo o �H zg, AZ_ 4T Sz " S;m mN zo I fn iN / ic�H M. OP S fC OS p000 m I/ 09'n=� O � z .2 I\\ I 225 ogyyy =a >_� m of = $$ f oo o'M Z= r 8o Sa g z z� o� x o yo << T1r1 m >_ J 0 T N I A M �TTO? oZT 8A C i° t OrA mz AC m �m m N <D m: �7 v �en m Z D mF i i v Z A 5 �p J (JJ m x D m N a� o r M z Cn Z Z D_ D m z D 0. a r >zv mg z C) m m > m aD "o 8 — o X FFay z 11 ti� 0 N CC` ZA O M O T 0 I 1 A in in > M mxx o =� � g v M D r I 8y� Kv y:2 s m v0o 0m T z z � &H 0 Ic r . m c m0 mc0 '1Cr'ZZ n N o O 1. Z y zm m ry0;0 C A ' m g�Av Z m :E5 0%2ag3 i f ii 0 AP Wm oomj C 171 Z 44ay� o o mAo- m D m Yo z z m r M v$cc o s D pgy gn in Z'z y p0 o m Nr op < o N o < m^o o0 -11 00 m > m m oQ N III_ Ay D > T D / / ` m N ZA$ dA mD CO) !I—il ��e1 m, C i —� I O; D n � N A p I Am + o D r 8 H z c m w? 0 m 2 3 om 0 M FAQ _ A m " g C 0 m P8_° 0 <y� <y r N 9N II ill• AO, r O �m 9 A2O� Oo r < SSS>NS O C NT�yAT�vAs ;9 tiA 0A II Z O mG D ZLIF�x m O A r >y Tzrl. 2f N A -21 JC� NN LAKE CREEKaec o d N m III 01M 0 EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants • > tz a Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services ~+ ~n W 492 3 LAKE CREEK PO Box 84An Office with LEEDTM Accredited Professionals A 7< O ` > 89, 40801 US Hwy 6& 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, # n Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 EDWARDS, COLORADO www.aec-vall.com y �' 1 Q m LAKE CREEK 91 {mom w V a C" rrn N j ' o m o m 0 EARLY HSP ADDITION la-uc Architectural Engineering Consultants � • °; � � � " 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services PO Box 84An O 0 Hwy with Hwy 6 Accredited Professionals 89, 40801 US 6 & 24 Ste 214. Avon, Colorado, 81620 o 0 id n EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 vwvw.aec-vail.com 0 LAKE CREEK C Cn u A Z-. N s �o��o �mS� AAmR 6S L°'Am �� �o �a o �? �; m m O A Nva ooZgZ�z >>��n'oy$o ZZO -�Oo'i ZyCZZZ Z' ' > (1 `� I m 0 •�•� n nmOAOy m>ZZ�.o A �P - Fp O m i SIO � m y� mGZm m c� o f pAAz N y '6s2 mODZZr�_y> D o m g y� Zoy yi ZmSr p D OAN rOy S mA�O=11099 iN pmj ZN mP m6 F,Af> p Z Z 950TiyM, OIZAN e a Z � m mi z cn o > OA zz O;pm 5m o o o 11 C 3 z. n zmz i N 1^ In ._--- i0m zp PS 2 00 ;' OOP g� A� 0 LAKE CREEK u A y C'" C/� N s ' m"%010 m o EARLY HSP ADDITIONEngineeringArchitectural C Consultants O A 0-4 Z II Z d 4 92 3 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with HwyLEED�6 & Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 o C n EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com i O N9m�mi?i�HNu nsm=m^� "i9Pm�o;glfl� ���F 4Z1 i WA 6m m 1• s-0529 ! ip0.9-ozjm = 2 r2 m G' 2 -�Zgum. 2' 4-i M Z O A N N N m�1 m 0 _pm� N • � mo --,-2041; CyyC>i>DPFL 0>y> yNy�C9 A yZ C9FZ mimoivmFAf-mll� p jmmnyF mg l mm N �223'� j�03s mg9�m2� r�o�O=? ApN�ONOm %g S!; CD �xOF��im�Fi= O m my�o NZN� RFpP ymm pPGZIy=N °z Cm,�„F°ZNy�N09A2 = m ymya^ Ceti 2y A � AOy vc+0iy n: iyxD �p°9y92 Isis m o2 mFPiy-� v �m;OmmN2 � = O ><N� 30� >< npp¢r�ny z� 3 � y>O>2fl;�Fpy�Np 9°o Yog' p "- n9P 2ui.t 1\ A O �in'yy mF"'O mmNm m=WN OmmyZmm AY12�Dm miy m.. Cm �Oyi uof°nAp mZr�i CZ�O O H Flo ogDgozi=� D PSy^; 3z�0 mmm< Nr ; zz mm m =.Z in~T1 -Zi ZC�yy �g2apio Ov�iO?v2 °mAA ;N0 1 m yy Lp_tmlla mJinC m R civ m�Di m2�"O nmr�i z ov�-bn c i2z� ;-Niu zSc iNo "A,PF mm� _8 P Z m n N u A n Nm O F7 �Fms 000 mp' =Sod immix g2z vov SOyr ;mm 7no�allo Z F�mP ZiC�T§ ;p>T mmf 0�m z NO NmAo= ro ;S�i ON D a g N 9Y( `3 mOm ; T Pm < oa 'd " \ 5xi 1 cm D -DO 55 T —n m 9 m 0—Ig �p O m N >Y m QP X nmmmp D m gx<= y D =�y�yam mm °mN- o�m D ON3>sAS y CD m= m S = O mF .505`3.-0 O m N �xm3mzF gr O m = ,au8 = m g 0 AA�Nm3io" 2g^ r— O Z „5"-0 z v Z (D 3 P y A i O /1\ N O OA3 H W 1\ A r m 2 q g ° G O H jv65 D ^ zz _o m m R r r� m -U mm v -o D= � Z m m K 0 P3 Z gi m0 s �A Oc o 'd " \ 5xi 1 cm n ° `$z yi`.• 2A ki cnmim sm T H9 Z 9 m 0—Ig �p O m N >Y gyy g£ Om(1 �ygO LA= L° � m O Amo r mP mT=y++y ;OCm Z yep H V c08 = o " 10 z mm m mm °mN- o�m 00 IT z y CD �m a o 1 o O\ ,au8 C :3 2 @`* d mks Z U) (D �z 0=g N0» 9m=w nmyo a zci n og 5 n icx- e m� o$vm P° mr ;OCm Z 'Pim Ty A z mm O mm °mN- o�m 00 IT p0 y 0 P a 2 n O Z � L �� gay jg: 5 n icx- e ?inn o$vm ;oms mr ;OCm Z 'Pim Ty l adb��K C) m �] z �za u°�P m 41 mm °mN- o�m 00 IT p0 EARLY HSP ADDITION CD Architectural Engineering Consultants a o 1 o ogim2m m 9°2n ACP n Rnmso"�9"�orti z o9Pzcm�zi�Fi m cls^J< z�mmnvmy� QQ f' Sp`L >�T 21Fy> rp yp 0 rNIUPDDDn m81>P`�- 33 o n Z Mm-- His mop O yy ff -' o Z- Omm�p mgm� P>F bS'.n= Nm� mom m/� 32pz on<v<i5p V/ ovT ngpA fmrZ>mf D y�m^g F rraen g R mm�a'bFybv cn yz"Tm poinANcZE Oom TOy P O m oa m Fs� g F mt m AO m /A K O z z m_ 5 C/) eu•lero•1 r000®�Tgra a�z' om ®mW ®ioWb®€ �7gf ® 4€°0 oIl® 444O(DoMO® -i l ❑ " 03—I9s $ aammiPI j 0 P m Fm $ p m 0 g M, Z Pm C1 �oi2e ®A.!omq:g:_ Qo�a ;€ ...................... a D /m m P^ P m P cplCD �n SS5p5 �og m $z mnay Y �m>> <,� a QpB4s n m p$ Y3. p ft (D x''04 O $Z Eab x 3' a �"- an.$ E D �S-<A �L �3336m D 2�"Tj m' #%20� •Zi �'� 3 3g �." a r J-: a 9zag s"o_ ms 3�g>� � (D Cn aL < 3 S< >>m =3 ° � 'z g S° E <� R3�g x 9 :: m�� X33 M PiCD t 3 22 3" STy £ait 25 m8 9 > S1e2 (D n gRa�:R Ri N 5$S� gm $' �u€ YS 3316 i g4 $6$ Z � n ° 3 •3a p Ind - x o n m •1� P W ^g a u3 A m! � Sig � S§Bg, $ 3� g c? Ns 353' ,' gum;!. s Kil N Pm PN v n m Da 6u_o R< € a 'S i&2 `� 5R>: '•' 6m m m 5a S 't; ;-m 3 S aaN: g aS u '�S S'9 m L ^ a� gg z$ $ , � 4 e8am 8 'R O mgB-a n $, m ['Si� In @ mssgq8 eS 3 S eau �ctS a<4 �d3 m8 is 4" :g a ?a,G ,$'� £ a; "iod s as 8_ £ � < 8' m Y2aLmG€S aGm $'m! Pr #g 311 98 8 ;i Yzg m$ CD 3 g u fis o � 8ag�g� Ss �� m8 RS a a 3" g 6 i5gsm gS 3R®3 sg s L 3b ms9 S$ Mai a. g3$m 3m V I g g G'y> R � H 'R &S � g� � 8 m $ S FS a 3 S S g� r� N m$ 3 3 R .• m N a u N .' N9�mA ZO <y4>1 SOONS m P Zx Sir<C mmZFy gyo� vin- Dmn mznm mr n�nzNv > mx m �9-IZ � AZ D A 1=iIZ Cy9 H $m= nOn9 mnv v Pm vmmon ln� m1 -m m'mm' AzAz A zz a"A,�ii � i^Pn m-�°• z P "3>vN =3mm ^� ymm Nm5 z�5 g mp9z z° ri mScs�9i� � 6 �y Fir pN9y <A A�m �Yx Sm m� miy�o� i; mzm o£m m�^ iwA mrgmm g! on 03881 i. amr o� 3z=m gip 50 Nrm i2 n zTNn y< z 2Nm< y5Fm og =pm �� o=oy zS ° p Tm> f'mmm N�Fivm< oay cm C�3 n�yi ��" pQH ofyy mzogog Dpz. °T 00 A. ." > N -mm tyT n '993 IA�2 -,zO 1f=1T C NmN 2�mDC 052 20>2 mT -m-z- 8O g7 3omO ADT A DD rP;py lyOTA a n ¢m --m g 22 Z F prrmA 'P.,z P H �"�i o �^ omm�m �m� oB2i cN m����Or n�OR ao'�z �z 'o. m� PmRm m ANr Wim- r m >o �i mANf" c ZZ^3 <(J 9 PA OO DyO Z Y 3Z9 �1O pm2 SOC 2 y OyD TO H n D C mGI-m CmD �Om C Nyy"�3 g 1 yg�a xOm i Am mgpP1 m€n. pcz '" o m8o �cny�jQn g>i>DS� 2y g ySvmm Z. 9.gpzmv i n"� j.;" ZTpy Op O yX NIN G^ 4212 Oy ; OQZ gg rA ° >> o D4 Nib m2w o gT -Dimly �3 onp F m INiIA mZ m> n O Z � L �� gay jg: 5 n icx- e ?inn .1 ;oms cr ;OCm Z F l adb��K C) m �] O �za u°�P m 41 p �m a3�mmm� r000®�Tgra a�z' om ®mW ®ioWb®€ �7gf ® 4€°0 oIl® 444O(DoMO® -i l ❑ " 03—I9s $ aammiPI j 0 P m Fm $ p m 0 g M, Z Pm C1 �oi2e ®A.!omq:g:_ Qo�a ;€ ...................... a D /m m P^ P m P cplCD �n SS5p5 �og m $z mnay Y �m>> <,� a QpB4s n m p$ Y3. p ft (D x''04 O $Z Eab x 3' a �"- an.$ E D �S-<A �L �3336m D 2�"Tj m' #%20� •Zi �'� 3 3g �." a r J-: a 9zag s"o_ ms 3�g>� � (D Cn aL < 3 S< >>m =3 ° � 'z g S° E <� R3�g x 9 :: m�� X33 M PiCD t 3 22 3" STy £ait 25 m8 9 > S1e2 (D n gRa�:R Ri N 5$S� gm $' �u€ YS 3316 i g4 $6$ Z � n ° 3 •3a p Ind - x o n m •1� P W ^g a u3 A m! � Sig � S§Bg, $ 3� g c? Ns 353' ,' gum;!. s Kil N Pm PN v n m Da 6u_o R< € a 'S i&2 `� 5R>: '•' 6m m m 5a S 't; ;-m 3 S aaN: g aS u '�S S'9 m L ^ a� gg z$ $ , � 4 e8am 8 'R O mgB-a n $, m ['Si� In @ mssgq8 eS 3 S eau �ctS a<4 �d3 m8 is 4" :g a ?a,G ,$'� £ a; "iod s as 8_ £ � < 8' m Y2aLmG€S aGm $'m! Pr #g 311 98 8 ;i Yzg m$ CD 3 g u fis o � 8ag�g� Ss �� m8 RS a a 3" g 6 i5gsm gS 3R®3 sg s L 3b ms9 S$ Mai a. g3$m 3m V I g g G'y> R � H 'R &S � g� � 8 m $ S FS a 3 S S g� r� N m$ 3 3 R .• m N a u N .' N9�mA ZO <y4>1 SOONS m P Zx Sir<C mmZFy gyo� vin- Dmn mznm mr n�nzNv > mx m �9-IZ � AZ D A 1=iIZ Cy9 H $m= nOn9 mnv v Pm vmmon ln� m1 -m m'mm' AzAz A zz a"A,�ii � i^Pn m-�°• z P "3>vN =3mm ^� ymm Nm5 z�5 g mp9z z° ri mScs�9i� � 6 �y Fir pN9y <A A�m �Yx Sm m� miy�o� i; mzm o£m m�^ iwA mrgmm g! on 03881 i. amr o� 3z=m gip 50 Nrm i2 n zTNn y< z 2Nm< y5Fm og =pm �� o=oy zS ° p Tm> f'mmm N�Fivm< oay cm C�3 n�yi ��" pQH ofyy mzogog Dpz. °T 00 A. ." > N -mm tyT n '993 IA�2 -,zO 1f=1T C NmN 2�mDC 052 20>2 mT -m-z- 8O g7 3omO ADT A DD rP;py lyOTA a n ¢m --m g 22 Z F prrmA 'P.,z P H �"�i o �^ omm�m �m� oB2i cN m����Or n�OR ao'�z �z 'o. m� PmRm m ANr Wim- r m >o �i mANf" c ZZ^3 <(J 9 PA OO DyO Z Y 3Z9 �1O pm2 SOC 2 y OyD TO H n D C mGI-m CmD �Om C Nyy"�3 g 1 yg�a xOm i Am mgpP1 m€n. pcz '" o m8o �cny�jQn g>i>DS� 2y g ySvmm Z. 9.gpzmv i n"� j.;" ZTpy Op O yX NIN G^ 4212 Oy ; OQZ gg rA ° >> o D4 Nib m2w o gT -Dimly �3 onp F m INiIA mZ m> n O Z � L �� gay jg: L 19111 90 CD s .1 nzim ae ,g3 l adb��K C) m �] ��! 1411 a3�mmm� p0 EARLY HSP ADDITION CD Architectural Engineering Consultants a o 1 o Z > (/� /b ~ � ° d ,au8 ggaem 8q :3 p @`* d mks U) (D mmG COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com O jv65 8 H� 7c S N O LAKE CREEK ae —� 1--'a l adb��K C) m �] y m5 m 6 N Ic4 p0 EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants a o 1 o Z > (/� /b ~ � ° d g 4 9 2 3 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEEDTM Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489. 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24• Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 r"EDWARDS, 2 COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com Cmmr cm >r r N O N ��° °_ m LAKE CREEK Alic N222 n A. ^m r .10 $o NnNc'�N�N�NnN�N�Nn D < .0o m'fi't, w CA) � AgArtl Onm yN mm 4 nO A g;Q9Pnmz r 5 j Nm; $gym r Z m DAA AP99Ay-OI r Zfy>1 D D r\ Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-746-8521 www.aec-vaii.com m»;N f-il (nD >N O O Z LLL1111 �XaJsc n 'N O C ~Q A 9 Z R•m I�I'�II�'I�'I�"�"�I'I�I p 2 m ,il 2m 11'111''111111,11'�11�1�1 o g m , g I��000� - 1011110 "11111111111111������1�' $ m S I'I�"�I'�II�'I�II�I'�I�I o n = I'lo m W x I$Iin0000 252�22�2 a �1 OII SA'G�Na 9g999�99g9��9 a C to � n a w =ffi� N� �31t101tl'=:151T TIT � � Z m 1.m�:vom�>��ma:tiama.ti s D z r m 222392;1833; m A K O 09 1811{ 91818 S I m O c l oo 0 5 3 Z gii N1(z� di iS Q $ m M. �i � b S i3 m T m z OI'l Sv tNS� N� I I b% RR J a J N N N N N N N N N N N O vi O m g moz 5_T O< y is r0< O A ;n A A nn 9 F f mn mo 0 9 ; _ Po0 p a o > & oA 1 ` o A N pA m 2 LZ1 OOm I a 0 m • o Ci `c '�� ZF. O n Cp zA m m oX i'ii iin - r N O N ��° °_ m LAKE CREEK Alic s�� n 03 g� D < .0o r w CA) a�g O �' o a mm Z NNO Nm; $gym r Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services PO Box 8489, 40801 US H An Office with LWEDTM Accredited Professionals 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 Z >2 W r" No= A m H- g o D r\ Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-746-8521 www.aec-vaii.com i r N ��° °_ m LAKE CREEK Alic 5N� $ v,n;Ra0 a Z� x b L?1 �' r- A my m m p o EARLY HSP ADDITION Engineer Consultants Architectural En g �' o a ►-� z0 [ z r S 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services PO Box 8489, 40801 US H An Office with LWEDTM Accredited Professionals 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 >2 W r" EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-746-8521 www.aec-vaii.com I�I'�II�'I�'I�"�"�I'I�I • 11'111''111111,11'�11�1�1 , - "11111111111111������1�' I'I�"�I'�II�'I�II�I'�I�I - - • i r N ��° °_ m LAKE CREEK Alic 5N� $ v,n;Ra0 a Z� x b L?1 �' r- A my m m p o EARLY HSP ADDITION Engineer Consultants Architectural En g �' o a ►-� z0 [ z r S 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services PO Box 8489, 40801 US H An Office with LWEDTM Accredited Professionals 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 >2 W r" EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-746-8521 www.aec-vaii.com mOCn m z 2: m? Aq M 0 PV �o m, r iT. M V P A0.0 Z 9A 1 0 z. m z rR0 20 0 .0 M 2 0 P T �n O • q. ov 0 0 of O OT FA -4 e. 2 'PA > m 1-0 -. LAKE CREEK 5� Q, A—= m k 0 En 0 5 e, m m -3 C 0 m -1 EARLY HSP ADDITION I.TJ 4923 LAKE CREEK CD 0 EDWARDS, COLORADO aec Architectural Engineering Consultants Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED- Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vaii.com aec Architectural Engineering Consultants Mechanical, Electrical &Lighting Design Serv Y 'I'lllllll""'lllllllll' 111111111111111111111111 1111111111111111111111111 - 111111111111111111111111 I .0o tP m _ < T. z A ^ m gg >m m ��y�y tion r; y=A y> A r OAc� = 1Ii m 'A205Z m m n p �gm Am (n o 'A �y O _s o �� 0 Z °gA m vo; _ cps C rte— g �� CO p yup m1 N oar N -I o m p ^ xoo m Cn 'am gZ90 ® Z 0 a I i= °g� — $ DAll a �r m gm i N �m I! -0 I i�, i n l • _ �r I e I I o 1 o o I M � I I i t j ii• I j II II -Ply I I I o 1 o O A I m 2 m� g�:E zo9 m I s =1 �of < WN AI I mn��o r2 I pl N o m LAKE CREEK A lig m�m m HSP ADDITION EARLY N � 0 ►�m 0 d os � 4923 LAKE CREEK EDWARDS, COLORADO ices An Office with LEEDTM Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 8 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vail.com 00 00= Ina�9 m -o29 OA (1 (l rn %P LlP g 110 �> S=o M. m =o "o m i PIy9m 'o mlI ZZA on � 0.m m �m2P Ox9 D� Q X O m O_ fi-+TpC Z� HPC ^��r N ` r 9gi� Z Fm p 2 S Z P�om i D Zy Ill�fill ��vmR io «* �A R. r g pyp om ITM _-, Z m m F m 1885 T5 5p T;2 O � "o �P(, TOppp� POIn A� M o. Ho COZOi mpy 99Zi �IDy�yI�II y 1 2 A 9 0 T N N N N A O �iio� o� aFF c l��Am mP 314 PO to u O ZI 0 GCVO Tomo oyH om O Z P O Cl) °z = P r O G) n _ EILI 0 !�- -i.--_ ti i �0 N. �m A. vo 4 ,C ■—_ _ — o o ; --- -- cm �Umm D a r— FFA u _ "� l L 01 G 90 a �N - _o "�- m 90 -� �W ' 9 ' D > > D o aL�I _: I yy C y0 `ILII 1 FO N i m LAKE CREEK An y r A m Fri, EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants En , , o II Z O - 'w 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED- Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 o �, o x EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vail.com fip9 � RY i•S: Z m � :o m � :� m� G 111M o� 9Y F P o� g x 7b m LAKE CREEK An y r A m m EARLY HSP ADDITION Architectural Engineering Consultants En , , o II Z O - 'w 4923 LAKE CREEK Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED- Accredited Professionals PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 81620 o �, o x EDWARDS, COLORADO Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vail.com � W wry Q � � z a, b G1 C7 °x in ! p LAKE CREEK m m EARLY HSP ADDI W 4923 LAKE CRE S EDWARDS, COLORAD O TIONArchitectaec ural Engineering Consultants Mechanical, Electrical & Lighting Design Services An Office with LEED- Accredited Professionals EK PO Box 8489, 40801 US Hwy 6 & 24, Ste 214, Avon, Colorado, 8162 Telephone: 970-748-8520 Fax: 970-748-8521 www.aec-vail.com EXHIBIT D GENERAL CONDITIONS TO CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of bids which clarify, correct, or change the bidding documents or the Contract Documents. AGREEMENT: The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: Applications for payment must be made on AIA G702 and G 703 in written or electronic form. The form accepted by OWNER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payment, and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. ARCHITECT: Means Mendez Architects P.C., or such other professional architect, or group or association or professional corporation of such approved professional architects, engineers and consultants, who have contracted with OWNER to accomplish the architectural and engineering services necessary for the Work. BID: The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. CHANGE ORDER: A written order to CONTRACTOR signed by OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after the effective date of the Agreement to be signed by both Owner and Contractor. COLORADO LABOR: means as provided in C.R.S. 8-17-101 et. seq. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Those documents set forth in Article 7 of the Agreement. CONTRACT PRICE: The monies payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement. CONTINGENCY: means the set percentage of the construction contract amount budgeted for unforeseen conditions or emergencies. Any expenditure of Contingency must be expressly approved by OWNER. CONTRACT TIME: The number of days (computed as provided in these General Conditions), or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR: The person, firm, or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. COST: means the total cost of labor, materials, provisions, supplies, fees, tests, expenses, equipment rentals, equipment purchases, insurance, supervision, engineering, clerical and accounting services, the value of the use of equipment and reasonable estimates of other administrative costs which may be reasonably apportioned to this Project to complete in accordance with this Contract. DAY: A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. DEFECTIVE: An adjective which, when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ARCHITECT'S recommendation of final payment or prior to the expiration of the guarantee period under paragraph 13.12 or prior to the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations. DRAWINGS: Graphic and pictoral portions of the Contract Documents which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed including design, location and dimension of the Work including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams, and which have been prepared or approved by ARCHITECT, and are referred to in the Contract Documents. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE AGREEMENT: The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but, if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. ENGINEER: The person, firm or corporation to be identified by OWNER. The ENIGINEER may be a department employee of OWNER who may perform all or some of the duties of ENGINEER, but in such case shall exercise his duties in conformance with the standards applicable to independent professional engineers. FIELD ORDER: A written order issued by ARCHITECT or OWNER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 10.2, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE: means that maximum amount for which the Work will be accomplished. MODIFICATION: (a) A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties, or (b) a change order. The Contract Documents may only be amended by a modification. A modification may only be issued after the effective date of the Agreement. The Contract Documents only create a contractual relationship between Owner and Contractor. NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ARCHITECT) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run, and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER: The public body or authority, corporation, association, partnership, or individual with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement, and for whom the Work is to be provided. 2 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: The Owner's Representative is the Eagle County Project Management Department and Rick Ullom or his designee. PROJECT: The Lake Creek Apartments Clubhouse Addition Project. The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data which are specifically prepared by CONTRACTOR, a subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the work, and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams, and other information prepared by a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. SPECIFICATIONS: Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ARCHITECT with concurrence of OWNER as evidenced by his definitive certificate of substantial completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it was intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, when a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy is issued by the Building Permit Official or when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to substantial completion thereof. WORK: The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into all construction, all as required by the Contract Documents or reasonably inferable therefrom and includes all labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by CONTRACTOR or to fulfill CONTRACTOR'S obligations. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Intentionally Omitted. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: 2.2 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to two (2) copies (unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents) of the Contract Documents as are reasonable necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED: 2.3 The Contract Time will commence upon issuance of a Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the Agreement. STARTING THE PROJECT: 2.4 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION: 2.5 Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ARCHITECT and OWNER any conflict, error, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ARCHITECT for failure to report any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof, or should reasonably have known thereof. 2.6 Within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents) CONTRACTOR shall submit to ARCHITECT and OWNER for review and acceptance an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work, a preliminary schedule of shop drawings submissions, and a preliminary schedule of values of the Work. 2.7 Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to ARCHITECT, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5 hereof. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: 2.8 Within twenty (20) days after the effective date of the Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR starts the Work at the site, a conference will be held for review and acceptance of the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, to establish procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, and for processing applications for payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AND REUSE INTENT: 3.1 The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. They may be altered only by a Modification. 3.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. If during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, he shall report it to ARCHITECT and OWNER in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ARCHITECT for failure to report any conflicts, error, or discrepancy in the Specifications or Drawings unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof, or should reasonably have known thereof. 3.3 The Contract documents include those documents set forth in Article 7 of the Agreement. 3.4 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe a complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications or Drawings as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not it is specifically called for. When words which have a well- known technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials, or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with such meaning. References to codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the code of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, or code in effect at the time of opening of bids (or on the effective date of the agreement if there were no bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual, or code (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the contract documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ARCHITECT, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ARCHITECT with concurrence of OWNER as provided for in paragraph 9.3. 3.5 The Contract Documents will be governed by the law of the place of the Project. REUSE OF DOCUMENTS: 3.6 Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ARCHITECT; and they shall not reuse any of them on extensions of the Project, or any other project, without written consent of OWNER and ARCHITECT, and specific written verification or adaptation by ARCHITECT. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: 4.1 OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures, or permanent changes in existing facilities, will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER'S furnishing these lands or easements entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access hereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS — INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS: 4.2 Reference is made to the supplementary conditions for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress, or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by ARCHITECT in the preparation of the drawings and specifications. Such reports are not part of the Contract Documents with the exception of any reports identified in Article 7 of the Agreement. UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: 4.3 CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify OWNER and ARCHITECT in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site or in an existing structure differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. ARCHITECT will promptly review those conditions and advise OWNER in writing if further investigation or tests are necessary. Promptly thereafter, OWNER may obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests, and furnish copies to ARCHITECT and CONTRACTOR. If ARCHITECT and OWNER find that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions which differ materially from those intended in the Contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by CONTRACTOR, a change order may be issued incorporating the necessary revisions as agreed upon by the parties. REFERENCE POINTS: 4.4 OWNER shall provide engineering surveys for construction to establish reference points which in his judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified herein), shall protect and preserve the established reference points, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ARCHITECT and OWNER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for replacement or relocation of such reference points by professional qualified personnel. ARTICLE 5 — INSURANCE 5.1 Intentionally Omitted. 5.2 Intentionally Omitted. INSURANCE: 5.3 CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance: The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the CONTRACTOR'S operations under the Agreement, whether such operations be by himself, or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment, and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment, and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.3.1 Claims under Workmen's Compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.3.2 Claims for damage because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees, and claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; l 5.3.3 Claims for damage because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees, and claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; 5.3.4 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom. Workmen's Compensation insurance shall provide coverage as required by the laws of the State of Colorado. Insurance covering claims for damages to persons or property required by the preceding paragraph (except subparagraph 5.3. 1) shall be in the following minimum amounts: Bodily Injury Liability: Each Person: $1,000,000 Each Accident or Occurrence: $2,000,000 Property Damage Liability: Each Accident or Occurrence: $1,000,000 Aggregate: $2,000,000 Products and completed operations aggregate $1,000,000 Employers Liability, including Occupational Disease $500,000 Any one fire $50,000 If any aggregate limit is reduced below $1,000,000 because of claims made or paid, CONTRACTOR shall immediately obtain additional insurance to restore the full aggregate limit and furnish to OWNER a certificate or other document satisfactory to OWNER showing compliance with this provision. Said insurance shall be furnished in types specified as follows: 5.3.5 CONTRACTOR'S Commercial General Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damage imposed by law upon the CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor with respect to all Work performed by them under the Agreement and covering premises operations, fire damage, independent contractors, products and completed operations, blanket Grantual liability, personal injury, and advertising liability. 5.3.6 CONTRACTOR'S Protective Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damages imposed by law upon the CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor with respect to all Work under the Agreement performed for the CONTRACTOR by Subcontractors. 5.3.7 Completed Operations Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damage imposed by law upon the CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor arising between the date of final cessation of the Work, and the date of final acceptance thereof out of that part of the Work performed by each. 5.3.8 Comprehensive Automobile Insurance covering any auto (including owned, hired and non -owned autos) shall be carried with a minimum limit of $1,000,000.00 each accident combined single limit. All liability and property damage insurance required hereunder shall be Comprehensive General and Automobile Bodily Injury and Property Damage form of policy. 5.3.9 Employer's Liability Insurance covering all of CONTRACTOR's and any Subcontractor's employees acting within the course and scope of their employment. 5.3.10 The CONTRACTOR shall in addition, and in the amounts required under the above, obtain Protective Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damages imposed by law upon the OWNER with respect to all operations under the Agreement by the CONTRACTOR or his Subcontractors, including omissions and supervisory acts by the OWNER 5.4 Comprehensive Risk Policy Option: In lieu of the several policies specified for CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance, a comprehensive liability and property damage insurance policy inclusive of all the insurance and requirements hereinafter set forth, with an umbrella covering of $2,000,000, subject to the approval of the OWNER, will be permissible. 5.5 Subcontractor's Insurance: Before permitting any of his Subcontractors to perform any Work under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall either (a) require each of his Subcontractors to procure and maintain during the life of his Subcontracts, Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance of the types and in the amounts as may be applicable to his Work, which type and amounts shall be subject to the approval of the OWNER, or (b) insure the activities of his Subcontractors in his own policy. 5.6 Builder's Risk Insurance: CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the Work of this Project, Builder's Risk Insurance, including the perils of fire, extended coverage (loss due to vehicles, explosion, wind, flood, riot, etc.), vandalism and malicious mischief, and special extended coverage (loss due to falling objects, collapse, water damage from faulty or leaking systems, etc.) in the full amount of the Contract Price plus the cost of authorized extras. Said amount of insurance coverage shall be considered to cover the insurable value of the Work under this Agreement which is considered not to exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of this Agreement and authorized extras. Such policy shall not insure any tools or equipment, or temporary structures erected at the site and belonging to any person or persons, or their Subcontractors who are obliged by contract with the OWNER to do Work on the Projects. Such insurance shall be placed jointly in the names of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and any and all Subcontractors, and any and all others obliged by contract with the OWNER to do Work on this Project and at the OWNER'S option, any other person or persons whom the OWNER deems to have an insurable interest in said property, or any part thereof, payable as their several interests may appear. CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with certification of said insurance prior to commencement of any Work. Any proceeds obtained from insurance provided for by this paragraph shall be paid to and held by the OWNER as trustee. The OWNER shall have the right to withhold payment of such proceeds until such time as the Work destroyed or damaged and covered by such insurance shall be reconstructed and shall pay such proceeds on an installment basis similar to that provided for by progress payments covering the original Work. 5.7 Certificates of Insurance: Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the OWNER shall be filed with the OWNER prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall contain provisions naming the OWNER as an additional insured under CONTRACTOR'S insurance, as more fully required by the General Conditions herein, and that coverage afforded under the policies will not be cancelled until at least thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given the OWNER. CONTRACTOR and his Subcontractors shall not permit any of his Subcontractors to start Work until all required insurance has been obtained and certificates with the proper endorsements have been filed with the OWNER. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with the foregoing insurance requirement shall in no way waive the OWNER'S rights hereunder. 5.8 Owner's Liability Insurance: The OWNER, at his option, may but shall not be required to purchase and maintain such liability insurance as will protect him against claims which may arise from operations under this Agreement. Purchasing and maintaining such insurance, however, will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from purchasing and maintaining the insurance hereinbefore specified. 5.9 Loss of Use of Insurance: The OWNER, at his option, may but shall not be required to, purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use of his property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. 5.10 Coverage required of CONTRACTOR and any of its subcontractors shall be primary over any insurance or self-insurance program carried by OWNER. 5.11 All insurance policies in any way related to this Agreement and secured and maintained by CONTRACTOR as required in this Article 5 shall include clauses stating that each carrier shall waive all rights of recovery, under subrogation or otherwise, against Owner, its members, managers, agencies, institutions, organizations, officers, agents, employees and volunteers. 5.12 OWNER shall be named as additional insured on the Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability Insurance and Completed Operations Liability Insurance policies. 5.13 Contractor shall insert a clause containing the terms of section 5.3 and all its subparts in all contracts or sub -contracts, and all Subcontractors shall purchase and maintain the insurance on the terms and conditions as set forth herein. ARTICLE 6 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE: 6.1 CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ARCHITECT except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR'S representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. 6.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall maintain and deliver to OWNER a daily job report of Work performed, notable events and incidents, weather conditions, Subcontractor's performance, any deficiencies (and the corrective actions taken), delays, and other information that OWNER may reasonably request. 6.2.2 CONTRACTOR will participate in meetings with OWNER at a specific date, time and place established by OWNER, and to deliver all attending parties current reports on the following items: progress payment requests; requests for information -current log; change requests- current log; submittals- current log; change orders- current list; claims- pending claims, notices of claims and any plans to file claims, if applicable, project progress report, job problems and quality control review. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: 6.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work, and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons, or the Work, or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the supplementary conditions, if any, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime Work or the perfonnance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER'S written consent given after prior written notice to ARCHITECT. 6.4 Colorado labor shall be employed to perform the Work to the extent of not less than eighty percent of each type or class of labor in the several classifications of skilled and common labor employed on the Project. "Colorado labor" means any person who is a resident of the State of Colorado, at the time of employment, without discrimination as to race, color, creed, sex, age, or religion except when sex or age is a bona fide occupational qualification. 6.5 CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, and sanitary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation, and completion of Work. 6.6 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required test) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 6.7 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.8 CONTRACTOR shall replace supervision personnel as -needed based upon OWNER'S assessment that the Project is not adequately staffed or the Work is not progressing adequately. 10 6.9 CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain a full-time management and supervisory staff of competent persons at the Project site to coordinate and provide general direction of the Work and progress of subcontractors on the Project. 6.10 CONTRACTOR agrees that only competent and skilled workmen who satisfactorily perform their duties shall be employed on the Project and CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there are an adequate and competent supply of skilled workmen and materials as necessary to carry out the Work on a continuous basis. EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: 6.11 Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the drawings or specifications by using the name of a proprietary item, or the name of a particular manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, or distributors may be accepted by ARCHITECT and OWNER if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to ARCHITECT and OWNER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent to that named. The procedure for review by ARCHITECT and OWNER will be as set forth in paragraphs 6.11.1 and 6.11.2 below. 6.11.1 Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by ARCHITECT or OWNER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application to ARCHITECT and OWNER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified. The application will state whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in the drawings or specifications to adapt the design to the substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified shall be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or savings that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by ARCHITECT and OWNER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ARCHITECT may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR'S expense, additional data about the proposed substitute. ARCHITECT and OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute will be ordered or installed without ARCHITECT'S and OWNER's prior written acceptance. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR'S expense, a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. 6.11.2 ARCHITECT will record time required by ARCHITECT and ARCHITECT'S consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the drawings or specifications occasioned thereby, whether or not ARCHITECT accepts a proposed substitute. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ARCHITECT and ARCHITECT'S consultants for evaluating any proposed substitute. CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS: 11 6.12 CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor or other person or organization (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ARCHITECT may have reasonable objection. A Subcontractor or other person or organization identified in writing to OWNER and ARCHITECT by CONTRACTOR prior to the Notice of Award, and not objected to in writing by OWNER or ARCHITECT prior to the Notice of Award, will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ARCHITECT. Acceptance of any Subcontractor, other person or organization by OWNER or ARCHITECT shall not constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ARCHITECT to reject defective work. If OWNER or ARCHITECT, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, or other person or organization proposed by CONTRACTOR after the Notice of Award, CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, and the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and an appropriate change order shall be issued. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.13 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of his Subcontractors, and of persons and organizations directly or indirectly employed by them, and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that CONTRACTOR is responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by CONTRACTOR. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between OWNER or ARCHITECT and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ARCHITECT to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due any Subcontractor, or other person or organization, except as may otherwise by required by law. OWNER or ARCHITECT may furnish to any Subcontractor or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of specific Work done. 6.14 The divisions and sections of the specifications and the identifications of any drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors, or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.15 All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraph 5.6. PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES: 6.16 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties, and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work, or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work, and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ARCHITECT its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ARCHITECT and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all 12 claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including attorney's fees) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work, or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. PERMITS: 6.17 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of bids. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility service companies for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such companies for capital costs related thereto. LAWS AND REGULATIONS: 6.18 CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable to the Work. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, CONTRACTOR shall give ARCHITECT and OWNER prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate Modification. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing, or having reason to know, that it is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, and without such notice to ARCHITECT and OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. TAXES: 6.19 CONTRACTOR shall pay all taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a tax exempt entity pursuant to Certificate of Exemption for state sales/use tax number 98006168. USE OF PREMISES: 6.20 CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workmen to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits, or the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. 6.21 During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to their original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 13 c 6.22 CONTRACTOR shall not load, nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded, in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.23 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for removing all water and or mud interfering with the Work. 6.24 CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work so as not to interfere with or disrupt the business operations of any adjacent businesses and recreation areas. 6.25 CONTRACTOR shall protect and prevent damage or disturbance to any trees or other vegetation as shown in the Contract Documents. 6.26 CONTRACTOR will locate all underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any easements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gasses, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems which shall collectively be known as the "Underground Facilities" prior to performing the Work. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents; 6.26.1 OWNER shall not be responsible for providing any information to CONTRACTOR regarding the Underground Facilities; and 6.26.2 The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: a. Locating all Underground Facilities b. Coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction; and the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. RECORD DOCUMENTS: 6.27 CONTRACTOR shall keep one record copy of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, Shop Drawings, and samples at the site in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to ARCHITECT for examination and shall be delivered to ARCHITECT for OWNER upon completion of the Work. SAFETY AND PROTECTION: 6.28 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 6.28.1 all employees and subcontractors on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby, 14 6.28.2 all the work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and 6.28.3 other property at the site, or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property, or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.28.2 or 6.28.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the sole fault of drawings or specifications, or solely to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ARCHITECT). CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ARCHITECT has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in accordance with paragraph 14.13, that the Work is acceptable. 6.29 CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR'S superintendent, unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to OWNER- EMERGENCIES: WNER EMERGENCIES: 6.30 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons, or the Work, or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from ARCHITECT to OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ARCHITECT and OWNER prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work, or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: 6.31 After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ARCHITECT for review and approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submissions, five copies (unless otherwise specified in the general requirements) of all shop drawings, which shall have been checked by, and stamped with the approval of, CONTRACTOR, and identified as ARCHITECT may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and like information to enable ARCHITECT to review the information as required. 6.32 CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ARCHITECT for review and approval, with such promptness as to cause no delay in Work, all samples required by the Contract Documents. All samples will have been checked by, and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR, identified clearly as to material, manufacturer, and any pertinent catalog numbers, and the use for which intended. 15 6.33 At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall, in writing, call ARCHITECT'S and OWNER's attention to any deviations that the shop drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.34 ARCHITECT with prior approval of OWNER will review and approve, with reasonable promptness, shop drawings and samples, but ARCHITECT'S and/or OWNER's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project, and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents, and shall not extend to means, methods, sequences, techniques, or procedures of construction, or to safety precautions of programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by ARCHITECT or OWNER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of shop drawings, and resubmit new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ARCHITECT or OWNER on previous submittals. CONTRACTOR'S stamp of approval on any shop drawing or sample shall constitute a representation to OWNER and ARCHITECT that CONTRACTOR has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials catalog numbers, and similar data, or assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that CONTRACTOR has reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.35 Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the specifications, no related Work shall be commenced until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by ARCHITECT as to Shop Drawing and ARCHITECT and OWNER as to samples. 6.36 ARCHITECT'S review and approval of Shop Drawings or ARCHITECT and OWNER' review and approval samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has, in writing, called ARCHITECT'S and /or OWNER's attention to such deviation at the time of submission, and ARCHITECT with prior approval of OWNER has given written concurrence and approval to the specific deviation, nor shall any concurrence or approval by ARCHITECT or OWNER relive CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings. CONTINUING THE WORK: 6.37 CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. INDEMNIFICATION: 6.38 To the fullest extent permitted by law, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ARCHITECT, and their officials, agents and employees, from and against all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and costs arising out of, or resulting from, the performance or non-performance of the Work, and including, but not limited to, claims, damages, liabilities, losses, or expenses attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property including the loss of use resulting therefrom or is caused, in whole or in part, by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in 16 L - part by a party indemnified hereunder. Nothing in the contract shall be interpreted that the OWNER waives its sovereign immunity granted under Colorado Governmental Immunity Act if applicable or other applicable law. 6.39 In any and all claims against OWNER or ARCHITECT, or any of their agents or employees, by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.38 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor under worker's or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. 6.40 The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.38 shall not extend to the liability of ARCHITECT, his agents, or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs, or specifications. ARTICLE 7 — WORK BY OTHERS 7.1 OWNER may perform additional Work related to the Project by himself, or have additional work performed by utility service companies, or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain general conditions similar to these. CONTRACTOR shall afford the utility service companies and the other contractors who are parties to such direct contracts (or OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER'S employees) reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment, and the execution of work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. 7.2 If any part of CONTRACTOR'S Work depends, for proper execution or results, upon the Work of any such other contractor or utility service company (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ARCHITECT and OWNER in writing any patent or apparent defects or deficiencies in such Work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR'S failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR'S Work, except for latent or non -apparent defects and deficiencies in the other Work. 7.3 CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of his Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other Work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work, and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ARCHITECT and OWNER and the others whose work will be affected. 7.4 If the performance of additional work by other contractors or utility service companies or OWNER was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof shall be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such additional work. If CONTRACTOR believes that the performance of such additional work by OWNER or others involves additional expense to CONTRACTOR, or requires an extension of the Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. ARTICLE 8 — OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 OWNER shall issue communications to CONTRACTOR or through ARCHITECT. 17 8.2 In case of termination of the employment of ARCHITECT, OWNER shall appoint an ARCHITECT whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ARCHITECT. 8.3 OWNER and all of its employees and agents shall have the right to full access and use of the Project site. Such use shall not constitute acceptance of the Work or any part thereof, or waive any of OWNER'S rights or remedies under the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 — ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: 9.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ARCHITECT as an OWNER'S representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents, and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ARCHITECT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in all instances in the Contract Documents where ARCHITECT has the authority to make decisions concerning quality of and acceptance of the Work performed by CONTRACTOR the ARCHITECT shall first discuss such decision and proposed acceptance with OWNER and obtain its approval prior to communicating with the CONTRACTOR. Further, in all instances in the Contract Documents where ARCHTTE("l' has the authority to make a decision that impacts the Project budget or Contract Price or payment to the CONTRACTOR, then ARCHITECT shall first discuss the payment or costs with OWNER and obtain its approval prior to approving any payment, additive or deductive Work. This paragraph is not intended as and shall not be a waiver of ARCHITECT'S responsibility for oversight of the Work. VISITS TO SITE: 9.2 ARCHITECT will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARCHITECT will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ARCHITECT'S efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, as an experienced and qualified design professional, ARCHITECT will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard O' ►,'NER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS: 9.3 ARCHITECT will issue, with reasonable promptness, such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as ARCHITECT and OWNER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with, or reasonably inferable from, the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore, as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK: 18 9.4 ARCHITECT after conferring and receiving approval of OWNER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which is defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as fabricated, installed, or completed. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS: 9.5 In connection with ARCHITECT'S responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.31 through 6.37 inclusive. 9.6 In connection with ARCHITECT'S responsibilities as to Change Orders see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.7 In connection with ARCHITECT'S responsibilities in respect to applications for payment, etc., see Article 14. PROJECT REPRESENTATION: 9.8 Intentionally Omitted. DECISIONS ON DISAGREEMENTS: 9.9 ARCHITECT will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents concerning the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the execution and progress of the Work, shall be referred initially to ARCHITECT in writing with a request for a formal decision which ARCHITECT and OWNER will together render in writing within a reasonable time. The final decision concerning any claim, dispute or other matter relating to acceptability of the Work or interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the execution and progress of the Work shall be OWNER'S. LIMITATIONS ON ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 9.10 Neither ARCHITECT'S or OWNER'S authority to act under this Article 9, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, nor any decision made by ARCHITECT or OWNER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ARCHITECT or OWNER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, or any of their agents or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work. 9.11 Whenever, in the Contract Documents, the teens "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper", or "satisfactory", or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe requirement, direction, review, or judgment of ARCHITECT as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement direction, review, or judgment will be solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective never indicates that ARCHITECT shall have authority to supervise or direct performance of the Work, or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraphs 9.12 or 9.13. 19 9.12 ARCHITECT and OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and ARCHITECT and OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13 ARCHITECT and OWNER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, or of the agents or employees of any CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor, or of any other persons at the site or otherwise performing any of the Work. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Without invalidating the Agreement, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized by change orders. Upon receipt of a change order, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any change order causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price, or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment will be made as provided in Article 11 or Article 12 on the basis of a claim made by either party. 10.2 ARCHITECT with approval of OWNER may authorize minor changes in the Work, not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, which are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a field order, and shall be binding on OWNER, and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the change promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a field order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3 Additional Work performed without authorization of a change order will not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price, or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.30, and except as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4 OWNER may execute appropriate change orders prepared by ARCHITECT covering changes in the Work which are required by OWNER, or required because of unforeseen physical conditions or emergencies, or because of uncovering Work found not to be defective, or as provided in paragraphs 11.10 or 11.11. 10.5 Wells Fargo and HUD will be required to approve certain changes in the Work as set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11— CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2 The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an increase in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered to OWNER and ARCHITECT within seven (7) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. Any change in the Contract 20 Price resulting from any such claim shall first be approved by ARCHITECT and OWNER before being incorporated in a change order. 11.3 No change orders or other form of order or directive which requires additional compensable Work to be performed may be issued or be effective unless accompanied by a written assurance to the CONTRACTOR that lawful appropriations to cover the costs of the additional Work have been made. 11.4 The value of any Work covered by a change order, or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price, shall be determined in one of the following ways: 11.4.1 Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.10). 11.4.2 By mutual acceptance of a lump sum. 11.4.3 On the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.5 and 11.6) plus a Contractor's Fee for overhead and profit as provided in paragraph 11.7. 11.5 The term "Cost of the Work" means the sum of any and all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those in the detailed 16 division breakdown of pricing of similar types of work provided with the GMP for the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.6: 11.5.1 Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR on-site in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages, plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, worker's or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, or on Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above only to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.5.2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and manufacturers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case, the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.5.3 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR, and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the advice of ARCHITECT, which bids will be 21 accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work plus a fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR'S Cost of the Work. All Subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.5.4 Supplemental costs including the following: 11.5.4.1 The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR'S employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.5.4.2 Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machines, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site, and hand tools not owned by the workmen, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.5.4.3 Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ARCHITECT, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof, all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.5.4.4 Intentionally Omitted. 11.5.4.5 Deposits lost for causes other than CONTRACTOR'S negligence, royalty payments, and fees for permits and licenses. 11.5.4.6 Intentionally Omitted. 11.5.4.7 Intentionally Omitted. 11.5.4.8 Intentionally Omitted. 11.5.4.9 Intentionally Omitted. 11.6 The term "Cost of the Work" shall not include any of the following: 11.6.1 Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR'S officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorship), general managers, ARCHTTECT's, architects, estimators, lawyers, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in his principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work, and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in subparagraph 11.5.1. all of which are considered to be administrative costs covered by the Contractor's Fee. 11.6.2 Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and branch office, other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the site. 22 11.6.3 Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work, and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.6.4 Intentionally Omitted. 11.6.5 Costs due to the negligent performance or non-performance of CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including, but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 11.6.6 Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind, and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.5. CONTRACTOR'S FEE: 11.7 The Contractor's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.7.1 A mutually acceptable fixed fee as provided in the SUPPLEMENTAL UNIT PRICING for CM/GC Overhead and Profit Fee. 11.7.2. No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraph 11.6. 11.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the combined adjustment to overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase or decrease in allowable costs, if any. ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT QUANTITIES: 11.9 Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined based upon unit price, CONTRACTOR will submit, in form acceptable to ARCHITECT and OWNER, an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.10 Where the quantity of Work with respect to any item that is covered by a unit price differs materially and significantly from the quantity of such Work indicated in the Contract Documents, an appropriate change order (additive or deductive) may be issued on recommendation of ARCHITECT with written approval of OWNER. In no event will the unit price bid by CONTRACTOR be modified, but the quantity of any item may be increased or decreased as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the change modify the not to exceed Contract Price or otherwise be modified without a change order approved by OWNER- CASH WNER CASH ALLOWANCES: 11.11 It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents, and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, or distributors, and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ARCHITECT and OWNER Upon final 23 payment, the Contract Price shall be adjusted as required, and an appropriate change order issued. CONTRACTOR agrees that the original Contract Price includes such sums as CONTRACTOR deems proper for costs and profit on account of cash allowances. No demand for additional cost or profit in connection therewith will be valid. CONTINGENCY: 11.12 1.5% has been budgeted as Contingency for unforeseen conditions or emergencies. Any expenditure of Contingency must be expressly approved by OWNER in advance and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. It is expressly agreed by the Parties that the Contingency shall not be used for correcting defective Work, field coordination, trade interface during construction or estimating errors. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT TIME 12.1 The Contract Time may only be changed by a change order. Any claim for an extension in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered to OWNER and ARCHITECT within seven (7) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. Any change in the Contract Time resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a change order. 12.2 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of Articles 11 and 12 are CONTRACTOR'S sole remedies for delay by any cause whatsoever, including acts of OWNER. ARTICLE 13 — WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTION; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE: 13.1 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER and ARCHITECT that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. ACCESS TO WORK: 13.2 OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER'S representatives, other representatives of OWNER, testing agencies, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: 13.3 CONTRACTOR shall give ARCHITECT and OWNER timely notice of readiness of Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 13.4 If any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, or order of any public body having jurisdiction requires any Work (or part thereof) to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ARCHITECT and OWNER the required certificates of inspection, testing, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with 24 any inspection or testing required in connection with OWNER'S or ARCHITECT'S acceptance of a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR'S purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. The cost of all other inspections, tests, and approvals required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by OWNER (unless otherwise specified). 13.5 Any inspections, tests, or approvals, other than those required by law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, or order of any public body having jurisdiction, shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by ARCHITECT if so specified). 13.6 If any Work that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered without written concurrence of ARCHITECT and OWNER, it must, if requested by ARCHITECT or OWNER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR'S expense, unless CONTRACTOR has given ARCHITECT and OWNER timely notice of CONTRACTOR'S intention to cover such Work and ARCHITECT or OWNER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.7 Neither observations by ARCHITECT or OWNER nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRACTOR from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. UNCOVERING WORK: 13.8 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ARCHITECT or OWNER, it must, if requested by ARCHITECT or OWNER, be uncovered for ARCHITECT'S and OWNER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR'S expense. 13.9 If ARCHITECT or OWNER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ARCHITECT or OWNER, or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ARCHITECT'S or OWNER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ARCHITECT or OWNER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnish all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing of satisfactory reconstruction, including compensation for additional professional services, and an appropriate deductive change order shall be issued. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price, or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction. OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK: 13.10 If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK: 25 13.11 If required by ARCHITECT or OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by ARCHITECT or OWNER, either correct any defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ARCHITECT or OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with non -defective Work in a manner acceptable to the ARCHITECT and OWNER. TWO YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD: 13.12 If, within two years after the date of substantial completion, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law, or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any other specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER, and in accordance with OWNER'S written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site, and replace it with non -defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal and replacement, including compensation for additional professional services, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK: 13.13 If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ARCHITECT'S recommendation of final payment,) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. In such case, if acceptance occurs prior to ARCHITECT'S recommendation of final payment, a change order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Price; or, if the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount shall be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK: 13.14 If CONTRACTOR fails, within a reasonable time after written notice of ARCHITECT and OWNER, to proceed to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ARCHITECT or OWNER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including any requirements of the progress schedule), OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising his rights under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR'S services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site, or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR, but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER'S representatives, agents, and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise his rights under this paragraph. All direct and indirect costs of OWNER in exercising such rights shall be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount verified by ARCHITECT, and a change order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and a reduction in the Contract Price. Such direct and indirect costs shall include, in particular but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed 26 l or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER'S rights hereunder. ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION SCHEDULES: 14.1 At least ten days prior to submitting the first application for a progress payment, CONTRACTOR shall (except as otherwise specified in the general requirements) submit to ARCHITECT and OWNER a progress schedule, a final schedule of Shop Drawing submissions, and, where applicable, a schedule of values of the Work. These schedules shall be satisfactory in form and substance to ARCHITECT and OWNER. The schedule of values shall include quantities and unit prices aggregating the Contract Price, and shall subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Upon acceptance of the schedule of values by ARCHITECT and OWNER, it shall be incorporated into a form of application for payment acceptable to ARCHITECT and OWNER. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: 14.2 At least ten days before each progress payment falls due (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ARCHITECT and OWNER for review an application for payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the application, and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents, and also as ARCHITECT or OWNER may reasonably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work, but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the application for payment shall also be accompanied by such data, satisfactory to OWNER, as will establish OWNER'S title to the material and equipment, and protect OWNER'S interest therein, including applicable insurance. Each subsequent application for payment shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied to discharge in full all of CONTRACTOR'S obligations reflected in prior applications for payment and subcontractors and material men shall provide acknowledgements of payment and releases of lien down to the date covered by the last payment. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE: 14.3 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any application for payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER at the time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, and encumbrances (hereafter in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens"). REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT: 14.4 ARCHITECT will, within ten days after receipt of each application for payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ARCHITECT'S reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections 27 and resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within twenty days of presentation to him of the application for payment with ARCHITECT'S recommendation, pay CONTRACTOR the amount recommended. 14.5 ARCHITECT'S recommendation of any payment requested in an application for payment will constitute a representation by ARCHITECT to OWNER that, based on ARCHITECT'S on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on ARCHITECT'S review of the application for payment, and the accompanying data and schedules, the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of ARCHITECT'S knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning Project upon substantial completion, and to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents and any qualifications stated in the recommendation); and, that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment, ARCHITECT will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of Work, or that the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction have been reviewed, or that any examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the monies paid or to be paid to CONTRACTOR on account of the Contract Price, or that title to any Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. 14.6 ARCHITEC'T'S recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by ARCHITECT to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR'S being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled. 14.7 ARCHITECT may refuse to recommend the whole, or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. He may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended to such extent as may be necessary in ARCHITEC'T'S opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1 the work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2 written claims have been made against OWNER, or liens have been filed in connection with the Work, 14.7.3 the Contract Price has been reduced because of Modifications, 14.7.4 OWNER has been required to correct defective Work, or complete the Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, 14.7.5 of CONTRACTOR'S unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or 14.7.6 CONTRACTOR'S failure to make payment to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials, or equipment. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: 28 14.8 When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, CONTRACTOR shall, in writing to OWNER and ARCHITECT, certify that the entire Work is substantially complete, and request that ARCHITECT issue a certificate of substantial completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ARCHITECT shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ARCHITECT after conferring with OWNER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ARCHITECT will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving his reasons therefor. If ARCHITECT after conferring with OWNER considers the Work substantially complete, ARCHITECT will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of substantial completion which shall fix the date of substantial completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which he may make written objection to ARCHITECT as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ARCHITECT concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ARCHITECT will, within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER, notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating his reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER'S objections, ARCHITECT considers the Work substantially complete, ARCHITECT will, within said fourteen days, execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of substantial completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as he believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of tentative certificate of substantial completion, OWNER and CONTRACTOR will mutually agree upon the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance. 14.9 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of substantial completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. PARTIAL UTILIZATION: 14.10 Use by OWNER of completed portions of the Work maybe accomplished prior to substantial completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1 OWNER, at any time, may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any part of the Work which OWNER believes to be substantially complete and which may be so used without significant interference with construction of the other parts of the Work. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ARCHITECT that said part of the Work is substantially complete, and request ARCHITECT to issue a certificate of substantial completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ARCHITECT shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ARCHITECT after conferring with OWNER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ARCHITECT will execute, and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR, a certificate to that effect, fixing the date of substantial completion as to that part of the Work, attaching thereto a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Prior to issuing a certificate of substantial completion as to part of the Work, ARCHITECT after conferring with OWNER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, and insurance for that part of the Work which 29 shall become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time of issuing the definitive certificate of substantial completion as to that part of the Work, unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall have otherwise agreed in writing. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from any part of the Work which ARCHITECT has so certified to be substantially complete, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.10.2 In lieu of the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion as to part of the work, OWNER may take over operation of a facility constituting part of the Work, whether or not it is substantially complete, if such facility is functionally and separately usable; provided that prior to any such takeover, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed as to the division of responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, correction period, heat, utilities, and insurance with respect to such facility. 14.10.3 No occupancy of part of the Work, or taking over of operations of a facility will be accomplished before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. FINAL INSPECTION: 14.11 Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the Work is complete, ARCHITECT will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: 14.12 After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ARCHITECT and OWNER, and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, warranties, certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents, three (3) complete bound sets of required operations and maintenance manuals and instructions, two (2) sets of as built drawings, to the extent not already furnished, one (1) copy of all corrected Shop Drawings, satisfactory evidence that all payroll, material bills and other indebtedness with the Work have been paid or otherwise satisfied, consent of surety, if any, to final payment and other documents, all as required by the Contract Documents, and after ARCHITECT and OWNER has indicated that the Work is acceptable (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.14), CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final application for payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, and such other data and schedules as ARCHITECT and OWNER may reasonably require. Payment shall be processed in accordance with C.R.S. 24-91- 103 and C.R.S. 38-26-107. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONTRACTOR will provide complete and legally effective lien releases or waivers satisfactory to OWNER. Further all subcontractors and material men shall provide acknowledgements of payment and releases of lien down concurrently with final payment for the Project and the Work. Such acknowledgements and releases shall be in the form required by Owner and local 30 law and shall cover all Work done, labor performed and materials (including equipment and fixtures) furnished for the Work and Project. In lieu thereof, and as approved by OWNER, (and if applicable, as approved by HUD and Wells Fargo)CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, material, and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work, for which OWNER or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER (and if applicable satisfactory to HUD and Wells Fargo) to indemnify OWNER. Notwithstanding any contract provisions that prohibit liens, in the event any lien, notice of intent to file a lien statement, lien statement, or claim be recorded or served in connection with the Work, CONTRACTOR shall immediately and at its own expense, record or file, or cause to be recorded or filed, in the office of the county clerk and recorder in which the lien, notice or claim was recorded, or with the person(s) on whom the lien, notice or claim was served, a bond executed by a good and sufficient surety, and approved by OWNER, in a sum equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the amount of such lien, notice or claim, together with the claimant's cost of suit in the action if the claimant recovers therein. If CONTRACTOR fails to cause any lien to be removed from the Project, OWNER may employ whatever means it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, to cause the lien to be removed, and the effect of any notices to be negated. CONTRACTOR, shall, upon demand, reimburse OWNER for all costs, including without limitation actual attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in connection with any suit, lien or notice. OWNER may offset any such costs against amounts otherwise owing to CONTACTOR hereunder. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE: 14.13 If, after conferring with OWNER and on the basis of ARCHITECT'S observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ARCHITECT'S review of the final application for payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by Contract Documents, ARCHITECT and OWNER are satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR has fulfilled all of his obligations under the Contract Documents, ARCHITECT will, within ten days after receipt of the final application for payment, indicate in writing his recommendation of payment, and present the application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon, ARCHITECT will give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, ARCHITECT will return the application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections, and resubmit the application. If the application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, OWNER shall, after receipt thereof, pay CONTRACTOR in accordance with the payment procedures set forth in the Agreement, the amount recommended by ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION: 31 14.14 CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by ARCHITECT, nor the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER, nor any failure to do so, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ARCHITECT pursuant to paragraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER shall constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract documents or a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. WAIVER OF CLAIMS: 14.15 The making and acceptance of final payment shall constitute: 14.15.1 a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, or from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein; however, it shall not constitute a waiver by OWNER of any rights in respect of CONTRACTOR'S continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2 a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK: 15.1 OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work, or any portion thereof, for a period of not more than ninety days, by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ARCHITECT which shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR may, at the OWNER'S sole discretion, be allowed an increase in the Contract Price, or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension, if he makes a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 15.2 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1 if CONTRACTOR is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, 15.2.2 if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, 15.2.3 if a trustee or receiver is appointed for CONTRACTOR or for any of CONTRACTOR'S property, 15.2.4 if CONTRACTOR files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or similar laws, 15.2.5 if CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen, or suitable materials or equipment, 32 15.2.6 if CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials, or equipment, 15.2.7 if CONTRACTOR disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public body having jurisdiction, 15.2.8 if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ARCHITECT, or 15.2.9 if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates, in any substantial way, any provisions of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR and his surety seven days written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site, or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Work, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER shall be verified by ARCHITECT and incorporated in a change order, but in finishing the Work, OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest figure for the Work performed. 15.3 Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination shall not affect any rights of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing, or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4 Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ARCHITECT, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and expenses sustained through the date of termination. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE: 15.5 If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER, or under an order of court or other public authority, or ARCHITECT fails to act on any application for payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and ARCHITECT, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all Work executed through the date of termination. ARTICLE 16 — MISCELLANEOUS GIVING NOTICE: 33 16.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it shall be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. COMPUTATION OF TIME: 16.2 When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it shall be calendar days and be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday, or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation. GENERAL: 16.3 Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to his person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents, or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observances of such injury or damage. 16.4 The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular, but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees, and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.38, 13.1, 13.11, 13.14, 14.3, and 15.2, and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ARCHITECT thereunder, shall be in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by law or contract, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of this paragraph shall be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligations, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties, and guarantees made in the Contract Documents shall survive final payment and termination or completion of this Agreement. 34 LAKE CREEK EARLY HEAD START PROGRAM ADDITION PROJECT MANUAL MENENDEZ ARCHITECTS 02/26/2014 DOCUMENT 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title SERIES 0 DOCUMENTS MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS 00010 Table of Contents DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 Basic Requirements DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02225 Minor Demolition for Remodeling 02230 Site Clearing 02820 Vinyl Fencing DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03050 Basic Concrete Materials and Methods DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07110 Dampproofing 07144 Liquid Applied Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07220 Roof Board Insulation 07311 Asphalt Shingles 07460 Siding 07531 Single Ply Roofing DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08210 Clad Wood Doors 08410 Aluminum Framed Entrances 08710 Door Hardware DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09260 Gypsum Board 09300 Tile 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring Eagle County Materials Recovery Facility Table of Contents 00010-1 09770 Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 09900 Paints and Coatings DIVISION 14 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 14260 Limited Use Limited Application Elevator DIVISION 220000 — PLUMBING 220500 Common Work Results for Plumbing 220513 Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing 220516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing 220519 Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping 220523 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 220529 Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping 220548 Vibration Isolation for Plumbing Piping 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping & Equipment 220700 Plumbing Insulation 221116 Domestic Water Piping 221119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 221316 Sanitary Waste & Vent Piping 221319 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 223300 Electric, Domestic -Water Heaters DIVISION 230000 - MECHANICAL 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC 230513 Common Motor Work Requirements for HVAC Equipment 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230548 Vibration Controls for HVAC Equipment 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping & Equipment 230593 Testing, Adjusting & Balancing for HVAC 230700 HVAC Insulation 230713 Duct Insulation 231123 Natural Gas Piping 232300 Refrigerant Piping 233113 Metal Ducts 233300 Duct Accessories 233713 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles 235400 Furnaces 236313 Air -Cooled Refrigerant Condensers DIVISION 260000 - ELECTRICAL 260500 Basic Electrical Requirements Light Fixtures Cut Sheets END OF DOCUMENT Eagle County Materials Recovery Facility Table of Contents 00010-2 SECTION 01001 BASIC RLQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary: 1. Contract description. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Contractor's use of premises. 4. Specification conventions. B. Price and Payment Procedures: 1. Cash allowances. 2. Contingency allowances. 3. Testing and inspection allowances. 4. Schedule of values. 5. Applications for payment. 6. Change procedures. 7. Alternates. C. Administrative Requirements: 1. Coordination. 2. Field engineering. 3. Meetings. 4. Progress meetings 5. Cutting and patching. D. Submittals: 1. Submittal procedures. 2. Construction progress schedules. 3. Product data. 4. Shop drawings. 5. Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instructions. 7. Manufacturer's certificates. E. Quality Requirements: 1. Quality control. 2. Tolerances. 3. References. 4. Testing and inspection laboratory services. 5. Manufacturer's field services and reports. 6. Examination. 7. Preparation. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-1 F. Temporary Facilities and Controls: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heating and cooling. 4. Temporary ventilation. 5. Telephone and facsimile service. 6. Temporary water service. 7. Temporary sanitary facilities. 8. Field offices and sheds. 9. Access roads. 10. Parking. 11. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 12. Project identification. 13. Barriers and fencing. 14. Enclosures. 15. Protection of installed work. 16. Water control. 17. Pollution and environmental control. 18. Removal of utilities, facilities, and controls. G. Product Requirements: 1. Products. 2. Delivery, handling, storage, and protection. 3. Product options. 4. Substitutions. H. Execution Requirements: 1. Closeout procedures. 2. Final cleaning. 3. Starting of systems. 4. Demonstration and instructions. 5. Testing, adjusting and balancing. 6. Protecting installed construction. 7. Project record documents. 8. Operation and maintenance data. 9. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 10. Warranties. 1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Work of the Project includes construction of a two-story approximately 5,564 square foot addition and associated site improvements. B. Perform Work of Contract under a Guaranteed Maximum Price contract with Owner in accordance with Conditions of Owner -Contractor Construction Agreement. In the vent of any discrepancies/conflicts between the specifications and the Instructions to Bidders and the Construction Agreement, the Instructions to Bidders and the Construction Agreement shall govern. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001 -2 1.3 WORK BY OWNER A. If necessary, Owner will remove furniture from existing spaces (Existing Office 1 and Existing Community Room) affected by the construction work. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Use of premises by tenants and public. 1.5 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS A. These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.6 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Costs Included in Allowances: Cost of Product to Contractor or subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts. B. Costs Not Included in Allowances But Included in Contract Sum/Price: Product delivery to site and handling at the site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage; protection of Products from elements and from damage and labor for installation and finishing. C. Difference in cost will be adjusted by Change Order. D. Allowances Schedule: 1. Section 06 410: Allow stipulated sum of $12 per each double coat hook (for cubbies) material cost (include installation cost in bid). 2. Section 09 300: Allow stipulated sum of $8 per square foot of ceramic tile material cost (include cost of backer board, setting material and grout in bid). 3. Section 09 685: Allow stipulated sum of $30 per square yard of carpet tile material cost (include cost of adhesive in bid). 4. Section 09 686: Allow stipulated sum of $30 per square yard of sheet/roll carpet material cost (include cost of adhesive in bid). 5. Section 10 440: Allow stipulated sum of $1,500 for purchase of interior signage including room name plaques, wayfinding plaques and ADA plaques. Approximately 15 signs may be required. 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Include contingency allowance as required by the Instructions to Bidders. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-3 1.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION ALLOWANCES A. Testing and Inspection Allowances: Not required, Owner will contract and pay costs of testing and inspections directly to the firms providing the service. B. Include cost of scheduling, coordinating, incidental labor and facilities required to assist testing or inspection firm in bid. 1.9 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit schedule on AIA Form G703. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement or Notice to Proceed or earlier if required by the Instructions to Bidders. 1.10 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three copies, or one digital (PDF) copy, of each application on AIA Form G702 and G703. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment Period: Monthly. 1.11 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Per requirements of Owner -Contractor Construction Agreement. B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. 1.12 ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. B. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required. C. Schedule of Alternates: 1. No Alternates scheduled for the project. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-4 B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable. D. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. 1.14 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Employ Land Surveyor to locate reference datum and protect survey control and reference points. B. Establish elevations, lines, and levels and certify elevations and locations of the Work conform with Contract Documents. C. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by manufacturer. 1.15 PRECONSTRUCTION, PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Owner will schedule preconstruction meeting after Notice of Award for affected parties. B. When required in individual specification section, convene preinstallation meeting at Project site prior to commencing work of section. 1.16 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at weekly intervals or as required by Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within five days to those affected by decisions made. 1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching new Work; restore Work with new Products. B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering structural or building enclosure elements. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001 -5 Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. Restore Work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit Work tight to adjacent elements. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids. F. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 1.18 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittal form to identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor or supplier; and pertinent Contract Document references. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. C. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work. D. Revise and resubmit submittals as required; identify changes made since previous submittal. E. Allow two weeks turnaround time for Architect/Engineer review of submittals. 1.19 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed for Architect/Engineer review. B. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. C. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate line for each section of Work, identifying first work day of each week. 1.20 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001 -6 After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes as specified. B. Submit number of copies which Contractor requires, plus one copy which will be retained by Architect/Engineer. C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to this project. 1.21 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 2. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes as specified. B. Submit number of opaque reproductions Contractor requires, plus one copy which will be retained by Architect `Engineer. 1.22 SAMPLES A. Samples for Review: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 2. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes as specified. B. Samples For Selection: 1. Submitted to Architect/Engineer for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. 2. Submit samples of finishes from full range of manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer selection. 3. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes as specified. C. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Product. D. Submit samples of finishes from full range of manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect/Engineer's selection. 1.23 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-7 1.24 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit certifications by manufacturer to Architect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 1.25 QUALITY CONTROL A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 1.26 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of installed Products over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's tolerances. 1.27 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standards by date of issue current as of date of Contract Documents. B. When specified reference standard conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 1.28 TESTING AND INSPECTION LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for specified services of independent firm to perform testing and inspection. B. Independent firm will perform tests, inspections, and other services as required. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples as requested. D. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements will be charged to Contractor. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-8 1.29 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to furnish qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. 1.30 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify utility services are available, of correct characteristics, and in correct location. 1.31 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. 1.32 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Owner will pay cost of electricity used. B. Provide temporary electricity and power outlets for construction operations, connections, branch wiring, distribution boxes, and flexible power cords as required. Do not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. 1.33 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. Provide and maintain temporary lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. Repair, clean, and replace lamps at end of construction. 1.34 TEMPORARY HEATING AND COOLING A. Provide heating and cooling devices and heat and cool as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Owner will pay cost of energy used, if electric. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-9 C. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. D. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. 1.35 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 1.36 TELEPHONE A. Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. Cellular service, with clear reception, is acceptable. Allow Architect/Engineer incidental use. 1.37 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Connect to existing water source required for construction operations. 1.38 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Coordinate location with Owner and property manager. Existing and New facilities may not be used. B. Maintain in clean and sanitary condition. 1.39 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture and drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. 1.40 ACCESS ROADS A. Existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic. 1.41 PARKING A. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel with Owner and property manager. 1.42 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Collect and maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in clean and orderly condition. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001 -10 1.43 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide project sign of exterior grade material and frame construction. B. Erect on site at location established by Owner and property manager. 1.44 BARRIERS AND FENCING A. Provide fencing to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage. Due to the number of children residing on the property, and the potential for injury, special effort shall be made to secure the construction area and to prevent unauthorized entry. Contractor shall conduct a thorough check of the fencing and gate(s) at the close of each workday to ensure the site is properly secured. B. Construction: Contractor's option. C. Provide 6 -foot minimum high fence around construction site; equip with gate(s) with locks. 1.45 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather tight closures to exterior openings to permit acceptable working conditions and protection of the Work. 1.46 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. 1.47 SECURITY AND SAFETY A. Provide facilities to protect Work from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Provide safety training, signage, products, and traffic control services as needed to maintain project safety. 1.48 WATER CONTROL A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Provide erosion control. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-11 1.49 POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. B. Provide dust control, erosion and sediment control, noise control, pest control and rodent control to allow for proper execution of the Work. 1.50 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment review. B. Grade site as indicated on Drawings. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1.51 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically identified or allowed by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of same manufacture for components being replaced. 1.52 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, handle, store, and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.53 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions: Submit request for substitution for manufacturers not named. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001 - 12 1.54 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Architect/Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. C. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 1.55 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect/Engineer's inspection. B. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum/Price, previous payments, and amount remaining due. 1.56 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. Vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean debris from site, roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from site. 1.57 STARTING OF SYSTEMS A. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item. B. Ensure each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation. C. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Submit written report stating equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.58 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001- 13 B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. 1.59 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.60 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. B. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. C. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. D. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.61 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of Contract Documents to be utilized for record documents. B. Record actual revisions to the Work. Record information concurrent with construction progress. C. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed. D. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction. E. Submit documents to Architect/Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.62 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-112 x 11 inch text pages, three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers. B. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" and title of project. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001-14 C. Internally subdivide binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized, with tab titles legibly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: I . Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates. 1.63 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed by Owner; obtain receipt prior to final payment. 1.64 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate copies. B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Requirements 01001- 15 SECTION 02225 MINOR DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolishing designated building equipment and fixtures. 2. Demolishing designated construction. 3. Cutting and alterations for completion of the Work. 4. Protecting items designated to remain. 5. Removing demolished materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Demolition Schedule: Indicate overall schedule and interruptions required for utility and building services. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities, concealed utilities discovered during demolition, and subsurface obstructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable code for demolition work, dust control, products requiring electrical disconnection and re -connection. B. Conform to applicable code for procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. C. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction. D. Perform Work in accordance with State of Colorado and Eagle County standards. 1.5 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Pre -installation meeting. B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Minor Demolition for Remodeling 02225- 1 1.6 SEQUENCING A. Section 01100 - Summary: Requirements for sequencing. B. Sequence activities in the following order: 1. Complete as much of new construction work as possible prior to performing demolition work in existing interior spaces. C. Owner will conduct salvage operations before demolition begins to remove materials Owner chooses to retain. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule Work to coincide with new construction. B. Cooperate with Owner in scheduling noisy, malodorous, and dusty operations, and waste removal that may impact Owners operation. C. Coordinate utility and building service interruptions with Owner. 1. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without three days prior written notice to Owner. 2. Schedule tie-ins to existing systems to minimize disruption. 3. Coordinate Work to ensure fire alarms, smoke detectors, emergency lighting, exit signs and other life safety systems remain in full operation in occupied areas. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with occupied building areas. B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. B. Mark location and termination of utilities. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Minor Demolition for Remodeling 02225-2 C. Erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices, including warning signs and lights, and similar measures, for protection of the public, Owner, tenants and existing improvements indicated to remain. D. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings. E. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to permit continued Owner occupancy. F. Prevent movement of structure; provide temporary bracing and shoring required to ensure safety of existing structure. G. Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress. H. Do not close or obstruct building egress path. I. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 days prior written notice to Owner. 3.2 SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with Owner to identify building components and equipment required to be removed and delivered to Owner. B. Tag components and equipment Owner designates for salvage. C. Protect designated salvage items from demolition operations until items can be removed. D. Carefully remove building components and equipment indicated to be salvaged. E. Disassemble as required to permit removal from building. F. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss. G. Mark equipment and packaged parts to permit identification and consolidation of components of each salvaged item. H. Prepare assembly instructions consistent with disassembled parts. Package assembly instructions in protective envelope and securely attach to each disassembled salvaged item. I. Deliver salvaged items to Owner. Obtain signed receipt from Owner. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas. B. Maintain protected egress from and access to adjacent existing buildings at all times. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Minor Demolition for Remodeling 02225-3 C. Do not close or obstruct roadways, driveways and sidewalks without prior consent from Owner. D. Cease operations immediately when structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer. E. Disconnect and remove designated utilities within demolition areas. F. Cap and identify abandoned utilities at termination points when utility is not completely removed. Annotate Record Drawings indicating location and type of service for capped utilities remaining after demolition. G. Demolish in orderly and careful manner. Protect existing improvements, supporting structural members and existing site improvements to remain. H. Carefully remove building components indicated to be reused, if any. 1. Disassemble components as required to permit removal. 2. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss. 3. Mark components and packaged parts to permit reinstallation. 4. Store components, protected from construction operations, until reinstalled. 1. Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Remove materials as Work progresses. Upon completion of Work, leave areas in clean condition. K. Remove temporary Work. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Minor Demolition for Remodeling 02225-4 SECTION 02230 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removing surface debris. 2. Removing designated plant life. 3. Removing topsoil. 4. Removing subsoil. 5. Rough grading and site contouring. 1.2 PREPARATION A. Call Local Utility Line Information service not less than five working days before performing Work. 1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Locate, identify, and protect utilities indicated to remain, from damage. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain, as final landscaping. C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, and culverts from damage or displacement. 1.4 CLEARING A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. B. Remove surface rock. C. Remove trees and shrubs within development area. Remove stumps and main root ball and root system. 1.5 ROUGH GRADING A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Identify known underground, above ground, and aerial utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities as needed. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Site Clearing 02230- 1 D. Excavate topsoil and subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re -landscaped or re- graded. E. Stockpile topsoil and subsoil in area designated on site. F. Remove excess topsoil and subsoil not being reused, from site. 1.6 CLEAN UP A. Remove debris, and extracted plant life from site. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Site Clearing 02230-2 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 02820 VINYL FENCE A. Section Includes: Vinyl fence and gates manufactured with mono -extruded profiles from 100 percent virgin PVC compounds. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D 256 Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics. 2. ASTM D 638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 3. ASTM D 648 Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position. 4. ASTM D 695 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 5. ASTM D 696 Standard Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -30°C and 30°C With a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer. 6. ASTM D 732 Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Tool. 7. ASTM D 790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 8. ASTM D 4226 Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Building Products. 9. ASTM D 4726 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Exterior - Profile Extrusions Used for Assembled Windows and Doors. 10. ASTM F 964 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Exterior Profiles Used for Fencing. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Mono -extruded profile: A profile manufactured with a consistent layer of one material throughout the product. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit following items: 1. Product Data. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Manufacturer's typical detail and assembly drawings including post anchorage details. b. Dimensioned plan showing fence location relative to property lines, location of gates, gate swing, and details of post anchorage. c. Note proposed changes from plans and details shown on Drawings. 3. Samples: a. Provide minimum 12 inch long sample of each PVC profile used in the fence system. Include post cap and picket cap. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Vinyl Fence 02820- 1 b. - Provide minimum 2 by 2 foot assembled fence section including components (except gates) and accessories. C. Provide PVC sample of available colors. 4. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: a. Qualifications: Proof of manufacturer's qualifications. b. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance Instructions. 2. Special Warranties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: a. Minimum ten years experience in producing vinyl fence of the type specified. b. Member American Fence Association. C. Member Vinyl Fence, Deck and Railing Manufacturers Association. d. Member International Code Council. e. Maintain Quality Control Manual in compliance with ICC AC 10. 2. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's approval. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Special Instructions: 1. Store vinyl fence materials on clean flat surface. 2. Do not stack more than 5 packs high. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Non -prorated, non -transferable, 20 year limited warranty against defective raw materials and defects in manufacturing. 1. Include warranty against color change due to normal atmospheric conditions that exceed the limits established by ASTM D 4726. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Nebraska Plastics, Inc. PO Box 45 Cozad, NE 69130-0045 1. Dealer: Country Estate Fence of Denver Very Personally Yours Tiny & Anne Berry 1016 Odessa St. Aurora, Colorado 80018 B. Style: Country Estate Malibu_ Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Tel: (800) 445-2887 Fax: (308) 784-3216 E-mail: countryestateinfoAnebplastics.com Website: www.countryestate.com Int. Tel: (308) 784-2500 Tel: 303-344-0809 Fax: 303-344-1397 E-mail: tinycan2@gmail.com .com Vinyl Fence 02820-2 Height: 4'-0". C. Substitutions: permitted 2.02 MATERIALS A. Posts, Rails, and Vertical Infill Members: Rigid PVC Homopolymer Compound: 1. Manufacturer's standard mono -extruded PVC profiles. Comply with ASTM F 964. 2. Physical Properties: a. Impact Resistance, ASTM D 256: (ft lbs per inch notch) 1) 23 degrees C — 5.0. 2) 0 degrees C —2.0. b. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 638: 6,500 psi. c. Tensile Modulus, ASTM D 638: 545,000 psi. d. Deflection Temperature, ASTM D 648: 71 degrees C. e. Drop Dart Procedure A, ASTM D 4226: 2.51 in -lb per mil. f. Drop Dart Procedure B, ASTM D 4226: 4.50 in -lb per mil. g. Compressive Strength, ASTM D 695: 8,780 psi. h. Thermal Expansion, ASTM D 696: 4.4 times 10 5 in per in per degree F. i. Shear Strength, ASTM D 732: 6,780 psi. j. Flexural Strength, ASTM D 790: 11,400 psi. B. Aluminum Post Inserts: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum profile. C. Aluminum Rail Insert Bars: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum profile. D. Hardware: Black powder coated, 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel. 1. Hinge and Latch Type: Commercial Hardware. Hinges shall be adjustable to maintain proper gate alignment. 2. Cane Bolt. Provide on inactive leaf of double gates. E. Concrete: Reference Section 03050 Basic Concrete; 2,500 psi minimum. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Posts: 1. Posts: 3 %" x 3 '/z" 2. Post Inserts: Provide in gate posts. B. Rails: 1. Top & Bottom rail: 1 3/4" x 3 '/" 2. Ground clearance: 2" C. Vertical: 1. Infill Member Pickets 1 15116" D. PVC Gates: Match fence style and provide PVC diagonal bracing as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Provide manufacturer's patented gate sockets concealed in gate vertical frame members. 2. Hinge and Latch Hardware: Provide type specified above. 3. Cane Bolt: Provide for single gates. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Vinyl Fence 02820-3 X 4. Provide additional reinforcing as recommended by manufacturer for gates operated by gate operators. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. PVC Post Cap: Flush (Internal Flange). B. Provide manufacturer's standard brackets, fasteners, PVC grommets, and other accessories required to complete installation. 2.05 FINISH A. PVC Components and Accessories: Integral color — White. B. Gate Hardware: Powder coated black.' 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer PVC profiles in accordance with ASTM F 964. Test in accordance with manufacturer's Quality Control Manual. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine earthwork where fencing is to be installed. 1. Verify that soil is either firm undisturbed or properly compacted at post locations. 2. Verify property line locations, legal boundaries, and relative post placement. B. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions. C. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Stake fence layout including posts and gates to be inside property lines. Note locations of underground utilities, irrigation systems, benchmarks, property monuments and other underground structures. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Follow Country Estate Installation Guide except as. modified herein. B. Post Setting: 1. Spacing: 6 foot center to center except as otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Footing Depth and Type: 8" round 2'-6" Deep, 3. Set posts and fill post holes with concrete. C. Install specified fence components and accessories using the routed post/inserted rail method except where conditions require pocket mounted rails or where pocket mounted rails are shown on Drawings. 3.04 ADJUSTING Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Vinyl Fence 02820-4 A. Adjust gates and hardware to operate smoothly and latch securely. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean fence in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION' Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Vinyl Fence 02820-5 SECTION 03050 BASIC CONCRETE MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork. 2. Reinforcement. 3. Accessories. 4. Cast -in place concrete. 5. Finishing and curing. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318 to conform to design and applicable code requirements to achieve concrete shape, line and dimension as indicated on Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate pertinent dimensioning, arrangement of joints and ties. 2. Indicate reinforcement sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities, bending and cutting schedules, supporting and spacing devices. B. Design Data: Submit mix designs. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. Perform concrete reinforcing work in accordance with ACI 318. C. Perform cast -in-place concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. D. Maintain one copy of each document on site. E. Prepare one exposed concrete column base as a sample for approval by architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Form Materials: At discretion of Contractor. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050- 1 B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil not capable bf staining concrete or impairing natural bonding characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Slab Edge Joint Filler: 30# felt. Substitution permitted. D. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E1745 Class A, B, C; 6.5 mil thick polyethylene membrane type recommended for below grade application. Furnish joint tape recommended by manufacturer. Manufactured by Insulation Solutions, model Viper VaporCheck 6.5. Equivalent substitutions permitted. E. Adhesive Anchors: Hilti HY150, Simpson Set XP, Ramset/Red Head Epcon A7, or Power Fast. F. Expansion Anchors: Hilti Kwik Bolt II, Simpson Wedge -All, Ramset/Red Head Trubolt, or Power Stud. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Deformed Reinforcement: ASTM A615/A615M; 60 ksi yield strength, steel bars, unfinished B. Deformed Reinforcement to be welded: ASTM A706/A706M; 60 ksi yield strength, steel bars, unfinished. C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for support of reinforcing. D. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice, ACI 301 and ACI 318. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Portland Type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. D. Non -shrink Grout: ASTM C-1107. Manufactured by BASF, Masterflow 928. Substitution permitted with structural engineer's prior approval. 2.4 COMPOUNDS, HARDENERS AND SEALERS A. Curing Compound: None, do not use on surfaces to receive resilient flooring. 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, Option A. B. Furnish concrete of the following strength for footings and foundation walls: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050-2 I . Compressive strength 4.000 psi 28 day. 2. Maximum slump at truck discharge point of 6 inches. 3. Maximum fly -ash content: 20%. C. Furnish concrete of the following strength for floor slabs: 1. Compressive strength 4,000 psi 28 day. 2. Maximum slump at truck discharge point of 6 inches. D. Select admixture proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 318. E. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work exposed to exterior in accordance with local industry standard practice. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK ERECTION A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. C. Apply form release agent to formwork prior to placing form accessories and reinforcement. D. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings affected by agent. E. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter. 3.2 INSERTS, EMBEDDED COMPONENTS, AND OPENINGS A. Install adhesive anchors and expansion anchors of the depth indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer specifications. Special inspection shall be provided where specifically noted on the drawings or recommended by manufacturer. B. Provide formed openings where required for work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. C. Coordinate work of other sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install concrete accessories straight, level, and plumb. E. Place joint filler at perimeter of floor slab, penetrations, isolation joints, and expansion joints. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050-3 3.3 3.4 3.5 REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Place reinforcement, supported and secured against displacement. B. Ensure reinforcing is clean, free of loose scale, dirt, or other foreign coatings. C. Weld reinforcement in accordance with AWS DIA. I. Do not weld crossing reinforcement bars for assembly. D. Space reinforcement bars with minimum clear spacing in accordance with ACI 318. 1. Where bars are indicated in multiple layers, place upper bars directly above lower bars. E. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318. PLACING CONCRETE A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. B. Install vapor retarder under interior slabs over granular base in accordance with ASTM E 1643. Unroll vapor retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the concrete pour; completely cover the entire pour area. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal overlap with tape. C. All penetrations such as utilities and columns should be sealed using appropriate tape and/or mastic. D. Repair damaged vapor retarder with vapor retarder material, lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal overlap with tape. E. Separate slabs -on -grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler, extended from bottom of slab to within '/4 inch of finished slab surface. F. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control and construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours creating cold joints. G. Place floor slabs in saw cut pattern indicated. H. Where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack with non -shrink grout. Screed slabs -on -grade level. FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050-4 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 B. Remove formwork progressively and in accordance with code requirements. FLOOR FINISHING A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. B. Uniformly spread, screed, and float concrete. C. Steel trowel (smooth) surfaces receiving carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, thin set tile or remaining exposed to view in finished construction. D. Maintain surface flatness, with maximum variation of 118 inch in 10 ft. CURING A. Apply sealer on floor surfaces where indicated on drawings. Verify concrete sealant compatibility with finish flooring adhesive. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying. C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete for not less than 7 days. FORMED SURFACES A. Provide concrete to be left exposed (piers) with polished finish. 1. Allow 28 days curing prior to finishing. 2. Grind with circular type diamond abrasive polishing head. ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Install reinforcement within tolerances required by ACI 318. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with ACI 318 and inspections program as required by the structural construction drawings. B. Strength Test Samples: per inspections program as required by the structural construction drawings. C. Field Testing: 1. Measure slump and temperature for each compressive strength concrete sample. 2. Measure air content in air entrained concrete for each compressive strength concrete sample. D. Cylinder Compressive Strength Testing: 1. Test Method: ASTM C39. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050-5 2. Test Acceptance: In accordance with ACI 318. 3. Test two cylinders at 28 days. 4. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 5. Retain one cylinder for 56 days for testing when requested by Architect/Engineer. 6. Dispose remaining cylinders when testing is not required. 3.11 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details and elevations, as directed by Architect/Engineer. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Basic Concrete Materials and Methods 03050-6 SECTION 07110 DAMPPROOFING PART IGENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cold applied emulsion type dampproofing. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Waterproofing Manual. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store material at temperatures of 40°F and above to facilitate handling. B. Do not store at temperatures above 90°F for extended periods. C. Do not apply membrane when air or surface temperatures are below 35°F. D. Do not apply to frozen concrete. E. Do not apply when rain is imminent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DAMPPROOFING A. Manufacturers: 1. W.R. Meadows Model Sealmastic Type I Spray Grade. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Type I Spray Grade Dampproofing coating: 1. ASTM D 1187, Type I. 2. ASTM D 1127, Type II, Class L. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Dampproofing 07110-1 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Protection/Insulation board. R-10 rigid insulation, see Section 07 210. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces are solid, free of matter detrimental to adhesion of dampproofing. Do not begin surface preparation or application until unacceptable conditions have been corrected . 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive dampproofing. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer. D. Concrete surfaces must be clean, smooth and free of standing water. E. Patch all holes and voids and smooth out any surface misalignments. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply Work in accordance with NRCA - Waterproofing Manual. B. Apply dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Apply from top of foundation walls to top of footings. D. Seal protrusions to and penetrations through dampproofing with mastic watertight. E. Protect finished dampproofing from damage [during backfill operations] by adhering protection board [with mastic] over treated surfaces. F. Scribe boards around penetrations and projections. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Dampproofing 07110-2 SECTION 07144 FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fluid applied single -component, polymer -modified asphalt emulsion waterproofing with insulation panel and drainage composite. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Waterproofing System: Prevent moisture migration to interior, capable of resisting water head of eight feet. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with National Roofing Contractors Association (NBCA) - Waterproofing Manual. B. Applicator: Company specializing in specified waterproofing systems with five years minimum experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Waterproofing must be kept from freezing, it is best to store it off the floor at an ambient temperature above 50 Degrees Fahrenheit (F). Opened drums should be tightly sealed before storage to avoid a skin developing on top of the liquid. B. Waterproofing can be applied to surfaces down to 20° F. Material temperature at application must be between 110° F and 160° F. Do not exceed 175° F. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Furnish thirty year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for waterproofing failing to resist penetration of water. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WATERPROOFING A. Manufacturer: 1. Tremco Barrier Solutions Model Tuff-N-Dri H8. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fluid -Applied Waterproofing 07144-1 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Protection Board: Tremco Waren-N-Dri Foundation board, 314" thick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces are solid, free of matter detrimental to adhesion of waterproofing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surfaces to be coated must be clean, smooth, firm, free of dust, mud, loose mortar, wires, fins, metal projections or any other substances which might prevent placement and bonding of a continuous film. Take particular care to ensure that the footing and cove are clean. B. Do not apply waterproofing to surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer or applicator. C. On poured concrete walls, remove wall ties on outside and inside of wall. On poured concrete walls, tie holes and other small voids can be patched with an asphalt -based mastic. D. For poured concrete or block walls, repair and/or parge any cracks, honeycombs or large voids in the wall or footing with grout. (Non -shrinking grout is preferred, i.e., Thoroseal Waterproofing or 50150 mix Waterplug and cement.) E. Waterproofing may be applied to damp or green concrete. However, the product must not be applied over standing water, or a water film, or ice or snow. F. The concrete foundation must be of such strength and design to ensure structural integrity. Foundation walls must be properly cured according to local building code regulations. If these are not available, consult the National Concrete Masonry Association for specifications or the Concrete Foundation Association. 3.3 APPLICATION — WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Perform Work in accordance NRCA - Waterproofing Manual. B. Conform to drawing details included in NRCA - Waterproofing Manual. C. To ensure proper temperature at the spray gun, insulate the lines and the pump housing of the spray apparatus. When spraying below 50iF ambient temperature, it is highly recommended to have the equipment and material enclosed in a heated compartment. D. Spray waterproofing in a pressure range between 2300 and 2800 pounds per square inch (psi). For best results, use a .035" spray tip. Do not use any tip larger than .039". Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fluid -Applied Waterproofing 07144-2 E. The membrane should be applied to a minimum thickness of 60 mils wet. The product will cure to a dry film thickness of 40 mils. Use a wet film mil gauge to ensure proper application thickness. For poured concrete walls, a maximum coverage rate of 25 square feet per gallon (sflgal) will yield the desired wet mil thickness at application. The maximum coverage rate on block walls should be 20 sflgal. Coverage rates may be lower depending on the porosity of the block or poured concrete walls. F. Careful attention must be taken during the application process to ensure a consistent, homogeneous membrane. Extra coating should be applied to voids or honeycombed areas, changes in plane including joints between footing and wall, joints between blocks, tie holes, form joints, cold seams and other rough areas. For best results, apply waterproofing using a two -coat technique. Spray the first tack coat horizontally along the entire length of the wall. Spray the second coverage coat vertically to the required wet mil thickness. This technique will help to optimize the coverage rate and ensure a uniform mil thickness. G. Inspect the sprayed wall thoroughly for pin holes, blisters, or other voids in the membrane. If any are detected, lightly re -spray until a monolithic coating is achieved. H. After application, verify that: 1. Adequate foundation drainage system is installed. 2. All Penetrations (water, sewer, etc.) have been sealed. 3. Backfill does not exceed the level of the waterproofing system. 4. Grade slopes away from the foundation. I. To waterproof penetrations, the voids around the penetration must first be filled with non -shrinking grout then the penetration area and approximately one foot of pipe must be sealed with an elastomeric membrane. Protect finished membrane from damage during backfill operations by adhering insulation boards and drainage composite over treated surfaces. K. Do not apply waterproofing above finish grade where foundation will be exposed to view. 3.4 APPLICATION — PROTECTION BOARD A. Applying the board at the correct time is essential to ensure good adhesion to the waterproofing membrane. The board must be set as the membrane begins to cure. This will vary, depending on ambient temperature and humidity levels. A signal that the membrane is beginning to cure is when it changes from brown to black in color. At 70iF ambient temperature, this should take 2 to 7 minutes. As the temperature drops, the curing process will take longer. On walls exposed to full sunlight, the curing process will be much faster than on shaded walls. Verify compatability of insulation board with waterproofing prior to ordering insulation boards. B. To install the board, place the bottom of the board on the footer at the cove and press firmly. Slowly work your way up to the top of the board carefully pressing the board onto the membrane. Take special care not to slide the board. The board may appear to be Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fluid -Applied Waterproofing 07144-3 loose, but as the membrane cures, it will draw the board in resulting in excellent adhesion between the board and the membrane. If the board falls off, check the integrity of the membrane and re -spray to 60 mils wet if needed. It may be necessary to spray a mist of waterproofing on the wall to increase adhesion. C. Place the board around the foundation in the same direction as the membrane was applied. All boards should be checked before leaving the job site. D. Scribe boards around penetrations and projections. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fluid -Applied Waterproofing 07144-4 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes board thermal insulation at perimeter foundation wall and under building slab; batt thermal insulation in roof construction and some exterior wall; spray foam insulation in exterior walls and roof construction; sound attenuation batt insulation in interior partitions and between floors where indicated; tapered board thermal insulation at roof. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System performance to provide continuity of thermal barrier and vapor retarder at building enclosure elements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit characteristics on insulation materials. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate setting plan for tapered insulation and conditions of interface with other materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Dow Chemical - Extruded -Polystyrene Insulation Model Square Edge Insulation. 2. Johns Manville — Formaldehyde -free Fiber Glass Insulation Model Unfaced. 3. Johns Manville — Formaldehyde -free Fiber Glass Insulation Model Sound Control Batts. 4. Demilec USA - Spray -in-place polyurethane insulation Model Heatlok Soy -200. 5. Johns Manville — Tapered Polyisocyanurate Rigid Foam Insulation Model Tapered ENRGY 3. 6. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: ASTM C578 Type IV, cellular type, manufactured by DOW Chemical, with the following characteristics: 1. Board Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Thermal Resistance: As indicated on Drawings. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-1 C 3. Water Absorption: In accordance with ASTM C272 0.1 percent by volume maximum. 4. Compressive Strength: In accordance with ASTM D1621 Minimum 25 psi. 5. Board Edges: Square edges. B. Fiber Glass Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I precut fiber batt, friction fit, manufactured by Johns Manville, conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Facing: Unfaced. 3. Flame/Smoke Properties: ASTM E 84 Flame Spread 25 or less, Smoke Developed 50 or less. C. Fiber Glass Insulation (Sound Control Batts): ASTM C665, Type I precut sound control fiber batt, friction fit, manufactured by Johns Manville, conforming to the following: 1. Thickness: 3 5/8" at walls, 6'/" at floors. 2. Facing: Unfaced. 3. Flame/Smoke Properties: ASTM E 84 Flame Spread 25 or less, Smoke Developed 50 or less. D. Spray -in -Place Polyurethane Insulation: ASTM C518 and GreenGuard certified, manufactured by Demilec USA conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: As indicated on Drawings. Aged R -Value of R-6 per inch minimum. 2. Density, in accordance with ASTM D 1622 2.1 lb/cf. 3. Flame/Smoke Properties in accordance with ASTM E84: Class I. Flame Spread Index 20, Smoke Developed Index 400. 4. Water Vapor Permeance @ 1.2" in accordance with ASTM 96-05: <1 perms. 5. Air Permeance @ 75 Pa @ 1" in accordance with ASTM 2178-03: 0.02 L/sm'. 6. Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assembly (static loading to 600 Pa and gust loading to 1,200 PA) in accordance with ASTM 2357-05: <0.02L/sm2. 7. Compressive Strength in accordance with ASTM D1621: 28.7 psi. 8. Tensile Strength in accordance with ASTM D1623: 46.2 psi. 9. Off Gassing Test (VOC Emissions) (CGSB 51.23-92): Pass (no toxic vapor). 10. Closed Cell Content in accordance with ASTM D2856: >90%. 11. Equipment used to apply the foam insulation shall have fixed ratio positive displacement pumps and approved by foam manufacturer. E. Tapered Polyisocyanurate Rigid Foam Insulation: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class I, closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core bonded in the foaming process to universal fiber glass - reinforced facers, manufactured by Johns Manville, conforming to the following: 1. Board Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Thermal Resistance: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Slope: '/4" per foot. 4. Water Absorption in accordance with ASTM C209: <1.0 percent by volume maximum. 5. Compression Resistance in accordance with ASTM D1621: Minimum 20 psi. 6. Product Density-pcf in accordance with ASTM C209: 2.0 nom. 7. Dimensional Stability Change in accordance with ASTM D 2126: lengthwise <2 percent, crosswise <2 percent. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-2 Moisture Vapor Transmission in accordance with ASTM E96: <1 perm. Service Temperature: -100°F — 250°F. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. B. Approved fasteners. C. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene film 6 mil thick. D. Tape: Self -adhering type 2 inch wide. E. Water Based Intumescent Coating: ASTM E84 BlazelokTM TBX Intumescent Coating manufactured by TPR 2, distributed by Demilec USA, conforming to the following: 1. Approval: Complies with the 2009 IBC 2603.9 and 803.2; 2009 IRC 302.9.4 and 316.6; 2006 IRC 314.6 and 315.4 and the NFPA 101 paragraph 10.2.3.7.2 for use without a prescriptive thermal barrier. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class I. Flame Spread Index <25, Smoke Developed Index <50. 3. Expands up to 2000 percent. 4. Flash Point: None. 5. Volatility/VOC: <50 gll 6. Non-toxic, drain safe, water based, non -fuming. 7. Color: Dull Flat White/Gray 8. Equipment used to apply the water based intumescent coating shall be an airless sprayer approved by the manufacturer. F. Acoustic Sealant: ASTM C834, Type P, Grade 18°C QuietZone Acoustic Sealant manufactured by Owens Corning. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation and adhesive (where applicable). 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Foundation Perimeter - Board Insulation: 1. Remove any irregularities or jagged surfaces on the foundation wall prior to installation of insulation boards. 2. Install boards on outside face of foundation walls (see drawings) starting at the bottom of the footer. Stagger joints. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-3 Use a polystyrene -compatible adhesive to hold the boards in place during backfilling. B. Under Slab - Board Insulation: 1. Verify granular base has been properly compacted to a level finish. 2. Verify vapor retarder has been properly installed. 3. Install boards over vapor retarder square to building lines. Butt edges tight to adjacent board and to foundation walls. C. Batt Insulation at Exterior Walls: 1. Install in exterior walls spaces without gaps or voids. 2. Fit insulation tight in spaces. Leave no gaps or voids. 3. Install friction fit insulation tight to framing members, completely filling prepared spaces. 4. Place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation by securing in place. Extend vapor retarder tight to end of wall section receiving batt insulation. Tape seal in place. D. Batt Insulation at Roof: 1. Install in roof spaces without gaps or voids. 2. Fit insulation tight in spaces. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Sound Attenuation Batts: 1. Install in interior walls spaces without gaps or voids. 2. Fit insulation tight in spaces. Leave no gaps or voids. 3. Install friction fit insulation tight to framing members, completely filling prepared spaces. 4. Carefully cut to fit around penetrations such as wall outlets, junction boxes, plumbing. 5. Where walls are not finished on either side or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, supplementary support must be provided to hold product in place. F. Acoustic Sealant: 1. Before use, wipe excess dirt, dust and moisture away from applicable area to produce a clean, dry surface. 2. Apply at a 450 angle and, after 3-5 minutes, "tool" bead into place. 3. Apply continuous bead of acoustical sealant at base, head, perimeter and all openings of walls. Seal around electrical outlets and boxes, air ducts and boots, doors, windows and other wall and floor penetrations or gaps G. Spray -in -Place Polyurethane Insulation: 1. Contractor performing work under this section shall be trained by DEMILEC USAF in the art of applying spray polyurethane foam insulation. Provide current DEMILEC USA* Authorized Contractor Certificate 2. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-4 3. Ventilate insulation application area in accordance with the Spray Foam Coalition's Guidance' on best practices for the installation of Spray Polyurethane Foam. 4. Protect workers as recommended by the Spray Foam Coalition's Guidance' on best practices for the installation of Spray Polyurethane Foam. 5. Protect adjacent surfaces, windows, equipment and site areas from damage of overspray. 6. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. 7. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. 8. Apply only when surfaces and environmental conditions are within limits prescribed by the material manufacturer. 9. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 10. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply as recommended by manufacturer to thickness as indicated on drawings. 11. Except Except as provided in Section 314.5 and Section 314.6 of the 2006 International Residential Code, Section316.4, 316.5 and Section 316.6 of the 2009 and 2012 International Residential Code and Section 2603.4 and Section 2603.9 of the International Building Code, all plastic insolation shall be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier of 112 inch (13 mm) gypsum wallboard or equivalent thermal barrier material. HEATLOK Soy(& 200 PLUS with DEMILECTm TBX depending on the application can be used as an interior finish in lieu of a prescribed Thermal barrier. 12. Protect installed products until completion of project. 13. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged product before it is covered/concealed by other materials. H. Tapered Polyisocyanurate Rigid Foam Insulation: 1. Examine roof deck for suitability to receive insulation. Verify that substrate is dry, clean, and free of foreign material that will damage insulation installation. 2. Verify that deck is structurally sound to support installers, materials, and equipment without damaging or deforming work. 3. Verify that deck is structurally sound to support installers, materials, and equipment without damaging or deforming work. 4. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. 5. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 6. Install specified insulation in accordance with manufacturer's latest printed instructions. 7. Do not leave installed insulation exposed to weather. Cover and waterproof immediately after installation. No more insulation should be installed than can be completely covered with membrane on the same day. 8. Foam insulation products are combustible, they should be properly protected from exposure to fire during storage, transit and application. 9. For improved thermal performance install roof insulation in multiple layers. Stagger joints in top and bottom layers. Do not align joints in insulation. 10. Seal exposed insulation joints at the end of each day. Remove seal when work resumes. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-5 Il. Remove installed insulation that has become wet or damaged and replace with new solid and dry insulation material. 12. Install insulation panels with approved mechanical fasteners. Each insulation panel must be secured to the roof deck with approved fasteners appropriate to the deck type. 13. Remove trash and construction debris from insulation before application of roofing membrane. 14. Protect installed products until completion of project. 15. Protect installed insulation traffic by use of protective covering materials during and after installation. 3.3 SCHEDULES A. See Insulation Schedule on Drawings. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Building Insulation 07210-6 SECTION 07311 ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Asphalt shingles. 2. Underlayment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data indicating material characteristics, and limitations. B. Samples: Submit two 24 x 24 inch samples of each shingle color indicating color range and finish texture/pattern; for color and texture selection. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install eave protection and shingles when surface temperatures are below 45 degrees F. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for asphalt shingles. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ASPHALT SHINGLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Same as existing shingles. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Product Description: Asphalt shingles to match existing. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Underlayment: ASTM D412, Grace Ice & Water Shield cold applied, self -adhering membrane composed of a high density, cross laminated polyethylene film coated on one Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Asphalt Shingles 07311 - 1 ide with a layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive, manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co. conforming to the following: 1. Thickness in accordance with ASTM D3767 Procedure A: 40 mil. 2. Tensile Strength, Membrane in accordance with ASTM D412 Die C Modified: 250 psi. 3. Elongation, Membrane in accordance with ASTM D412 Die C Modified: 250%. 4. Low Temperature Flexibility in accordance with ASTM D 1970: Unaffected @ -20°F. 5. Adhesion to Plywood in accordance with ASTM D903: 3.Olbs/in. width (525 N/m). 6. Permeance (max.) in accordance with ASTM E96: 0.05 Perms (2.9 ng/m's Pa). 7. Material Weight Installed (max.) in accordance with ASTM D461: 0.3 lb/ft2. 2.3 SNOW GUARDS - BRACKET STYLE A. Snow Guards: Snow Bracket D 10" bracket style, for application with shingle roofing, fabricated from paintlock steel, powder coated best match of roof color from manufacturer's standard colors, manufactured by TRA Snow & Sun. 2.4 DORMER VENTS A. Dormer Vents: Gable Style Model GDV-1-36 (or custom to achieve minimum of 65 square inch net free ventilating area per vent), 24 gauge Kynar painted steel louvered vent with bug screen manufactured by Old World Distributors, Inc. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or aluminum nails minimum 12 gauge shank with 3/8" diameter head or as recommended by roofing manufacturer. B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586, Asphalt type with mineral fiber components, free of toxic solvents, capable of setting within 24 hours at temperatures of 75 degrees F and 50 percent RH. C. Flashing Materials: See Section 07620. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Form flashings [to profiles indicated on Drawings, and] to protect roofing materials from physical damage and shed water. B. Form flashing sections square and accurate to profile, in maximum possible lengths, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. C. Hem exposed edges of flashings minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) on underside. D. Apply bituminous paint on concealed surfaces of flashings. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Asphalt Shingles 07311 -2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof penetrations and plumbing stacks are in place and flashed to deck surface. B. Verify roof openings are correctly framed. C. Verify deck surfaces are dry, free of ridges, warps, or voids. D. Examine all roof decks on which work is to be applied for defects in materials and workmanship that may be detrimental to the proper installation or long-term performance of the shingles. E. Do not begin installation until roof deck has been properly prepared. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify that the deck is dry, sound, clean and smooth. It shall be free of any depressions, waves, and projections. Cover with galvanized sheet metal, all holes over 1 inch in diameter, cracks over'/ inch in width, loose knots and excessively resinous areas. B. Replace damaged deck with new materials. C. Clean deck surfaces thoroughly prior to installation of underlayment. D. Verify that the deck is structurally sound and free of deteriorated decking. All deteriorated decking shall be removed and replaced with new materials. E. Verify that the existing shingles are dry, sound clean and smooth. All curled, buckled or loose tabs shall be nailed down or removed. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Protective Underlayment Installation: 1. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed application procedures, precautions and limitations. B. Metal Flashing and Accessories Installation: 1. Weather lap joints minimum 2 inches and seal weather tight with plastic cement. 2. Secure in place with nails. Conceal fastenings. 3. Flash and seal Work weather tight, projecting through or mounted on roofing with plastic cement. C. Asphalt Shingles Installation: 1. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed application procedures, precautions and limitations. 2. Place shingles in straight coursing pattern as indicated on Drawings with same weather exposure of existing shingles. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Asphalt Shingles 07311 -3 3. Project first course of shingles beyond fascia boards same distance as existing shingles. 4. Extend shingles beyond face of gable edge fascia boards same distance as existing shingles. 5. Extend shingles on both slopes across valley in weave pattern and fasten. Extend shingles minimum of 12 inches beyond valley center line to achieve woven valley, concealing valley protection (verify, match existing). 6. Cap ridges with individual ridge shingles, maintaining 5 inch weather exposure. Place to avoid exposed nails. 7. Cap hips and ridges with individual shingles. Place to avoid exposed nails. 8. Coordinate installation of roof mounted components or Work projecting through roof with weather tight placement of Counterflashings. 9. Complete installation to provide weather tight service. 3.4 INSTALLATION - BRACKET STYLE SNOW GUARDS A. Install snow guards in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and engineered layout charts. 1. Install Bracket Type D with four 2 inch roofing nails directly into sheathing with triangular end of bracket at eave end of shingle and upper end under shingle in course above. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Asphalt Shingles 07311 -4 SECTION 07460 SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY N A. Section includes weather resistant barrier, siding for walls and soffits, related trim, flashings, accessories, and fastenings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. C. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 by 12 inches representing actual product, color, and patterns. D. Submit two additional samples to Section 09900 for application of field applied coatings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of 5 years experience with installation of similar products. B. Mock-up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and application workmanship. 1. Finish areas designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship, color, and sheen are approved by Architect. 3. Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store siding on edge or lay flat on a smooth level surface. Protect edges and comers from chipping. Store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installing. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Product Warranty: Limited, non -pro -rated product warranty: Siding 07460-1 1. HardiePlank HZ5 lap siding for 30 years. 2. HardieShingle HZ5 Panel siding for 30 years. B. Finish Warranty: Limited product warranty against manufacturing finish defects: 1. When used for its intended purpose, properly installed and maintained according to James Hardie's published installation instructions, James Hardie's ColorPlus finish with ColorPlus Technology, for a period of 15 years from the date of purchase: will not peel; will not crack; and will not chip. Finish warranty includes the coverage for labor and material. C. Workmanship Warranty: Application limited warranty for 2 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. [James Hardie Building Products, Inc. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.2 SIDING A. HardiePlank HZ5 lap siding, and HardieShingle HZ5 Panel siding requirement for Materials: 1. Fiber -cement Siding - complies with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II. 2. Fiber -cement Siding - complies with ASTM E 136 as a noncombustible material. 3. Fiber -cement Siding - complies with ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Index = 0, Smoke Developed Index = 5. 4. National Evaluation Report No. NER 405 (BOCA, ICBG, SBCCI, IBC, IRC). 5. US Department of Housing and Urban Development Materials Release 1263d. B. Lap Siding: HardiePlank HZ5 lap siding with a sloped top, beveled drip edge and nailing line: 1. Type: Select Cedarmill 8-114 inches with 7 inches exposure (field verify, select product that most closely resembles existing lap siding). C. Shingle Siding: HardieShingle Panel HZ5 siding: 1. Type: HardieShingle Staggered -Edge Notched Panel 48 inches wide by 16 inches high with 7 inches exposure. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Cedar Lumber Trim: Western Red Cedar, C and Better Clear grade, to NLGA Standard Grading Rules Surfaced One Side, Two Edges (S 1 S2E) in sizes as indicated on drawings. B. Cedar Lumber Soffit Boards: Western Red Cedar, Select Knotty grade, to NLGA Standard Grading Rules, 1x6 smooth T&G V -groove boards. Siding 07460-2 C. Cedar Lumber Fascia Boards: Western Red Cedar, D grade, to NLGA Standard Grading Rules in sizes as indicated on drawings. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Nails for HardiPlank Lap Siding: Quality, hot -dipped galvanized nails (0.09" shank x 0.221" HD x 2" long) for blind nailing to wood framing. B. Nails for HardiShingle Panel Siding: Quality, hot -dipped galvanized nails (0.083" x 0.187" HD x 1 %" long ringshank nails for blind nailing to wood framing and to 7116" thick minimum APA rated sheating. C. Nails for Cedar Lumber: Stainless Steel splitless ringshank nails of sufficient length to penetrate at least 1 '/4" into wood framing. D. Weather Resistant Barrier: Delta -Vent S vapor permeable air and water -resistive barrier, highly tear -resistant 3 -layer membrane, with 2 outer layers of spun -bonded polypropylene fabric, and water -tight vapor penneable polymeric middle layer as manufactured by Cosella-Dorken Products Inc. conforming to the following: 1. Substitution: Use Delta -Vent SA (self-adhesive) if self adhesive installation method is more cost effective than mechanical fasteners. 2. Comply with ICC AC38. 3. Water Vapor Permeance: To ASTM E96 (Procedure A) 69 perms, (Procedure B) 120 perms. 4. Water Vapor Transmission: To ASTM E96 (Procedure A), 472 g1m2124 hr, (Procedure B) 820 glm2124 hr. 5. Water Penetration: To AATCC 127, Pass. 6. Air Permeance: To ASTM E2178, <0.0034 cfm/sq ft c@ 0.3 inches wg (< 0.02 11(s x m'-) C� 75 Pa). 7. Fastener Pull-through Force: To ASTM D3462-03, 30 lbs. 8. Breaking Strength: To ASTM D5035, MD 761b12 in, CD 47 lb/2 in minimum. 9. Elongation at Break: To ASTM D5035, MD 25 %, CD 65 % minimum. 10. Trapezoidal Tear Strength: To ASTM D4533-04, MD 22 lb, CD 15 lb minimum. 11. Water Penetration Resistance: To CAN/CGSB-4.2 #26.3-95, 253 inches. 12. Tear Resistance: To ASTM D1922 -06a, MD 2.4 lb, CD 3.5 lb. 13. Fire Rating Characteristics: To ASTM E84. Rating: NFPA Class A, IBC Class A minimum. Flame Spread: 25 maximum. Smoke Developed: 105 maximum. E. Seam Tape: Delta-Multiband acrylic -based adhesive tape as manufactured by Cosella- Dorken Products, Inc. F. Self -Adhering Flashings: Delta -Flashing self -adhering, butyl -rubber based flashing membrane as manufactured by Cosella-Dorken Products, Inc. G. Penetration Flashings: Delta-Flexx Band Stretchable butyl -rubber based adhesive on non- woven fabric flashing membrane as manufactured by Cosella-Dorken Products, Inc. H. Sealants and Adhesives: Delta -Than or Dow Corning 758 elastomeric sealant and adhesive. Siding 07460-3 Ensure sealants are compatible with adjacent materials. I. Nails Weather Resistant Barrier: #4 nails with V minimum diameter plastic caps. J. Metal Flashings: See Section 07620. 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING A. HardiePlank Lap Siding: Provide factory applied universal primer. B. HardieShingle Panel Siding: Provide factory applied finish: 1. Product: ColorPlus Technology by James Hardie. 2. Definition: Factory applied finish; defined as a finish applied in the same facility and company that manufactures the siding substrate. 3. Process: Factory applied finish by fiber cement manufacturer in a controlled environment within the fiber cement manufacturer's own facility utilizing a multi -coat, heat cured finish within one manufacturing process. Each finish color must have documented color match to delta E of 0.5 or better between product lines, manufacturing lots or production runs as measured by photospectrometer and verified by third party. 4. Protection: Factory applied finish protection such as plastic laminate that is removed once siding is installed. 5. Accessories: Complete finishing system includes pre-packaged touch-up kit provided by fiber cement manufacturer. Provide quantities as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Color: To be selected by Architect and Owner from standard color options from manufacturer. Provide color chart for selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Nominal 2 inch by 4 inch wood framing selected for minimal shrinkage and complying with local building codes, including the use of water -resistive barriers or vapor barriers where required. Minimum 1-112 inches face and straight, true, of uniform dimensions and properly aligned. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Ensure step flashings and kick -out flashings are installed before beginning installation of weather resistant barrier. C. Ensure protrusions that may penetrate weather resistant barrier are removed before beginning installation. Siding 07460-4 D. Install weather resistant barriers and claddings to dry surfaces. E. Repair any punctures or tears in the weather resistant barrier prior to the installation of the siding. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Weather resistant barrier installation (mechanically fastened method): 1. Install water -resistive barrier before installation of windows and doors in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Unroll water -resistive barrier with printed side out, wrapping entire building, including rough openings for windows, doors and other protrusions or penetrations. 3. Install water -resistive barrier plumb and level to exterior face of structural sheathing board. 4. Ensure water -resistive barrier is installed with textured side facing substrate. 5. Start installation of water -resistive barrier at building corner, leaving 6"-12"of membrane extended beyond corner. 6. Install horizontally starting at bottom of wall. 7. Overlap water -resistive barrier membrane as follows: Exterior Corners: 12 inches minimum; vertical and horizontal seems: 6 inches minimum; other seams, joints or at protrusions and penetrations: 6 inches minimum . 8. Sill Plate Interface: Extend lower edge of water -resistive barrier over sill plate interface 3"— 6" (secure to substrate with elastomeric sealant). 9. Attachment of Water -resistive Barrier Membrane to Substrate: Attach weather resistant barrier to wood stud framing through exterior sheathing with mechanical fasteners and elastomeric adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Secure using fasteners and custom caps spaced 18 inches maximum vertically on center along stud line and 24 inches maximum on center, horizontally. Ensure fasteners penetrate wood studs 3/a inch minimum. Install fasteners 6 inches from sill and frame of window and door openings. Ensure fasteners are installed 9 inches minimum from window or door head. B. HardiPlank HZ5 Lap Siding Installation: I . Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Starting: Install a minimum 1/4 inch thick lath starter strip at the bottom course of the wall. Apply planks horizontally with minimum 1-1/4 inches wide laps at the top. The bottom edge of the first plank overlaps the starter strip. 3. Allow minimum vertical clearance between the edge of siding and any other material. 4. Align vertical joints of the planks over framing members. 5. Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade. 6. Locate splices at least one stud cavity away from window and door openings. C. HardiShingle HZ5 Staggered Edge Panel Siding Installation: 1. Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Install panels with joints butted in moderate contact. Due to overlapping of the joints, caulk is not required except where panels abut trim boards. Ensure keyways do not line up on subsequent courses. Siding 07460-5 3. Install a 1 '/4" starter strip, then install a 8 '/4" wide HardiePlank lap siding starter course. 4. Place first panel so that panel end centers over stud. Trim panel as needed. Butt the cut end into trim. 5. Secure panel, leaving 118" gap for caulk at trim and continue the course along the wall. 6. Start the second course, by removing the equivalent of one full stud cavity, again abutting the cut end into the trim. This is to prevent pattern repetition. Repeat step 5. 7. Start the third course, by removing the equivalent of two full stud cavities and repeat step 5. 8. Continue up the wall repeating steps 4 through 7 until desired height is reached. D. Nail panel siding at maximum 12 inches (300 mm) oc. Install sheets [horizontally] [vertically]. [Butt joints tight.] Miter external [and internal] corners. E. Nail to aligned pattern. [Blind nail except on overtrim.] F. Install siding for natural watershed. G. Align level, and plumb. Locate cut board edges and ends over bearing. H. Install metal flashings at [internal and external corners] [sills] [head of wall openings] [and] [horizontal joints of sheet materials]. I. Install corner strips, closures, trim [and battens]. J. Install sealant to prevent weather penetration. Maintain neat appearance. K. Preparation For Site Finishing Cedar Lumber Products: 1. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails. 2. Site Finishing: Specified in Section 09900. L. Touch-up damaged prefinished paint surfaces. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. HardiPlank HZ5 Lap Siding: Factory prime, field paint. B. HardiShingle HZ5 Staggered Edge Panel Siding: Factory paint. C. Cedar Trim: Site prime and paint. D. Cedar Soffit boards: Site prime and paint. E. Cedar Beams and Posts: Site prime and paint. END OF SECTION Siding 07460-6 O �O SECTION 07531 SINGLE PLY ROOFING — FULLY ADHERED PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) roofing system fully adhered, and ballasted for appearance. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit characteristics on membrane materials, and pavers. B. Perform Work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. C. Shop drawings must be submitted to Carlisle by the Carlisle Authorized Roofing Applicator along with a completely executed Notice of Award (Page I of Carlisle's Request For Warranty form) for approval. Approved shop drawings are required for inspection of the roof and on projects where on-site technical assistance is requested. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. B. An inspection shall be conducted by a Field Service Representative of Carlisle to ascertain that the membrane roofing system has been installed according to Carlisle's published specifications and details applicable at the time of bid. 1.4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS A. On new construction projects, especially in cold climate regions, moisture generated due to the construction process could adversely impact various components within the roofing assembly if not addressed. Refer to Spec Supplement G-01-11 "Construction Generated Moisture" included in the Carlisle Technical Manual or SPRI Advisory Bulletin included in the Design Reference DR -03-11 "Construction Generated Moisture". 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install membrane during inclement weather. B. Refer to Carlisle Technical Manual for applicable environmental requirements. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Single Ply Roofing - Fully Adhered 07531 - 1 1.6 WARRANTY A. Furnish 5 year manufacturer's warranty including coverage of materials and installation resulting from failure to resist penetration of moisture. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in the original, unopened containers labeled with the manufacturer's name, brand name and installation instructions. B. Store membrane in original undisturbed plastic wrap. C. Job site storage temperatures in excess of 90° F may affect shelf life of curable materials (i.e., adhesives and sealants). D. When liquid adhesives and sealants are exposed to lower temperatures, restore to a minimum of 60° F before use. 1.8 JOB CONDITIONS A. Refer to Carlisle Technical Manual for applicable project specific Job Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ELASTOMERIC ROOF MEMBRANES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlisle SynTec Systems Model Sure -Weld TPO. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Membrane: Sure -Weld reinforced 60 -mil thick Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) with Octaguard XT Weatherig Package, laminated to an elastomeric pressure -sensitive adhesive, gray color. B. Sure -Weld Non -Reinforced or Reinforced Flashing, Standard and Low VOC Bonding Adhesive, Pressure Sensitive Cover Strip, TPO T -Joint Covers, Cut Edge Sealant, Water Cut -Off Mastic, Universal Single Ply Sealant, Weathered Membrane Cleaner, Standard and Low VOC Primers, One Part Pourable Sealer, Pre Molded Accessories. C. Insulation Materials: See Section 07210. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Pavers: Carlisle Sure -Seal Interlocking Rubber Pavement System, Terra Cotta color. 1. Place pavers at roof areas indicated on drawings. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Single Ply Roofing - Fully Adhered 07531 -2 o B. Ballast Cover: 1. Aggregate: Sound, hard, washed, round and smooth stone, 314 inch minimum, 1 112 inch maximum size. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive Work; deck is clean and smooth, free of snow or ice; properly sloped. B. Verify roof openings, curbs, and protrusions through roof are solidly set. C. Refer to Carlisle Technical Manual for acceptable decks. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. The substrate must be dry, relatively smooth, free of protrusions, debris, sharp edges or foreign materials and must be free of accumulated water, ice and snow. Cracks or voids in the substrate greater than 1/4" must be filled with FAST Adhesive or other suitable material. B. Membrane Installation and Hot Air Welding: 1. Apply 10' wide Sure -Weld SAT is fully adhered to an approved insulation or substrate with Factory Applied Pressure -Sensitive Adhesive. 2. Position Sure -Weld SAT membrane over the acceptable substrate. 3. Fold membrane sheet back so half the underside is exposed. 4. Remove the release liner on one half of the sheet starting from the split in the liner at the middle of the sheet. The liner should be removed at an angle to reduce risk of splitting or tearing. 5. Roll the membrane onto the substrate while avoiding wrinkles. To achieve the best adhesion, the membrane should be rolled onto the substrate at an angle with 150 lb weighted roller. When applying the Carlisle Sure -Weld SAT TPO membrane it is recommended to maintain a large curve on the leading edge of the membrane. This will help eliminate creases and bubbles that cannot be removed after the sheet is in place. 6. Fold back the remaining half of the sheet and repeat the above process. 7. Install adjoining membrane sheets in the same manner, overlapping edges a minimum of 2" to provide for a minimum 1- 1/2" hot air weld. It is recommended that all splices be shingled to avoid bucking of water. 8. Hot air weld the membrane sheets a minimum of 1-112" with an Automatic Hot Air Welding Machine. 9. Membrane that has been exposed to the elements for approximately 7 days must be prepared with Weathered Membrane Cleaner. Wipe the surface where Weathered Membrane Cleaner has been applied with a clean, dry HP Splice Wipe or other white rag to remove cleaner residue prior to hot air welding. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Single Ply Roofing - Fully Adhered 07531 -3 C. Additional Membrane Securement: 1. The membrane must be secured at the perimeter of each roof level, roof section, expansion joint, curb, skylight, interior wall, penthouse, etc., at any angle change which exceeds 2" per horizontal foot and at all other penetrations in accordance with Carlisle's published detail (Thermoplastic) U -12A. Securement at angle changes may also be accomplished using a variation of Detail U -12B, replacing the depicted 6" Sure -Weld Pressure -Sensitive RUSS Strip with a 6" wide strip of reinforced TPO membrane. Note 5, which requires the use of TPO Primer would also be eliminated when this detail is used in conjunction with SAT TPO D. Membrane Flashing: 1. Flash all walls and curbs with Sure -Weld reinforced membrane. Non -Reinforced membrane shall be limited to inside and outside corners, field fabricated pipe seals, scuppers and Sealant Pockets where the use of pre -molded accessories are not practical. Terminate the flashing in accordance with an appropriate Carlisle Termination Detail. 2. On vertical surfaces, such as walls, curbs and pipes, Bonding Adhesive is not required when flashing height is 12" or less and membrane is terminated under a metal counterflashing (nailed). When a coping or termination bar is used for vertical terminations, Bonding Adhesive may be eliminated for flashing heights 18" or less E. Ballast Installation: 1. Aggregate Ballast: Apply dry at'? lb1100 sq ft evenly distributed. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Single Ply Roofing - Fully Adhered 07531 -4 SECTION 08211 CLAD WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY N A. Section includes solid core doors with Thermally Fused Laminate (herein referred to as "TFL") faces, fire rated and non -rated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and other pertinent data: 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate fire ratings for fire doors. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Color samples consisting of actual faces in small sections for the following. 1. TFL Thermal Fused Door Faces: Show the full range of colors and woodgrains available. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Hinge corner sections of TFL Thermal Fused doors, approximately 5 by 11 inches (127 by 279 mm) for each color or wood grain specified. 2. Frames for lite openings, 6 inches (150 mm) long, for each material, type, and finish required. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain TFL Thermal Fused Flush Wood Doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, 2004 edition "Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors" and the following minimum values (for particle core doors): 1. NWWDA TM -7 Cycle Slam Test: 1,000,000 cycles. 2. NWWDA TM -8 Hinge Loading Test: 1,000 lbs. 3. NWWDA TM -10 Edge Screw Holding: Test 850 lbs. 4. NWWDA TM -10 Face Screw Holding: Test 650 lbs. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Clad Wood Doors 08211-1 C. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. After 5 minutes into the test, the neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches or less above the sill — positive pressure. 2. Oversize, Fire -Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide manufacturer's standard Construction Label, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, stating that doors comply with requirements of design, materials, and construction. 3. Temperature -Rise Rating: At exit enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature -rise rating of 250 deg F (121 deg C) maximum after 30 minutes of fire exposure. Doors with this temperature -rise rating are limited to 100 sq. inches of clear view area of glazing. 4. Blocking: When through -bolts are not to be used, indicate size and location of blocking in 45, 60 and 90 -minute mineral core doors. D. Security Rating for Particle Core Doors: 1. ASTM F 476. Grade 40. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors to prevent damage in transit. Place doors on cardboard or wooden skids and wrap entire bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60° and 90° F and relative humidity is between 15% and 35% during the remainder of the construction period. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Clad Wood Doors 08211 -2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLAD WOOD DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. The Maiman Company, Springfield, MO. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Adhesives: Do not use adhesives containing urea formaldehyde. B. TFL Thermal Fused Wood Flush Doors: 1. WDMA I.S. IA Aesthetic Grade: Premium. 2. TFL Thermal -Fused Faces: Decorative faces thermally fused to cores under heat and pressure, complying with Laminating Materials Association's Product Standard and Typical Physical Properties of Decorative Overlays. LMA.200. 3. Color of Woodgrain Pattern: Uptown Walnut 7971K (verify with architect, provide samples of all medium to light color options for final selection). 4. Color of Solid Color: White 5. Edgebanding: Impact -resistant polymer edging, minimum .040" thick, applied to all four edges after faces on particle core doors, and on 2 vertical edges on mineral core doors. Manufacturer's standard color that most closely matches faces. 6. Provide doors with pilot holes factory -drilled for vertical edge hinges and lock sets. 2.3 SOLID -CORE DOORS A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 2. Wood Stiles and Rails: Not required. 3. Blocking: Not required B. Mineral Core Fire -Rated Doors 1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Blocking: For mineral -core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screw -holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through -bolting hardware, as follows: 5 -inch top -rail blocking for closer attachment; 5 -inch bottom -rail blocking, in doors indicated to have protection plates or mortised automatic door bottoms; 5 -inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have armor plates; 5 -inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard laminated - edge construction with improved screw -holding capability and split resistance and with outer stile matching polymer edging. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Clad Wood Doors 08211 -3 4. Edge Construction: Provide edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile matching polymer edging, and laminated backing for improved screw -holding capability and split resistance. 2.4 LITE FRAMES A. Fire rated metal vision panel with welded mitered corners, finished to match woodgrain color. Concealed fasteners. B. Glass: Firelite fire rated glass to comply with required fire rating. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115 -W series standards, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required: 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors, lite kits, and glazing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Clad Wood Doors 08211 -4 C. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement. E. Tolerances: 1. Conform to NWWDA requirements for fit and clearance tolerances and maximum diagonal distortion. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Clad Wood Doors 08211 -5 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES and STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes aluminum -framed storefronts including aluminum and glass doors, frames, hardware, and glass. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Aluminum -Framed Storefront System: Tubular aluminum sections, factory fabricated, factory finished, glass infill, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. B. System Assembly: Site assembled storefront system, factory assembled doors. C. System Design: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by temperature cycling. Design and size members to withstand loads caused by pressure and suction of wind. D. System Internal Drainage: Drain water entering framing system to exterior. E. Single Source Requirement: All products shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 1.3 LABORATORY TESTING AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM A. Test Units: 1. Air, water, and structural test unit size shall be a minimum of two stories high and three lites wide. 2. Thermal test unit sizes shall be 80" (2032 mm) wide x 80" (2032 mm) high with one intermediate vertical mullion and two lites of glass. B. Test Procedures and Performance: 1. Air Infiltration Test a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf (299 Pa). b. Air infiltration shall not exceed .06 cfm/SF (.30 1/s•m2) of unit. 2. Water Resistance Test a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM E 331. b. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage at a static test pressure of 12.0 psf (575 Pa). 3. Uniform Load Deflection Test a. Test unit in accordance with ASTM E 330. b. Deflection under design load shall not exceed L/175 of the clear span. 4. Uniform Load Structural Test Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410- 1 1.4 X a. Test in accordance with ASTM E 330 at a pressure 1.5 times the design wind pressure in 1.05.B.3.b b. At conclusion of the test, there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, storefront parts, or any other damage that would cause the storefront to be defective. 5. Condensation Resistance Test (CRF) a. Test unit in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. 6. Condensation Resistance CR a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with NFRC 500-2010 7. Thermal Transmittance Test (Conductive U -Factor) a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with NFRC 100-2010. LABORATORY TESTING AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRANCE DOOR A. Test Units: 1. Air test unit shall be minimum size of 36" (914 mm) x 84" (2134 mm). B. Test Procedures and Performance: 1. Entrance doors shall conform to all requirements for the door type referenced in 1.0I I.B. In addition. the following specific performance requirements shall be met. 2. Air Infiltration Test a. With door sash closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf (75 Pa). b. Air infiltration shall not exceed .50 cfmlSF (2.54 Ils•m') of unit, for single doors. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work and expansion and contraction joint location and details. B. Finish Samples: Submit finish samples of all available standard white colors on aluminum material. C. Product Data: Submit component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, door hardware. D. An NFRC Component Modeling Approach (CMA) generated label certificate shall be provided by the manufacturer for exterior units. The label certificate shall be project specific and will contain the thermal performance ratings of the manufacturer's framing combined with the specified glass, and the glass spacer used in the fabrication of the glass, at NFRC standard test size as defined in table 4-3 in NFRC 100-2010. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-2 1.6 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AAMA SFM-1 and AAMA MCWM-1 - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.. D. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience and approved by manufacturer with service department within 50 miles of Project. E. Design wind loading under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed at Project location. F. Provide test reports from AAMA accredited laboratories certifying the performance as specified in 1.3 and 1.4. 1. Test reports shall be accompanied by the storefront manufacturer's letter of certification stating that the tested storefront meets or exceeds the referenced criteria for the appropriate storefront type. 2. Test reports shall be accompanied by the entrance door manufacturer's letter of certification stating that the tested door meets or exceeds the referenced performance standard for the appropriate door type. WARRANTY A. Total Storefront Installation: 1. The responsible contractor shall assume full responsibility and warrant for one year the satisfactory performance of the total storefront installation. This includes the glass (including insulated units), glazing, anchorage and setting system, sealing, flashing, etc., as it relates to air, water and structural adequacy as called for in the specifications and approved shop drawings. 2. Any deficiencies due to such elements not meeting the specifications shall be corrected by the responsible contractor at their expense during the warranty period. B. Total Entrance Door Installation: The responsible contractor shall assume full responsibility and warrant for one year the satisfactory performance of the total door installation which includes that of the manufacturer supplied doors, hardware, glass (including insulated units), glazing, anchorage and setting system, sealing, flashing, etc., as it relates to air, and structural adequacy as called for in the specifications and approved shop drawings. Any deficiencies due to such elements not meeting the specifications shall be corrected by the responsible contractor at their expense during the warranty period. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-3 C. Window Material and Workmanship: 1. Provide written guarantee against defects in material and workmanship for 3 years from the date of final shipment. D. Glass: 1. Provide written warranty for insulated glass units that they will be free from obstruction of vision as a result of dust or film formation on the internal glass surfaces caused by failure of the hermetic seal due to defects in material and workmanship. 2. Warranty period shall be for 10 (ten) years E. Finish: 1. Warranty period shall be for 5 years from the date of final shipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS A. Manufacturers: 1. EFCO Corp. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Exterior Frames: System 403 Thermal Flush -Glazed Screw Spline Storefront. B. Interior Frames: System 401 Flush -Glazed Screw Spline Storefront. C. Doors: Series D500 Wide Stile Entrance Door with tall bottom rail (see drawings). D. Exterior Glass and Glazing: 1 -inch thick, clear, tempered, insulating Low Ez glass. E. Interior Glass and Glazing: 114 -inch thick, clear, tempered glass. F. Hardware: Hardware for aluminum entrances shall be furnished and installed in the doors by the door manufacturer, and shall include the following EFCO standard hardware 1. Hinging shall be butt hinges. 2. Locks shall be dead bolts. 3. Closer shall be surface mounted. 4. Push-pull hardware shall be Ultraline wire push-pull in clear anodized finish. 5. Clear anodized aluminum threshold (exterior doors only). G. Thermal Barrier: 1. All exterior aluminum shall be separated from interior aluminum by a rigid, structural thermal barrier. For purposes of this specification, a structural thermal barrier is defined as a system that shall transfer shear during bending and, therefore, promote composite action between the exterior and interior extrusions. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-4 Barrier material shall be poured -in-place, two-part polyurethane. A nonstructural thermal barrier is unacceptable. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: 1. All aluminum frame extrusions shall have a minimum wall thickness of .080". 2. All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design with all joints. System design shall be such that raw edges will not be visible at joints. B. Frame: 1. Depth of frame shall not be less than 4 112". 2. Face dimension shall not be less than 2". 3. Frame components shall be screw spline construction. C. Glazing: 1. Storefront units shall be "dry glazed" with gaskets on both exterior and interior of the glass. 2. Entrance doors shall All units shall be dry glazed with extruded pressure fitting aluminum glazing stops, and EPDM gaskets. D. Entrance Doors: 1. Door stiles shall be no less than 5" wide. 2. Door stiles and rails shall have hairline joints at corners. Heavy concealed reinforcement brackets shall be secured with screws and shall be of deep penetration and fillet welded. 3. Weather stripping shall be wool pile and shall be installed in one stile of pairs of doors and in jamb stiles of center pivoted doors. E. Fabricate doors and frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. F. Accurately and rigidly fit and secure joints and corners, flush, hairline, and weatherproof. G. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. H. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. Finish all exposed areas of aluminum storefront, entrances and components with50% PVDF fluoropolymer Ultraflur. Color shall be white (provide samples of standard white colors available). Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-5 EXECUTION 2.4 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. B. Verify that openings are dimensionally within allowable tolerances, plumb, level, clean, provide a solid anchoring surface and are in accordance with approved shop drawings. 2.5 INSTALLATION A. Use only skilled tradesmen with work done in accordance with approved shop drawings and specifications. B. Storefront system shall be erected plumb and true, in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades. C. Entrance doors shall be securely anchored in place to a straight, plumb and level condition, without distortion. Weather stripping contact and hardware movement shall be checked and final adjustments made for proper operation and performance of units. D. Furnish and apply sealing materials to provide a weather tight installation at all joints and intersections and at opening perimeters. E. Sealing materials specified shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and shall be applied only by mechanics specially trained or experienced in their use. All surfaces must be clean and free of foreign matter before applying sealing materials. Sealing compounds shall be tooled to fill the joint and provide a smooth finished surface. F. Install doors, frames, glazing, hardware and flashings in accordance with AAMA MCWM-1 - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. G. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. Adequately anchor to maintain positions permanently when subjected to normal thermal movement, specified building movement, and wind loads. H. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I. Install hardware using templates provided. Separate glass from metal surfaces. K. Tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: 118 inch per foot maximum or 114 inch per 30 feet whichever is less. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-6 END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08410-7 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes hardware for aluminum doors, wood doors, thresholds, and weatherstripping, 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Rated Openings: Provide door hardware listed by UL or Warnock Hersey, or other testing laboratory approved by applicable authorities. 1. Hardware: Tested in accordance with NFPA 252. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit hinge, latchset, lockset, and closer, illustrating style, color, and finish. Incorporate into the work. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the following requirements: 1. ANSI A156 series. 2. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 3. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Best Access Systems. 2. LCN Closers. 3. Pemko. 4. Stanley. 5. Ives. 6. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. Hinge Manufacturers: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-1 Stanley Substitutions: Permitted. C. Lockset , Latch Set, and Cylinder Manufacturers: 1. Best Access Systems. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. D. Closers Manufacturers: 1. LCN Closers. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. General Hardware Requirements: Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable ANSI A156 standard for type of hardware required. Furnish each type of hardware with accessories as required for applications indicated and for complete, finished, operational doors. 1. Templates: Furnish templates or physical hardware items to door and frame manufacturers sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in Work. 2. Reinforcing Units: Furnished by door and frame manufacturers; coordinated by hardware supplier or hardware manufacturer. 3. Fasteners: Furnish as recommended by hardware manufacturer and as required to secure hardware. a. Finish: Match hardware item being fastened. 4. Electrical Devices: Make provisions and coordinate requirements for electrical devices and connections for hardware. B. Hinges: ANSI Al56.1, full mortise type, complying with following general requirements unless otherwise scheduled. 1. Widths: Sufficient to clear trim projection when door swings 180 degrees. 2. Number: Furnish minimum three hinges to 90 inches high, four hinges to 120 inches high for each door leaf. C. Locksets and Latchsets: Furnish locksets compatible with specified cylinders. Furnish standard strikes with extended lips to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt verify type of cutouts provided in metal frames. 1. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: ANSI A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bored (Cylindrical) Locksets and Latchsets: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. 3. Interconnected Locksets: ANSI A156.12, Series 5000, Grade 1 unless otherwise indicated. D. Cylinders: ANSI A156.5, Grade 1, 7 pin type interchangeable core type cylinders. 1. Keying: supply contractor "dummy" set on all locksets, Owner will replace cores so that all locks are keyed the same. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-2 E. Closers: ANSI A156.4 modern type without cover, surface mounted closers; full rack and pinion type with steel spring and non-freezing hydraulic fluid; closers required for fire rated doors unless otherwise indicated. 1. Adjustability: Furnish controls for regulating closing, latching, speeds, and back checking. 2. Arms: Type to suit individual condition; parallel -arm closers at reverse bevel doors and where doors can swing full 180 degrees. 3. Location: Mount closers on inside of exterior doors, room side of interior doors typical; mount on pull side of other doors. 4. Operating Pressure: Maximum operating pressure as follows. a. Interior Doors: Maximum 5 pounds. b. Exterior Doors: Maximum 8.5. C. Fire Rated Doors: As required for fire rating and ADA requirements, maximum 15 pounds. F. Thresholds, and Trim: Furnish as indicated in Schedule, with accessories as required for complete operational door installations. 1. Weatherstripping: Furnish continuous weatherstripping at top and sides of exterior doors. 2. Thresholds: Maximum 112 inch height; requirements to ensure accessibility for persons with disabilities. 3. Wall Stops: ANSI A156.1, Grade 1, wall stop with visible screws. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Lock Trim: Furnish levers with rose as indicated in Schedule. B. Through Bolts: Through bolts and grommet nuts are not permitted on door faces in occupied areas unless no alternative is possible. 1. Do not use through bolts on solid wood core doors. 2.4 FINISHING A. Finishes: ANSI A156.18; with following finishes except where otherwise indicated in Schedule at end of section. 1. Hinges and Pivots: a. BHMA 630, satin finish. 2. Typical Exterior Exposed and High Use Interior Door Hardware: a. BHMA 626, satin chromium plated brass or bronze. 3. Typical Interior Door Hardware: a. BHMA 626, satin chromium plated brass or bronze. 4. Flush Bolts: a. BHMA 626, satin chromium plated brass or bronze. 5. Wall and Floor Stops: a. BHMA 626, satin chromium plated brass or bronze. 6. Closers: a. Standard Powder Coat. 7. Thresholds: a. BHMA 628, satin aluminum, clear anodized. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-3 8. Other Items: Provide manufacturer's standard finishes to match similar hardware types on same door, and maintain acceptable finish considering anticipated use and BHMA category of finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate mounting heights with door and frame manufacturers. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. B. Mounting Heights From Finished Floor to Center Line of Hardware Item: Comply with manufacturer recommendations and applicable codes. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. The following hardware sets are intended to establish type and standard of quality when used together with this section requirements. Examine Drawings and Specifications and furnish proper hardware for door openings. Hardware Set 1 (Door 3): Non -fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set (active leaf): Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Passage Function: 93K -7 -G -16-C- 53-626. Flush bolt: (inactive leaf): Ives Flush Bolt 261 (top and bottom of door). Wall Stop (active leaf): Ives WS447 Wall Stop. Floor Stop (inactive leaf): Ives FS410 Decorative Floor Stop. Door Holders: Ives FS452 Kick Down Holder (626) (active and inactive leaf). Adjustable Astragal: Pemko 354CV. Hardware Set 2 (Door 4): Non -fire rated Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 191. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Storeroom Function: 93K -7 -D- 16 -C -S3-626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arm mounted (verify): 1260 Series Gaskets: Weatherstripping for sound. Wall Stop: Ives aluminum wall stops: WS447. Door Bottom: Pemko 41 IARL Automatic Door Bottom. Hardware Set 3 (Doors 5, 9 & 22): Non -fire rated Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 191. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Storeroom Function: 93K -7 -D- 16 -C -S3-626. Wall Stop: Ives WS447 Wall Stop. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-4 Hardware Set 4 (Doors 6, 7 & 13): Non -fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 191. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Passage Function: 93K -7 -N -16 -C - Wall Stop: S3-626. Ives WS447 Wall Stop. Hardware Set 5 (Doors 11 & 20): 45 min. fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Passage Function: 93K -7 -N -16 -C - S3 -626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arnn mounted (verify): 1260 Series. Gasket: Fire rated smoke gaskets. Door Bottom: Pemko 411 ARL Automatic Door Bottom. Wall Stop: Ives aluminum wall stops: WS447. Hardware Set 6 (Doors 12 & 19): 90 minute fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Dormitory Function: 93K -7 -T -16- C -S3-626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arm mounted (verify): 1260 Series. Gasket: Fire rated smoke gaskets. Door Bottom: Pemko 411ARL Automatic Door Bottom. Wall Stop: Ives aluminum wall stops: WS447. Hardware Set 7 (Doors 15 & 17): Non -fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 191. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Classroom Function: 93K -7 -R- 16 -C -S3-626. Floor Stop: Ives FS410 Decorative Floor Stop. Hardware Set 8 (Door 16): Non -fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Passage Function: 93K -7 -N -16 -C - S3 -626. Gasket: Gaskets for sound. Floor Stop: Ives FS410 Decorative Floor Stop Hardware Set 9 (Doors 18): 90 minute fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Privacy Function: 93K -7 -L -16 -C - S3 -626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arm mounted (verify): 1260 Series. Gasket: Fire rated smoke gaskets. Door Bottom: Pemko 411ARL Automatic Door Bottom. Wall Stop: Ives aluminum wall stops: WS447. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-5 Hardware Set 10 (Doors 24 & 25): Non -fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Privacy Function: 93K -7 -N -16 -C - S3 -626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arm mounted (verify): 1260 Series. Gasket: Gaskets for sound. Floor Stop: Ives FS410 Decorative Floor Stop. Hardware Set 11 (Doors 26 & 27): 45 min. fire rated. Hinges: Stanley 5 Knuckle CB Full Mortise hinge: CB 199. Latch Set: Best Access Systems Cylindrical lock, Passage Function: 93K -7 -N -16 -C - S3 -626. Closer: LCN Closers, parallel arm mounted (verify): 1260 Series. Gasket: Fire rated smoke gaskets. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Door Hardware 08710-6 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes interior gypsum board with joint treatment; exterior gypsum sheathing. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Conform to 2009 IBC for fire rated assemblies and as follows: 1. Fire Rated Partitions: Listed assemblies by Underwriters Laboratories indicated on drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit one sample of textured surfacing; 36x36 inch in size illustrating decorative finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with GA -201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. GA - 214 - Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. GA -216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. B. Furnish framing materials in accordance with SSMA - Product Technical Information. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. American Gypsum Co. a. Substitutions: Not Permitted. Colorado sourced material. 2. Perforated Gypsum Board and Accessories: Gyptone BIG Boards by CertainTeed Ceilings. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Gypsum Board Type X 518 inch thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut, tapered edges; unless noted otherwise as follows: 1. FIREBLOC Type X, Manufactured by American Gypsum, Inc. 2. Standard Type: ASTM C36. 3. Fire Rated Type: ASTM C36 fire resistive moisture resistant, UL or WH rated. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260-1 B. Fire -Rated Gypsum Shaft Liner Board: Gypsum core shaftwall panel with enhanced fire resistant core. Complying with ASTM C 1396 Type X 1. M -BLOC Shaft liner panel, Manufactured by American Gypsum, Inc. 2. Thickness: I inch 3. Width: 24 inches 4. Length: 12 feet 5. Edges: Double beveled C. Perforated Gypsum board Materials: 1. Edges: tapered 2. Thickness: 12.5 mm (approx. 1/2") 3. Sizes: a. 1200 mm x 2400 mm (47.2" x 94.5") 4. Patterns: a. BIG Quattro 41 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: Galvanized Steel, square profile. B. Resilient Channels: Hat shaped Galvanized Steel, No. 25 MSG C. Runner Track: 2" wide channel shaped with I" legs. Galvanized Steel, No. 25 MSG D. Attachment Clips: Aluminum Angle min. .063 inch thick with 2" and 2 '/4" Legs E. Joint Materials: GA -201 and GA -216, reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water. F. Fasteners: ASTM C 1002 Type S 12 hardened screws and GA -216 or as required by fire assemblies and recommended by manufacturer. G. Textured Finish Materials: Latex based texturing material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Gypsum Board: 1. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA -216 and GA -600. 2. Fasten gypsum board to framing with screws unless otherwise indicated. 3. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 4. Seal cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260-2 13. Resilient Channels: 1. Where resilient channels are fastened to pre -manufactured trusses, shim and level to ensure flat ceiling finish. C. Joint Treatment: 1. Apply light skip trowel finish over entire wall and ceiling surfaces with exception of perforated drywall (use Level 4 smooth finish). D. Tolerances: Maximum Variation from Flat Surface: 118 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260-3 SECTION 09300 TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes ceramic tile for interior floor and wall applications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with TCA Handbook and ANSI A108.1 Series/A118.1 Series. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years experience. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install adhesives in unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F minimum during installation of mortar materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE A. Manufacturers: 1. To be determined. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Ceramic Floor Tile: conforming to the following: 1. Product: To be determined. 2. Size: To be determined 3. Color: Sibling Toilet & Toddler Toilet — To be determined 4. Trim: Cove Base To be determined. B. Ceramic Wall Tile: conforming to the following: 1. Size: To be determined. 2. Shape: To be determined 3. Edge: To be determined. 4. Surface Finish: To be determined. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Tile 09300- 1 5. Color: To be determined. 6. Pattern: To be determined. C. Wainscot Cap: To be determined. D. Grout Materials: 1. To be determined. E. Thresholds: bullnosed edge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install water resistant drywall. Tape joints and corners embedded in joint compound, finish to Level 2. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install tile, and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.10, and TCA Handbook recommendations. B. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor, base and wall joints. C. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. D. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. E. Floors: 1. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, dry -set or latex-portland cement bond coat or F116, organic adhesive, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. F. Wall Tile: 1. Over gypsum wallboard on wood studs install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W243, thin -set with dry -set or latex-portland cement bond coat or W223, thin -set with organic adhesive, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Tile 09300-2 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes suspended metal grid ceiling system; and acoustic panels. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide system capable of supporting imposed loads with deflection limited to 1: 360. B. References: 1. ASTM C423 - Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 2. ASTM C635 - Manufacturing of Metal Suspension Systems. 3. ASTM C636 - Installation of Metal Suspension Systems in non -seismic applications. 4. ASTM D3273-00 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 5. ASTM D3274 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Surface Disfigurement of Paint Films by Microbial (Fungal or Algal) Growth or Soil and Dirt Accumulation. 6. ASTM D5116-06 - Standard Guide for Small -Scale Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions From Indoor Materials/Products. 7. ASTM E580 - Installation of Metal Suspension Systems in Areas Requiring Moderate Seismic Restraint. 8. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 9. ASTM E 119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 10. ASTM E1264 - Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. IL ASTM E1414 - Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. 12. CISCA Ceiling Systems Installation Handbook. 13. Fire -response tests are performed by a testing and inspecting agency that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that performs testing and follow- up services. 14. Fire -resistance -rated, acoustical tile ceilings are indicated by design designations listed in the UL "Fire Resistance Directory," in the Warnock Hersey "Certification Listings," or in the listing of another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination drawings: Submit reflected ceiling plans that are coordinated with mechanical, electrical and security work at acoustical ceilings. Show ceiling suspension Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510- 1 X members, method of anchorage of hangers and ceiling mounted work including light fixtures and air grilles. B. 6"x12" samples of each tile type, pattern, and color required. C. Set of 12 -inch- long samples of suspension system members. D. Set of 12 -inch- long samples of exposed moldings for each color and system type required. E. Submit certificates from manufacturers of acoustical ceiling units and suspension systems attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and warranties. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. All materials shall be delivered in their original unopened packages and stored in an enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. B. Storage: 1. Panels: Storage time of materials at the job site should be as short as possible, and environmental conditions should be as near as possible to those specified for occupancy. Cartons should be removed from pallets and stringers to prevent distortion of material. Long-term (6- 12 months) storage under uncontrolled environmental conditions should be avoided. 2. Suspension System: Store in manner that will prevent warping, scratches, or damage of any kind. 3. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit the to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handling: Handle in such manner to ensure against racking, distortion, or physical damage of any kind. D. Damaged or deteriorated materials should be removed from the premises. Immediately before installation, to stabilize tile and panels, store them at a location where temperature and humidity conditions duplicate those ambient during installation and anticipated for occupancy. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: All acoustical panel and suspension system components shall be produced and supplied by one manufacturer. Materials supplied by more than one manufacturer are not acceptable. B. Subcontractor qualifications: Installer shall have successful experience in the installation of suspended ceiling systems on projects with requirements similar to requirements specified. C. Fire performance charateristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E84 and complying with ASTM E1264 for class A products. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510-2 Flame spread: 25 or less. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 1.6' ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until building is enclosed, permanent heating and cooling equipment is in operation, and residual moisture from gypsum finishing and concrete work has dissipated. B. All ceiling products and suspension systems must be installed and maintained in accordance with Armstrong written installation instructions for that product in effect at the time of installations and best industry practice. Prior to installation, the ceiling must be kept clean and dry, in an environment that is between 32 degrees and 120 degrees and not subject to abnormal conditions. Abnormal conditions include exposure to chemical fumes, vibrations, moisture from conditions such as building leaks or condensation, excessive humidity or dirt and dust buildup. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Do not install interior ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof; wet work in place is completed and nominally dry; work above ceilings is complete and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity are continuously maintained at those values near those intended for final occupancy. Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of construction dust and debris. B. Coordination with other work: 1. General: Coordinate with other work supported by or penetrating through the ceiling, including mechanical and electrical work and partition systems. 2. Mechanical work: Ductwork above ceiling shall be complete. 3. Electrical work: Installation of conduit above ceiling shall be complete before installation of ceiling components. 4. Fire protection work: Fire protection lines and/or equipment occurring above ceiling shall be completed and tested before ceiling components are installed. C. Protection: 1. Personnel: Follow good safety and industrial hygiene practices during handling and installing of all products and systems, with personnel to take necessary precautions and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as needed. Read material safety data sheets and related literature for important information on products before installation. 2. Protect completed work above ceiling system from damage during installation of ceiling components. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Acoustical Panel: submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace acoustic panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to: 1. Acoustic panels: sagging warping as a result of defects in materials or factory workmanship. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510-3 2. Grid system: Rusting and manufacturer's defects. B. Warranty period: 1. Acoustic panels: one year from date of substantial completion. 2. Grid: ten years from substantial completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE A. Extra materials: Deliver extra materials to owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustic Ceiling Units: furnish quantity of units equal to 5 percent of amount installed. 2. Exposed Suspension components furnish quantity of each exposed suspension component equal to 2 percent of amount installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Substitutions: Equivalent substitutions permitted. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Metal Suspension System for Acoustical Panel Ceiling: 1. Grid: ASTM C635, commercial quality prefinished hot -dipped galvanized cold- rolled steel, exposed surfaces prefinished in manufacturer's standard baked in polyester paint. Armstrong: "Prelude ML 15116" Exposed Tee. 2. Main Beams: Double -web construction, web height 1-11116" with peaked roof top bulb and 15/16" bottom flange with prefinished galvanized steel capping. 3. Cross Tees: double web construction, web height 1-112" with peaked roof top bulb and 15116" flange with prefinished steel capping. 4. Wall Moldings: Hemmed angle molding with prefinished exposed flanges. 5. Grid Finish: White. 6. Hanger Wire and ties: ASTM A641, class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre - stretched, with a yield stress lead of at least three times the design load. B. Acoustic Panels Type ACT 1: 1. Surface texture: medium 2. Composition: mineral fiber 3. Color: white 4. Size: 24" x 24" x 5'8" 5. Edge Profile: angled Tegular for interface with Prelude ML 15116" Exposed Tee. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.55. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510-4 C 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton 33. 8. Emissions Testing: 13.5 ppb of fornialdehyde when used under typical conditions required by ASHRE Standard 62.1-2004, "Ventilation of acceptable indoor air quality" 9. Flame Spread: ASTM E1264; Class A (UL) 10. Light reflectance (LR) ASTM E 1477; white panel: Light reflectance: 0.82. 11. Dimensional Stability: Standard space enclosed, weatherproofed, HVAC systems operating. 12. Antimicrobial protection: none 13. Acceptable Product: Cortega Lay -in, 704 as manufactured by Armstrong World industries. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL CLOUD UNITS A. Acoustic Cloud: 1. Surface texture: Smooth 2. Composition: Fiberglass 3. Surface finish: DuraBrite Acoustically transparent membrane on front and edges 4. Color: Submit Pale Lemon, Pecan, Moss and Shell for selection by architect. 5. Shape: standard group a. Nominal 4 foot x 4 foot shapes 1) Concave, item #5442 6. Thickness: 718" 7. Edge detail: square edge 8. Flame spread (ASTM E84) Class A B. Attachment Systems: 1. Installation Hardware Kits for group suspension PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C636. B. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. C. CISCA Ceilings Systems Handbook. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive ceiling panels for conditions that will adversely affect installation. Provide written report of discrepancies. B. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510-5 3.3 3.4 C. Work to be concealed: Verify work above ceiling is complete and installed in manner that will not affect layout and installation of ceiling panels. D. Beginning of installation shall signify acceptance of conditions in areas to receive ceiling panels. E. Field dimensions must be verified prior to installation. INSTALLATION A. Standard reference: Install ceiling panels and suspension system, including necessary hangers, grillage, splines, and other supporting hardware, in accordance with ASTM C636, CISCA Ceiling Systems Handbook, (UL Design) and any applicable code requirements. B. Manufacturer's reference: Install ceiling panels in exposed grid systems, supported on all edges, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Drawing reference: Install ceiling panels in accordance with approved shop drawings. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system: 1. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for accurate fit at borders and around penetrations through tile. 2. Remove and replace any damaged tiles. CLEANING A. Suspension System: Remove panel material and perform any necessary cleaning maintenance with non -solvent based commercial cleaner. B. Touch up all minor scratches and spots, as acceptable, or replace damaged sections when touch-up is not permitted. C. Replace damaged and broken panels. D. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustic clouds per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Acoustical Ceilings 09510-6 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl floor tile and planks. 2. Resilient base. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit two samples, full size, illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instruction and data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years experience. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, and protected from the weather and from extremes of heat and cold. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store flooring, adhesives and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation at a temperature between 68°-72° F. The tiles, room and existing floor must be at room temperature (68°-72° F). C. Install flooring and accessories after the other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until they are sufficiently dry to achieve a bond with the adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture tests. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650- 1 X PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS LOW A. Fire Test Response Characteristics: For Resilient tile flooring, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 Wlsq. cm. 2. ASTM E 662 Smoke Density: <450. 3. ASTM F925 Chemical Resistance: Excellent. 4. Slip Resistance: ADA Compliant. B. Resistance to chemicals in accordance with ASTM F 925 over a 24 hour period: 1. Surface Dulling: No change. 2. Surface Attack: No change. 3. Color Change: No change. C. F1oorScore Compliance: Resilient tile flooring shall comply with requirements of F1oorScore certification. D. All adhesives shall meet or exceed the standards of Geenguard Certification and Greenguard Children & Schools Certification. 2.2 VINYL FLOOR TILE and PLANKS A. Products: Provide products manufactured by Centiva. 1. Planks: a. Series: Contour Plank b. Color: CP 0357-C NG Driftwood (confirm with Architect prior to ordering) C. Edge: SB (slight bevel) d. Size: 6" x 36" e. Surface Texture: NG (Natural Grain) f. Wearlayer: Provide thickest wearlayer available from manufacturer, Min. .030" rigid high density PVC. g. Substitutions: Not permitted Tiles: a. Series: Event Stones b. Color: NS 7112-E FR Cordovan Sandstone or NS 7210-E FR Roman Travertine final selection TBD (verify with Architect prior to ordering). C. Edge: SB (slight bevel) d. Size: 12" x 18" e. Surface Texture: FR (Frost) f. Wearlayer: Provide thickest wearlayer available from manufacturer, Min. .030" rigid high density PVC. g. Substitutions: Not permitted. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650-2 2.3 WALL BASE MATERIALS A. For top set wall base: Provide 1.8 in. thick, 4 in. high Annstrong Color -Integrated Wall Base with a matte finish, conforming to ASTM F 1861, Type TP - Rubber, Thermoplastic, Group 2 - Layered, Style B — Cove, in color to be selected by Architect. B. Provide preformed, coved external corners to match wall base. C. Substitutions permitted 2.4 ADHESIVES A. For Tile Installation System, Full Spread: Provide CENTI 6000 SP Adhesive under the tile as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. 1. Centi 6000 SP is recommended for porous and non -porous applications. It is the responsibility of the installer to determine whether or not the sub -floor to be covered is porous. To determine if a sub -floor is porous, place two droplets of water in various areas. If the sub -floor is porous, the water will be absorbed within a few seconds. B. Armstrong S-725 Wall Base Adhesive at the wall base as recommended by the wall base manufacturer. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Provide transition/reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material. B. Inspect subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing, sealing, parting and hardening compounds; residual adhesives; adhesive removers; and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond. Visually inspect for evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, dusting, mold, or mildew. C. Report conditions contrary to contract requirements that would prevent a proper installation. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650-3 D. Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to floor tile manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture - vapor -emission rate of 3 Ib of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform moisture test using ASTM F1869 (calcium chloride test) or ASTM F2170 (relative humidity). Moisture levels should not exceed 6 lbs11,000 sq. ft. (CC) or 75% relative humidity in a 24 hour time period. If test results exceed the limitations, the installation should not proceed until the problem is corrected. See ASTM F710 for additional information. 5. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. C. Do not install floor tiles until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor Tiles and Planks from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650-4 0 1. Layout Planks in a Row by Row Fashion with long dimension in an East-West direction. 2. Layout Tiles half -off (staggered joints) with long dimension in a North-South direction. 3. Mock-up (dry) orientation on site for review and approval by Architect prior to installing. C. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. D. Place cut edges against walls and not against other tiles with beveled edges. E. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. F. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of doors (in closed position) at flooring material changes. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. H. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections: 1. For porous sub -floors, apply adhesive using a 1/16 x 1/16 x 1/16 inch square notched trowel. Once troweled, the adhesive should be allowed to remain open (flash off) for 5-10 minutes before placement of the flooring material. Once placed, the material should be rolled immediately using a 100 lb roller. Remove any excess adhesive when rolling. 2. For non -porous sub -floors, apply adhesive using a 1/32 x 1/16 x 1/32 inch U - notched trowel. Adhesive must be allowed to dry to touch, so that there is little or no transfer of adhesive to the finger. Once the adhesive dries to the touch, it is ready to accept flooring material. Roll immediately after the flooring material has been placed into the adhesive with a 100 lb roller. Remove any excess adhesive when rolling. 3. From the time the adhesive is allowed to dry to the touch, to the time it must be covered is 30-40 minutes depending on temperature and humidity. If the adhesive is allowed to remain uncovered, after initially drying, for periods longer than recommended, a loss in adhesion strength will result. The installer must take care not to spread more adhesive than can be worked appropriately within the recommended time frame. 4. Remove wet adhesive immediately with a damp cloth. Use mineral spirits to remove dried adhesive. Do not apply solvents directly to flooring material as a loss of strength/gloss/texture may result. If a tile needs to be cleaned of excess adhesive material on the finished surface, use the solvent sparingly in a slight rubbing manner. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650-5 I. Restrict heavy foot traffic and rolling loads for 24 hours. Do not wash or wax the floor for a minimum of 48 hours after installation. K. Following installation, follow Manufacturer's recommended maintenance instruction for post -construction clean-up. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. .Apply top set wall base to walls, columns, casework, and other permanent fixtures in areas where top -set base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with inside corners fabricated from base materials that are mitered or coped. Tightly bond base to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. B. Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the resilient wall base or integral cove cap on masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates. C. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring, and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer. Install edge strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile. B. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Resilient Flooring 09650-6 SECTION 09770 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prefinished FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic) wall panels for sanitary environments. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. All materials unless otherwise indicated are to be Marlite** Brand. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Building should be fully enclosed prior to installation with sufficient heat (70° F) and ventilation consistent with good working conditions for finish work. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Materials are to be factory packaged on strong pallets. All materials are to be stored lying flat , under cover and protected from the elements. Panels should be allowed to acclimate to room temperature (70° F) for 48 hours prior to installation. 1.5 WARRANTY A. All products shall be warranted to be free from defects for a period of 30 days after delivery. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Marlite FRP panels shall be as provided by Marlite, 202 Harger Street, Dover, OH 44622, (330)343-6621. 2.2 MATERIALS A. All FRP wall panels shall be Marlite Standard FRP model S 118G in standard color as selected by architect. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. All trim specified shall be extruded rigid PVC (M 370 Edge) in color to match panels. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 09770- 1 Part 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Open cartons and carefully inspect all panels. B. Contact Marlite with questions or problems. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Panels must be applied over a smooth , solid, flat, clean subwall such as drywall or plywood. 3.3 CONDITIONING A. Panels should be opened and allowed to acclimate for 48 hours prior to installation. Room temperature should be approximately 70° F. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install all panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. All moldings must provide for a minimum 118 inch expansion joint to insure proper installation. C. C-551 Marlite FRP Adhesive is available in 3 112 gallon cans. A water-resistant, non- flammable adhesive, C-551 meets ASTM Specification C557. D. C-375 Marlite Construction Adhesive is available 3 112 gallon cans. A strong, flexible, water-resistant , solvent based adhesive formulated for fast, easy application, C-375 meets ASTM Specification C557. 3.5 SEALANT C. Marlite Brand Color Match Sealant. 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. Wipe down using a damp cloth and mild soap solution or cleaner. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations Do not use abrasive cleaners. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Fiberglass Reinforced Panels 09770-2 SECTION 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART l GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and field application of paints and other coatings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. If so directed by the Architect, submit samples during progress of the work of this section in the form of actual application of the approved materials on actual surfaces to be painted. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance and cleaning instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator that has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store and apply materials in environmental conditions required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 degrees F. B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 degrees F. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Paints and Coatings 09900- 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINTS AND COATINGS A. Manufacturers: Benjamin Moore. Substitutions: Not Permitted. B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC limits: 1. Paints used for interior walls must not exceed VOC limit of 50 grams/liter. 2. Anti -corrosive 1 anti -rust paints must not exceed the VOC Limit of 100 grams/liter. 3. Primers, sealers, and undercoats: must not exceed VOC limit of 100 grams/liter. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Coatings: Ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings of good flow and brushing properties, capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials required to achieve finishes specified. C. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoaters, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that site environmental conditions are appropriate for application of coatings specified. B. Immediately prior to coating application, ensure that surfaces to receive coatings are dry. C. Ensure that moisture -retaining substrates to receive coatings have moisture content within tolerances allowed by coating manufacturer, using moisture measurement techniques recommended by coating manufacturer. D. Immediately prior to coating application, examine surfaces to receive coatings for surface imperfections and for contaminants which could impair performance or appearance of coatings, including but not limited to, loose primer, rust, scale, oil grease, mildew, algae, or fungus, stains or marks, cracks, indentations, or abrasions. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Paints and Coatings 09900-2 O E. Correct the above conditions and any other conditions which could impair performance or appearance of coatings in accordance with specified surface preparation procedures before proceeding with coating application. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Do not start work until surfaces to be finished are in proper condition to produce finished surfaces of uniform, satisfactory appearance. B. Stains and Marks: Remove completely, if possible, using materials and methods recommended by coating manufacturer; seal with shellac or other coating acceptable to paint manufacturer stains and marks that might bleed through paint finishes which cannot be completely removed. C. Remove or protect hardware, electrical plates, mechanical grilles and louvers, lighting fixture trim, and other items not indicated to receive coatings which are adjacent to surfaces to receive coatings. D. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow substrate to thoroughly dry. E. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. F. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. G. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. H. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paint products in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply coatings to surfaces that are not dry. B. Apply each coat to uniform thickness and finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with each coat slightly darker than preceding coat. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before applying next coat. C. Remove dust and other foreign materials from substrate immediately prior to applying each coat. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Paints and Coatings 09900-3 3.4 SPECIAL PRECAUTION A. Should Owner elect to proceed with completion of second floor finishes DO NOT paint felt/fabric backing on perforated drywall ceiling. 3.5 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood - Painted: 1. Primer: Benjamin Moore Primer & Underlay; 1.4 to 1.7 Dry Mils. 2. Intermediate: Benjamin Moore Regal Select Waterborne Interior Paint Semi - Gloss; 1.5 to 1.7 Dry Mils 3. Finish Coat: Benjamin Moore Regal Select Waterborne Interior Paint Semi - Gloss; 1.5 to 1.7 Dry Mils. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Primer: Benjamin Moore Primer & Underlay; 1.4 to 1.7 Dry Mils. 2. Intermediate: Benjamin Moore Regal Select Waterborne Interior Paint Eggshell; 1.5 to 1.7 Dry Mils 3, Finish Coat: Benjamin Moore Regal Select Waterborne Interior Paint Eggshell; 1.5 to 1.7 Dry Mils 3.6 SCHEDULE — EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Wood — Painted 1. Primer: Latex for exterior wood 2. Intermediate coat: Latex matching finish coat 3. Finish coat: Latex exterior (match existing color and sheen) B. Cement siding — Painted 1. Primer: siding manufacturer primer 2. Intermediate coat: Latex matching finish coat. 3. Finish coat: latex, exterior (match existing color and sheen). 3.7 SCHEDULE - COLORS A. All interior gypsum board and wood surfaces: 1. Benjamin Moore Linen White (verify with Architect prior to ordering). B. All exterior surfaces 1. Match existing building siding and trim. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Paints and Coatings 09900-4 SECTION 14260 LIMITED USE / LIMITED APPLICATION ELEVATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Description of work: A. To furnish all labor and materials required to cover a complete installation of (one) roped hydraulic limited use/limited application (LU/LA) elevator. The elevator is to be installed in a first class workmanlike manner in accordance with the specifications and drawings provided. 1.2 Work By others: The following preparatory work to accommodate the elevator installation is to be done by others and is part of work of other sections. A. Hoistway: 1. A finished, plumb hoistway of proper size and construction conforming to ASME A17.11CSA B44-00, all applicable building codes, and the elevator layout drawings. 2. Adequate supports shall be provided for fastening rail brackets as indicated on the layout drawings. Supports must withstand rail forces indicated. 3. A poured pit conforming to all applicable codes and to the dimensions indicated on the layout drawings must be provided. The pit must be designed for the impact load indicated and must be guaranteed dry and level from wall to wall. A fixed pit ladder shall be provided when pit depth exceeds 3'-0". 4. Knock -out in walls between the machine room and elevator hoistway for routing hydraulic and electrical lines and for hall buttons shall be coordinated with the elevator contractor. 5. All wall patching, painting, and grouting by drywall and painting contractors. Finish painting of all hoistway doors and frames by painting contractor. 6. Adequate sill supports at each landing are to be provided for hoistway entrances. Swing door entrances (when provided) are to be installed by general contractor. 7. A lockable self-closing 2'-0" x 2'-0" governor access door with electric contact shall be provided in accordance with layout drawing (when required). B. Machine Room: 1. An adjacent machine room built to conform to the layout drawings, NFPA 70, ASME A17.1, and all applicable building code requirements. It shall have suitable access, a lockable door, a convenience outlet, and light switch. Machine room temperature must be maintained between 60 and 100 degrees Fahrenheit. Relative humidity not to exceed 95%. 2. A telephone line to the machine room and tied into the elevator controller as per ASME A17.1/CSA B44-00 safety codes. 3. Machine room vents as required by local code. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260- 1 C. Electrical requirements: 1. A 220VAC, three phase service (verify), with neutral, to a lockable safety disconnect switch, fused with time delay fuses shall be furnished in the machine room in accordance with NFPA 70. A normally open electric interlock contact is required in the switch for battery isolation. 2. A 120VAC, single phase, 15 AMP service to a lockable fused disconnect switch, or circuit breaker, located in the machine room shall be provided for the cab lighting in accordance with NFPA 70. 3. A pit light with switch and a GFI duplex receptacle shall be furnished in accordance with NFPA 70. 1.3 Quality Assurance: The elevator shall be designed, manufactured, installed, and inspected in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44-00 standards and all applicable regulations of federal, state, and local codes and ordinances as adopted by local agencies having jurisdiction. A. References: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 3. National Electric Code (NFPA 70) 4. CSA B44.1/ASME Al 7.5, elevator and escalator electrical equipment requirements. CSA B44-00 safety code for elevators. B. Qualifications: The installation shall be performed by a company with no less than (5) years of successful experience in the assembly and erection of similar type elevators and who has adequate product liability insurance. C. Regulatory Requirements: The elevator installer shall verify requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction and shall obtain and pay for necessary municipal and state permits and inspections as required, and make tests as called for by the regulations of such authorities. 1.4 Submittals: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers literature including product data, cab designs, color charts, signal fixtures, and specifications. B. Layout Drawings: Layout drawings shall be submitted showing the general arrangement of the elevator equipment including dimensions, clearances, location of machine equipment, and all loads and reactions imposed on pit and building structure Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer: The roped hydraulic LU/LA elevator shall be manufactured by Custom Elevator Manufacturing Co. Inc. Plumsteadville, PA. US. Toll Free 1-888-443-2800 or 215-766-3380 Fax 215-766-3385 and installed by Colorado Custom Elevator and Lift. Substitutions: Equivalent substitution permitted. A. Characteristics: 1. Type: Roped 1:2 Hydraulic 2. Capacity: 1400 lbs 3. Car Speed: 30 FPM 4. Operation: SAPB/single button collective 5. Travel: I V-0" 6. Number of Stops: 2 7. Number of Openings: 2 8. Inside Car Dimensions: 42" x 60" x 81" high. 9. Doors: 36" x 80" two speed, horizontal sliding. 10. Power Supply: 220 Volt, single phase, 60 Hz. 11. Cab Finish: Plastic Laminate. Use same woodgrain laminate as on interior doors. 12. Push Button Faceplates and Handrail Finish: Brushed stainless steel. 2.2 Equipment: A. Operation: Operation of the elevator shall be fully automatic. Control shall be single automatic push button or single button collective (field programmable); momentary pressure on any button will call or send the elevator to the corresponding landing and the car and hoistway doors shall open and close automatically. 1. Battery lowering: In the event of a power failure, the elevator shall automatically descend to the homepark landing, wait 30 seconds, then proceed to the bottom landing while monitoring all safety circuits. Elevator door(s) shall open and close automatically. Batteries are to have an automatic charging system. 2. Emergency car lighting: An emergency car light shall be furnished in the car operating panel that provides an illumination of not less than (.2) foot candles at a point (48) inches above the car floor and (11) inches in front of the car operating panel for a minimum of (4) hours. 3. Homepark feature: The elevator shall automatically return to a field programmable designated landing after one minute without use. 4. Automatic car light timer: With the in car light key switch in the "on" position, the cab lights shall time out automatically after (3) minutes and illuminate automatically when the elevator is called to a landing. 5. Automatic two-way leveling: The leveling device shall automatically stop and maintain the car within '/2 inch of the landing regardless of the change in load. 6. Low oil control: A low oil control feature shall be provided designed to automatically cause an up traveling car to descend to the lowest terminal landing Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use / Limited Application Elevators 14260-3 if the elevator should fail to reach a landing in a predetermined time or if the system does not have a sufficient reservoir of oil. Inspection operation: Inspection operation shall be provided on the top of the car and from the main controller located in the machine room. Controller inspection shall be rendered inoperable when on top -of -car inspection. Inspection operating stations shall consist of a transfer switch and constant pressure "up", "down", and enable buttons. Top -of -car inspection station shall include an emergency stop, GFI protected duplex outlet, and a guarded light with a light switch. Controller shall be prepared with car and hoistway door bypass switches in accordance with ASME A17.11CSA B44-00 safety codes. Hoistway access switch: A (3) position spring return key switch shall be furnished adjacent to the top landing door used to permit movement of the car with the top landing door and car door in the open position allowing service personnel to gain access to the car top when the distance from the top of the car to the landing sill exceeds (35) inches when the car is level with the landing below. B. Control System: A microprocessor based control system certified and labeled to the requirements of CAN/CSA- B44.11ASME A17.5 shall be provided. It shall include a motor starter with a potential relay, motor overload device, an uninterrupted power supply with battery charging circuit, and redundant device circuits that prevent the car from moving in the occurrence of a single ground or failure of any critical circuit contactors or relays and such devices shall be monitored prior to each start to assure that these devices are functioning in there intended manner. All circuits shall be fuse protected. All to be enclosed in a single key lockable cabinet. C. Hydraulic Power: The hydraulic power unit shall include a submersible motor, rotary screw type pump, two- speed control valve, and oil reservoir with an oil level gauge. The control valve shall include a safety check valve, up and down acceleration, deceleration, leveling, and soft stop adjustments, pressure relief valve, manual lowering valve, constant down speed regulation, pressure gauge with shutoff, negative pressure switch, and manual shutoff valve all mounted and enclosed in a compact unit assembly with a key lockable cover. D. Plunger and Cylinder: The cylinder shall be constructed of steel pipe with a steel bulkplate welded to the lower end and a cylinder head welded on the upper end which houses the self-adjusting packing, bearings, wiper, air bleeder, and leach line hose. The plunger shall be manufactured from accurately ground and polished tubing fitted with a steel stop ring welded to the bottom to prevent the plunger from leaving the cylinder in the up direction. E. Pipe and Rupture Valve: An automatic shut off valve at the cylinder inlet shall be provided to stop and hold the elevator in the event of a main oil line failure or if the elevator should overspeed in the down direction. F. Car Frame and Platform: Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260-4 The car frame shall be fabricated from structural and formed steel members, welded and bolted construction, of the cantilevered design. It shall be fitted with roller guide shoes, car safeties, and a slack cable switch that will disconnect power to the control valve if a rope should be become slack or broken. The car platform shall be fabricated from steel framing covered with plywood protected with a fire retardant material. A toe guard shall be provided at each car entrance extending below the platform. G. Car Suspension: The elevator car frame shall be suspended by (3) 318" diameter, 6 X 19, traction steel cables. The cables shall dead end to the pit steel on one end, pass over a "U" groove sheave, and attach to the car safety device with approved type wedge sockets. H. Overspeed Governor: An overspeed governor shall be provided in the overhead and a tension weight with Idler sheave shall be located in the pit. The governor cable shall be '/a" 8 x 19 traction steel and attach to the car safety device. The governor shall be designed to activate the car safeties in the event of an overspeed in the down direction. Governor shall be self resetting and be provided with means to seal the tripping speed adjustment. Guide Rails: The car guide rails shall consist of (2) machined steel "tee" sections, no less than 8 lb. per foot, securely fastened to the hoistway structure with steel brackets. All rail end sections shall be tongue & groove type joined with steel splice plates. Spring Buffers: Spring buffers shall be furnished in the pit when pit depth exceeds (2 1) inches. Buffers shall have sufficient load and stroke ratings in accordance with applicable codes. K. Car Operating Panel: Car operating panel shall consist of metal lens call pushbuttons with red LED halo lighting and Braille tags for each landing, door open buttons, an alarm button, emergency stop key switch. Light key switch, emergency light, integral phone box with telephone, and a digital car position indicator with direction arrows and audible signal all mounted onto a brushed stainless steel faceplate. L. Landing Controls: Landing control stations shall consist of a metal lens call button with red LED halo lighting mounted onto a brushed stainless steel faceplate. M. Hoistway Doors Each hoistway entrance shall consist of a two speed horizontal sliding reinforced hollow metal UL -13 1-112 hour fire rated door and frame assembly with prime (paintable) finish and extruded aluminum sill. Each opening shall be protected with an electro -mechanical interlock to prevent operation of the elevator unless all doors are closed and locked. N. Car Doors: Each car entrance shall be provided with a two speed horizontal sliding reinforced hollow metal door panels faced with brushed stainless steel finish. An electric contact shall be provided on each car door opening to prevent operation of the elevator unless the car Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260-5 M M door(s) are in the fully closed position. Car doors shall be equipped with a zone lock used to prevent opening of the car doors unless the car is within a landing zone. O. Door Operator: A heavy duty DC master door operator with adjustable speed and torque shall be provided for each cab opening operable even during a power failure. Door operation shall be smooth and quiet through belt transmission and door movement shall be cushioned or checked at both limits of travel. Car doors shall be equipped with a clutch used to unlock and control the individual landing doors. Doors shall open automatically at each landing upon arrival of the car then close after a predetermined time interval. P. Door Safety Edge: Each car door shall be equipped with a full height infrared light curtain that will cause the doors to stop and reverse when closing if an obstruction is detected in the door openings. The door shall return to its open position and remain open for a predetermined time then close automatically. Q. Door Hanger and Tracks: Door hangers and tracks shall be provided for each car and hoistway entrances. Track shall be rolled steel with working surfaces contoured to match the door Hanger rollers. Hangers shall be designed for two point suspension of each door panel and shall be equipped with up thrust rollers on each hanger assembly including a secondary upthrust retainer device. A cable drive shall be used to transmit motion form one car door panel to the other and a secondary door interlock devices shall be furnished to prevent the doors from ever separating. All hanger rollers shall have polyurethane tires with pre - lubricated and sealed bearings. R. Car Enclosure: 1. WALLS: 3/4" thick fire rated wood core panels with plastic laminate faced interior and black -filled reveals to simulate applied panels. 2. CAR ENTRANCE: Strike column, return post, and transom shall be #4 brushed stainless steel. 3. CAR DOORS: Two -speed, side slide, reinforced hollow metal construction, faced on the interior with #4 brushed stainless steel finish. 4. CANOPY/LIGHTING: Canopy shall be steel with baked enamel white finish. Florescent lighting above a removable thermoclear panel drop ceiling supported in a aluminum "T" frame shall be furnished. 5. HANDRAIL: 318" x 2" #4 brushed stainless steel handrail shall be furnished on (1) side wall. 6. VENTILATION: Adequate protected vent openings shall be furnished in the car canopy and cab wall base. S. Electrical Wiring: All wiring and electrical materials shall conform to NFPA 70 and with all applicable codes. Insulated wiring shall have flame-retardant and moisture proof outer covering and shall be run in conduit or electrical wireways as required. Traveling cables shall be flexible and suitably suspended to relieve strain. A pit stop switch located near and accessible from the lowest landing hoistway door shall be furnished. Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260-6 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION Elevator installer shall verify dimensions of hoistway, pit, machine room, and inspect conditions of supports and structure prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION The elevator shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall conform to ASME A17.11CSA B44-00 and all state and local code requirements. 3.3 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Upon completion of the installation, the owner shall be instructed on the elevator's operation, safety precautions, and maintenance requirements. The owner shall be supplied with an owner's manual to retain for reference. 3.4 MAINTENANCE The elevator shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and all applicable codes. 3.5 WARRANTY The elevator shall have a (2) year limited parts warranty. END OF SECTION Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition Limited Use 1 Limited Application Elevators 14260-7 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Grout. 7. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 8. Concrete bases. 9. Supports and anchorages. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and plumbing equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Plumbing Fixtures to the architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-1 B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 2.3 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME 131.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: ASME 816.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8 -inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAg1, unless otherwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12. DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. AES I 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-2 E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-3 2.7 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. N. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. AES I 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-4 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. O. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. P. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. R. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-5 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.5 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000 -psi, 28 -day compressive -strength concrete and reinforcement as specified it Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-6 C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.7 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor plumbing materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.8 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 220500 AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-7 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220513 LAKE CREEK HSP COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, pump motors for use on ac power systems up to120 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in plumbing equipment schedules or Sections. B. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 8,150 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C. Service Factor: 1.15. AESI 27210 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING 220513-1 D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. G. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. H. Insulation: Class F. I. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. J. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable -torque, permanent -split -capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal -protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 220513 AESI 27210 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING 220513-2 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220516 LAKE CREEK HSP EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal -bellows expansion joints. 2. Pipe bends and loops. 3. Alignment guides and anchors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Delegated -Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and bends. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. 4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. C. Welding certificates. D. Product certificates. E. Maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. Welding to Piping: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Metal -Bellows Expansion Joints: ASTM F 1120, circular -corrugated -bellows type with external tie rods. AESI 27210 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING 220516-1 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Adsco Manufacturing, LLC. b. Expansion Joint Systems, Inc. C. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. d. Flexicraft Industries. e. Flex -Pression, Ltd. f. Metraflex, Inc. 3. Metal -Bellows Expansion Joints for Copper Piping: Single- or multiple -ply phosphor -bronze bellows, copper pipe end connections, and brass shrouds. 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Configuration: Single- or double -bellows type, unless otherwise indicated. 6. End Connections: Flanged or weld. 2.2 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Description: Steel, factory fabricated, with bolted two -section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two -section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. Adsco Manufacturing, LLC. b. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. C. Flexicraft Industries. d. Metraflex, Inc. e. 2.3 MATERIALS FOR ANCHORS A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.10 or ASTM A 183, steel, hex head. C. Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers. D. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert -wedge -type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, and tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. 1. Stud: Threaded, zinc -coated carbon steel. 2. Expansion Plug: Zinc -coated steel. 3. Washer and Nut: Zinc -coated steel. E. Concrete: Portland cement mix, 3000 psi minimum. Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for formwork, reinforcement, and concrete. F. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. AESI 27210 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING 220516-2 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXPANSION -JOINT INSTALLATION A. Install manufactured, nonmetallic expansion joints according to FSA's "Technical Handbook: Non - Metallic Expansion Joints and Flexible Pipe Connectors." B. Install expansion joints of sizes matching size of piping in which they are installed. C. Install alignment guides to allow expansion and to avoid end -loading and torsional stress. 3.2 PIPE BEND AND LOOP INSTALLATION A. Install pipe bends and loops cold -sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. B. Attach pipe bends and loops to anchors. 1. Steel Anchors: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME 831.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 2. Concrete Anchors: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 SWING CONNECTIONS A. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. B. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in riser. C. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in main. 3.4 ALIGNMENT -GUIDE INSTALLATION A. Install guides on piping adjoining pipe expansion fittings and loops. B. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. 3.5 ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. B. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars to piping and to structure. Comply with ASME 831.9 and AWS D1.1. AESI 27210 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING 220516-3 C. Construct concrete anchors of poured -in-place concrete of dimensions indicated and include embedded fasteners. D. Install pipe anchors according to expansion -joint manufacturer's written instructions if expansion joints are indicated. E. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for expansion fittings, guides, and anchors installed on or in concrete. END OF SECTION 220516 AESI 27210 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING 220516-4 N ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220519 LAKE CREEK HSP METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermometers. 2. Gages. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL -CASE, LIQUID -IN -GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Palmer -Wahl Instruments Inc. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 4. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. C. Case: Die-cast aluminum, 7 inches long. D. Tube: Red or blue reading, mercury filled, with magnifying lens. E. Tube Background: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. F. Window: Glass. G. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. H. Stem: Copper -plated steel, aluminum, or brass for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. I. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. AESI 27210 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519-1 X 2.2 BIMETALLIC -ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 2. Tel -Tru Manufacturing Company. 3. Trerice, H. O. Co. 4. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 5. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 6. WIKA Instrument Corporation. C. Description: Direct -mounting, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME 840.3. D. Case: Liquid -filled type, stainless steel with 3 -inch diameter. E. Element: Bimetal coil. F. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. G. Pointer: Red metal. H. Window: Glass. I. Ring: Stainless steel. J. Connector: Adjustable angle type. K. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. L. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.3 THERMOWELLS A. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. B. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.4 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. AESI 27210 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519-2 C. Direct -Mounting, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: Indicating -dial type complying with ASME B40.100. 1. Case: Liquid -filled type, drawn steel or cast aluminum, 4 -1/2 -inch diameter. 2. Pressure -Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom -outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Pointer: Red metal. 7. Window: Glass. 8. Ring: Metal. 9. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale. 10. Vacuum -Pressure Range: 30 -in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure. 11. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. D. Pressure -Gage Fittings: 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless-steel needle type. 2. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion -resistant, porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 THERMOMETER APPLICATIONS A. Install liquid -in -glass thermometers in the outlet of each domestic, hot-water storage tank. B. Install liquid -filled -case -type, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers at suction and discharge of each pump. C. Provide the following temperature ranges for thermometers: Domestic Hot Water: 30 to 180 deg F, with 2 -degree scale divisions. Domestic Cold Water: 0 to 100 deg F, with 2 -degree scale divisions. 3.2 GAGE APPLICATIONS A. Install dry -case -type pressure gages for discharge of each pressure -reducing valve. B. Install liquid -filled -case -type pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump. 3.3 INSTALLATIONS A. Install direct -mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches into fluid and in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are indicated. C. Install direct -mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. D. Install needle -valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage. AESI 27210 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519-3 E. Install thermometers and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for thermometers, gages, machines, and equipment. F. Adjust faces of thermometers and gages to proper angle for best visibility. END OF SECTION 220519 AESI 27210 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519-4 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220523 LAKE CREEK HSP GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following general -duty valves: 1. Copper -alloy ball valves. 2. Copper -alloy butterfly valves. 3. Bronze check valves. 4. Spring-loaded, lift -disc check valves. 5. Bronze gate valves. 6. Bronze globe valves. B. See Division 21 fire -suppression piping and fire pump Sections for fire -protection valves. C. See Division 22 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include rated capacities; furnished specialties; and accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME B16.10 and ASME 816.34 for dimension and design criteria. B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-1 M 2.2 VALVES, GENERAL A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. B. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. C. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Actuators: 1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 2. Lever Handle: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves. G. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. H. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and ASME 816.24 for bronze valves. I. Valve Grooved Ends: AWWA C606. 1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. a. Caution: Use solder with melting point below 840 deg F for angle, check, gate, and globe valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves. 2. Threaded: With threads according to ASME 131.20.1. J. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP -45. 2.3 COPPER -ALLOY BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. One -Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corporation. e. Jamesbury, Inc. f. NIBCO INC. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Two -Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Flow -Tek, Inc. e. Grinnell Corporation. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-2 2.4 f. Hammond Valve. g. Honeywell Braukmann. h. Jamesbury, Inc. L Milwaukee Valve Company. j. NIBCO INC. k. Red -White Valve Corp. I. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Copper -Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP -110. C. One -Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with chrome -plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 400-psig CWP rating. D. Two -Piece, Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with full -port, chrome -plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600-psig minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. COPPER -ALLOY BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Flangeless, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. C. Grinnell Corporation. d. Hammond Valve. e. Metraflex Co. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. Mueller Steam Specialty. h. NIBCO INC. i. Red -White Valve Corp. j. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Single -Flange, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. C. Grinnell Corporation. d. Hammond Valve. e. Metraflex Co. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. Mueller Steam Specialty. h. NIBCO INC. i. Red -White Valve Corp. j. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves, General: MSS SP -67, Type I, for tight shutoff, with disc and lining suitable for potable water, unless otherwise indicated. C. Flangeless, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one- or two-piece stem. D. Flangeless, 175-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one- or two-piece stem. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-3 E. F. G. H. J. 2.5 x Flangeless, 200-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one- or two-piece stem. Flangeless, 250-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one- or two-piece stem. Single -Flange, 150-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type with one- or two-piece stem. Single -Flange, 175-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type with one- or two-piece stem. Single -Flange, 200-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type with one- or two-piece stem. Single -Flange, 250-psig CWP Rating, Copper -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type with one- or two-piece stem. BRONZE CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1 2. 3. Type 1, Bronze, Horizontal Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Walworth Co. Type 2, Bronze, Vertical Lift Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Red -White Valve Corp. Type 3, Bronze, Swing Check Valves with Metal Disc: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Cincinnati Valve Co. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. L Powell, Wm. Co. j. Red -White Valve Corp. k. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. I. Milwaukee Valve Company. M. NIBCO INC. n. Red -White Valve Corp. o. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-4 B. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP -80. C. Type 3, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. D. Type 3, Class 150, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. E. Type 3, Class 200, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc and seat. 2.6 SPRING-LOADED, LIFT -DISC CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type I, Wafer Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Mueller Steam Specialty. 2. Type II, Compact -Wafer, Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Durabla Fluid Technology, Inc. b. Flomatic Valves. C. Grinnell Corporation. d. Hammond Valve. e. Metraflex Co. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. Mueller Steam Specialty. h. NIBCO INC. 3. Type III, Globe Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Durabla Fluid Technology, Inc. b. Flomatic Valves. C. Grinnell Corporation. d. Hammond Valve. e. Metraflex Co. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. Multiplex Manufacturing Co. h. NIBCO INC. 4. Type IV, Threaded Lift -Disc Check Valves: a. Check -All Valve Mfg. Co. b. Grinnell Corporation. C. Metraflex Co. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. Mueller Steam Specialty. f. NIBCO INC. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Lift -Disc Check Valves, General: FCI 74-1, with spring-loaded bronze or alloy disc and bronze or alloy seat. C. Type I, Class 125, Wafer Lift -Disc Check Valves: Wafer style with cast-iron shell with diameter matching companion flanges. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-5 D. Type I, Class 250, Wafer Lift -Disc Check Valves: Wafer style with cast-iron shell with diameter matching companion flanges. E. Type II, Class 125, Compact -Wafer, Lift -Disc Check Valves: Compact -wafer style with cast-iron shell with diameter made to fit within bolt circle. F. Type II, Class 250, Compact -Wafer, Lift -Disc Check Valves: Compact -wafer style with cast-iron shell with diameter made to fit within bolt circle. G. Type III, Class 125, Globe Lift -Disc Check Valves: Globe style with cast-iron shell and flanged ends. H. Type III, Class 250, Globe Lift -Disc Check Valves: Globe style with cast-iron shell and flanged ends. I. Type IV, Class 125, Threaded Lift -Disc Check Valves: Threaded style with bronze shell and threaded ends. J. Type IV, Class 150, Threaded Lift -Disc Check Valves: Threaded style with bronze shell and threaded ends. 2.7 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze, Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corporation. e. Hammond Valve. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corp. i. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Type 2, Bronze, Rising -Stem, Solid -Wedge Gate Valves: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. L Powell, Wm. Co. j. Red -White Valve Corp. B. Bronze Gate Valves, General: MSS SP -80, with ferrous -alloy handwheel. C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with nonrising stem and bronze solid wedge. D. Type 1, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with nonrising stem and bronze solid wedge. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-6 E. Type 1, Class 200, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with nonrising stem and bronze solid wedge. F. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze solid wedge. G. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze solid wedge. H. Type 2, Class 200, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze solid wedge. 2.8 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Type 1, Bronze Globe Valves with Metal Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corporation. e. Hammond Valve. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corp. i. Walworth Co. 2. Type 2, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corporation. e. Hammond Valve. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red -White Valve Corp. B. Bronze Globe Valves, General: MSS SP -80, with ferrous -alloy handwheel. C. Type 1, Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc. D. Type 1, Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc. E. Type 1, Class 200, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with bronze disc. F. Type 2, Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with PTFE or TFE disc. G. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with PTFE or TFE disc. H. Type 2, Class 200, Bronze Globe Valves: Bronze body with PTFE or TFE disc. AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly, or gate valves. 2. Throttling Service: Angle, ball, butterfly, or globe valves. 3. Pump Discharge: Spring-loaded, lift -disc check valves. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged, 150-psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 4. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, horizontal or vertical, bronze. 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 4, Class 125, bronze. 6. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type II, Class 125, gray iron. 7. Wafer Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Single -plate, wafer, Class 125 or 150, ferrous alloy. 8. Spring -Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type IV, Class 125 minimum. 9. Spring -Loaded, Lift -Disc Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, cast iron. 10. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 1, Class 125, bronze. 11. Gate Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, OS&Y, bronze -mounted cast iron. 12. Globe Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125, bronze. 13. Globe Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, bronze -mounted cast iron. D. Sanitary Waste Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig CWP rating, copper alloy. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Class 150, ferrous alloy. 3. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 3, Class 125, bronze. 4. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, gray iron. 5. Gate Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 1, Class 125, bronze. 6. Gate Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, OS&Y, bronze -mounted cast iron. 7. Globe Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Type 1, Class 125, bronze. 8. Globe Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Type I, Class 125, cast iron. E. Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Solder joint or threaded ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. AES I 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-8 O 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. C. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Dual -Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead -free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 ADJUSTING 1. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. END OF SECTION 220523 AESI 27210 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523-9 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220529 LAKE CREEK HSP HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Equipment supports. B. See Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. C. See Division 21 Section "Water -Based Fire -Suppression Systems" for pipe hangers for fire - suppression piping. D. See Division 22 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. E. See Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Design seismic -restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-1 3. Powder -actuated fastener systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2. STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. 2. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 3. Empire Industries, Inc. 4. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. 5. Grinnell Corp. 6. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 7. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 8. PHS Industries, Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-2 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U -bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100-psig- minimum, compressive -strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 3. Value Engineered Products. Inc. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. D. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-3 b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. C. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Powers Fasteners. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. C. Hilti, Inc. d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-4 F. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. U -Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 7. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. G. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C -Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C -Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib. 8. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-5 J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches. 2. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. L. Comply with MSS SP -69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-6 (� 1 F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. M. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 3. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 7. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-7 C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing - repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 220529 AESI 27210 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529-8 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Isolation pads. 2. Isolation mounts. 3. Housed spring mounts. 4. Elastomeric hangers. 5. Spring hangers. 6. Spring hangers with vertical -limit stops. 7. Pipe riser resilient supports. 8. Resilient pipe guides. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Welding certificates. C. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. D. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 220548 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING A. Comply with seismic -restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic -restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and shall bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproved by ICC -ES, or preapproved by another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic -restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic -restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. AESI 27210 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220548-1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. 2. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 3. California Dynamics Corporation. 4. Isolation Technology, Inc. 5. Kinetics Noise Control. 6. Mason Industries. 7. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 8. Vibration Isolation. 9. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. D. Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized -steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. Resilient Material: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. E. Mounts: Double -deflection type, with molded, oil -resistant rubber, hermetically sealed compressed fiberglass, or neoprene isolator elements with factory -drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Materials: Cast -ductile -iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock -absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge - bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open -spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4 -inch- thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 7. or failure. G. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. AESI 27210 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220548-2 1. Housing: Ductile -iron or steel housing to provide all -directional seismic restraint. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4 -inch travel up or down before contacting a resilient collar. H. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double -deflection type, fitted with molded, oil -resistant elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. Spring Hangers: Combination coll-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel -washer -reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. Spring Hangers with Vertical -Limit Stop: Combination coil -spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical -limit stop. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up -stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. K. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All -directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2 -inch- thick neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical -limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all directions. L. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement separated by a minimum of 1/2 -inch- thick neoprene. Where clearances are not readily visible, a factory -set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction shall be fitted. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. AESI 27210 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220548-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an evaluation service member of ICC -ES. B. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.2 VIBRATION -CONTROL AND SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inches. 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC -ES providing required submittals for component. B. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP -127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. C. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. D. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC - ES providing required submittals for component. E. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. F. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. G. Drilled -in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. AESI 27210 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220548-4 5. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. 4. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 6. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 7. Measure isolator deflection. 8. If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is comp#ete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. 1. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 220548 AESI 27210 VIBRATION ISOLATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220548-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 220553 LAKE CREEK HSP IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220553-1 & EQUIPMENT 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Black. C. Background Color: White. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220553-2 & EQUIPMENT PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section 'Interior Painting." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Domestic Water Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. 2. Sanitary Waste Piping: a. Background Color: White. b. Letter Color: Black. END OF SECTION 220553 AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220553-3 & EQUIPMENT X ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Cellular glass. b. Flexible elastomeric. C. Mineral fiber. d. Polyolefin. e. Polystyrene. 2. Insulating cements. 3. Adhesives. 4. Mastics. 5. Sealants. 6. Factory -applied jackets. 7. Field -applied fabric -reinforcing mesh. 8. Field -applied jackets. 9. Tapes. 10. Securements. 11. Corner angles. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 21 Section "Fire -Suppression Systems Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 8. Detail field application for each equipment type. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-1 1.3 C. Field quality -control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test -response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors of 150 or less. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: Cell -U -Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K. 2. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. 3. Special -Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. 4. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. 6. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory -Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. 7. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. G. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-2 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. C. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180. H. High -Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type V, without factory -applied jacket. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Johns Manville; HTB 23 Spin-Glas. b. Owens Corning; High Temperature Flexible Batt Insulations. High -Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory -applied jacket. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. b. Johns Manville; 1000 Series Spin-Glas. C. Owens Corning; High Temperature Industrial Board Insulations. d. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta Board. e. Roxul Inc.; Roxul RW. f. Thermafiber; Thermafiber Industrial Felt. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. C. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A,with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. K. Mineral -Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory -applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 Ib/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k -value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. C. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-3 L. Polystyrene: Rigid, extruded cellular polystyrene intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C 578, Type IV or Type XIII, except thermal conductivity (k -value) shall not exceed 0.26 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F after 180 days of aging. Fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Styrofoam. b. Knauf Insulation; Knauf Polystyrene. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik -Cote. C. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular -Glass Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -96. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33. C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. C. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive. D. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. AES I 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-4 E. Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent- or water-based, synthetic resin adhesive with a service temperature range of minus 20 to plus 140 deg F. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -96. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 97-13. F. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. G. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns -Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Red Devil, Inc.; Celulon Ultra Clear. e. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive. 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL -C - 19565C, Type II. B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -35. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -50. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40. f. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -10. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-5 b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -05/15. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. f. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: Joint Sealants for Cellular -Glass Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. f. Vimasco Corporation; 750. Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -70. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45/30-46. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 3. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 4. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 6. Color: White or gray. B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76-8. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-6 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 2.6 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory - applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type Il. 4. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame - spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame - spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 6. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 2.7 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch, in a Leno weave, for equipment and pipe. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-7 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; Mast -A -Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354- C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. C. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories. 5. Factory -fabricated tank heads and tank side panels. C. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005, Temper H-14. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil- thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil- thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows. C. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-8 2.9 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. b. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. b. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. b. Compac Corp.; 130. C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. d. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf/inch in width. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-9 a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. b. Compac Corp.; 120. C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf/inch in width. E. PVDC Tape: White vapor -retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Film Thickness: 4 mils. 4. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 5. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf/inch in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing or closed seal. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products; Bands. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. C. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-10 2. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers. b. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 3. Self -Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series TSA. 2) GEMCO; Press and Peel. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick. b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. C. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive -backed base with a peel -off protective cover. 4. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC -150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA -150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 5. Nonmetal Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch- thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) GEMCO. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-11 C. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 -inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.080 -inch nickel -copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. C & F Wire. b. Childers Products. C. PABCO Metals Corporation. d. RPR Products, Inc. 2.11 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. AES I 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-12 H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-112 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-13 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-14 with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams. and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-15 3.5 CELLULAR -GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular - glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular -glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.6 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. AES I 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-16 { C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seat with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-17 Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.8 POLYSTYRENE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation with tape or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. 2. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor -barrier system. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, same thickness of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1 -1/2 -inch thickness. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polystyrene block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed section of polystyrene insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.9 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor -barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. AES I 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-18 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. D. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. 2. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. 3. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. 4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches or less. The 33 -1/2 -inch- circumference limit allows for 2 -inch- overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. 5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges. 3.10 FINISHES A. Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-19 C. 3.12 A. B. 1. Inspect field -insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. 2. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field - applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. C. Heat -Exchanger (Water -to -Water for Domestic Water Heating Service) Insulation: Mineral -Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches thick. D. Domestic water, domestic chilled -water (potable), and domestic hot-water hydropneumatic tank insulation shall be the following: E. F. 3.13 A. B. 3.14 A. 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral -Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. 3. Polyolefin: 1 inch thick. Domestic Hot -Water Storage Tank Insulation: Mineral -Fiber Pipe and Tank: 4 inches thick. Piping System Filter -Housing Insulation: Mineral -Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches thick. PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be one of the following: 1. 2. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. AES I 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-20 3. Polyolefin: 1 inch thick. B. Domestic Chilled Water (Potable): Insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 3. Polyolefin: 1 inch thick. C. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: Insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 2. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 3. Polyolefin: 1 inch thick. END OF SECTION 220700 AESI 27210 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-21 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 221116 LAKE CREEK HSP DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building. B. Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility company. C. See Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure gages, and fittings. D. See Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NSF 14, 'Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials," for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components. B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. C. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought - copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded ends. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-1 D. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought - copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder joint ends. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder -joint or threaded ends. E. AQUA PEX Tube: ASTM F876 and F877 and NSF Standard 14 & 61. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder joint fittings. Furnish wrought - copper fittings if indicated. 2.2 VALVES A. Bronze and cast-iron, general -duty valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." B. Balancing and drain valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fitting Option: Extruded -tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. D. Under -Building -Slab, Water -Service Piping on Service Side of Water Meter: Refer to Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping." E. Domestic Water Piping on Service Side of Water Meter inside the Building: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Steel pipe; gray -iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. F. Under -Building -Slab, Domestic Water Piping on House Side of Water Meter, NPS 4 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-2 G. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 2. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6: Steel pipe; gray -iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Hot -Water -Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 1. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Install stop -and -waste drain valves where indicated. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." E. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Calibrated balancing valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Install under -building -slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." D. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Pressure gages are specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping," and drain valves and strainers are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-3 E. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. F. Rough -in domestic water piping for water -meter installation according to utility company's requirements. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead -free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. C. Extruded -Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. 3.6 ROUGHING -IN FOR WATER METERS A. Rough -in domestic water piping for water meter installation according to utility company's requirements. B. Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. if indicated. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. E. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8 -inch rod. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-4 4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8 -inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. B. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-5 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test domestic water piping as follows: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping using purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 221116 AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116-6 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure -reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Strainers. 6. Drain valves. 7. Water hammer arresters. 8. Pro Set trap Guards. 9. Domestic water shut-off valves B. See Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters. C. See Division 22 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers. D. Domestic Water Filtration Equipment sizing and specification shall be provided by water treatment sub -contractor. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. D. Match finishes of domestic water shut-off valves located at fixtures in residential areas with fixtures, fittings and faucets finish. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pipe -Applied, Atmospheric -Type Vacuum Breakers: AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-1 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. Cash Acme. C. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1001. 4. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3, as required to match connected piping. 5. Body: Bronze. 6. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 7. Finish: Rough bronze. B. Hose -Connection Vacuum Breakers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. b. Cash Acme. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Woodford Manufacturing Company. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1001. 4. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden -hose threaded complying with ASME 81.20.7. 6. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated. 2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Intermediate Atmospheric -Vent Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cash Acme. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. C. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1012. 4. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 5. Size: NPS 3/4. 6. Body: Bronze. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-2 7. End Connections: Union, solder joint. 8. Finish: Chrome plated. 9. B. Reduced -Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Standard: ASSE 1013. 5. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 6. Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 7. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 8. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. 9. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger. b. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME Al 12.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. C. Double -Check Backflow -Prevention Assemblies: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Ames Co. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Standard: ASSE 1015. 5. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 7. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 8. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 9. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. 10. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate -type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger. D. Backflow-Preventer Test Kits: AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-3 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. C. Flomatic Corporation. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 4. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test - procedure instructions. 2.3 WATER PRESSURE -REDUCING VALVES A. Water Regulators: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cash Acme. b. Honeywell Water Controls. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. 3. Standard: ASSE 1003. 4. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig. 5. Body: Bronze with chrome -plated finish for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. 6. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 7. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3. 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A. Memory -Stop Balancing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Hammond Valve. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Red -White Valve Corp. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-4 2.5 2.6 3. Standard: MSS SP -110 for two-piece, copper -alloy ball valves. 4. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP. 5. Size: NPS 2 or smaller. 6. Body: Copper alloy. 7. Port: Standard or full port. 8. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 9. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 10. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. 11. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel with memory -setting device. STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y -Pattern Strainers: 2.7 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or FDA -approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size: a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch. b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch. C. Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch. Drain: Factory -installed, hose -end drain valve. DRAIN VALVES A. Ball -Valve -Type, Hose -End Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP -110 for standard -port, two-piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP. 3. Size: NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl -covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden -hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water Hammer Arresters: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Josam Company. AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-5 C. MIFAB, Inc. d. PPP Inc. e. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. f. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. g. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. h. Watts Drainage Products Inc. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI -WH 201. 4. Type: Metal bellows. 5. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI -WH 201, Sizes A through F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. C. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. E. Install temperature -actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. Install thermometers and water regulators if specified. 2. Install cabinet -type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. F. Install Y -pattern strainers for water on supply side of each control valve, water pressure -reducing valve, solenoid valve, and pump. G. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI -WH 201. H. Install supply -type, trap -seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor -drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. J. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic -laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-6 1. Intermediate atmospheric -vent backflow preventers. 2. Reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventers. 3. Double-check backflow -prevention assemblies. 4. Water pressure -reducing valves. 5. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. 6. Supply -type, trap -seal primer valves. K. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1. Test each reduced -pressure -principle backflow, preventer and double-check backflow - prevention assembly according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. B. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable pressure set points of water pressure -reducing valves. B. Set field -adjustable flow of balancing valves. C. Set field -adjustable temperature set points of temperature -actuated water mixing valves. END OF SECTION 221119 AESI 27210 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-7 0 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 221316 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING A. This Section includes the following soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 30 -foot head of water. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control inspection and test reports. B. Coordinate P -traps in the residential areas with plumbing fixtures supplier and match P -traps or provide similar finish as fixtures/fittings and faucets. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; and "NSF -drain" for plastic drain piping. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Hub -and -Spigot, Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. B. Hubless Cast -Iron Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. 1. Sovent Stack Fittings: ASME B16.45 or ASSE 1043, hubless, cast-iron aerator and deaerator drainage fittings. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING 221316-1 Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion -resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Standard, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: CISP1310, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. b. Heavy -Duty, Shielded, Stainless -Steel Couplings: With stainless-steel shield, stainless- steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Special pipe fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following: 1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following: 1. Service class, hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and compression joints. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers. C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." D. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Wall penetration systems are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." E. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y -branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING 221316-2 than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. H. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. I. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs -on -grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. J. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." B. Cast -Iron, Soil -Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -duty valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." B. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves, unless drain has integral backwater valve. 3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 4. Backwater valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Seismic -restraint devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following: AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING 221316-3 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8 -inch rod. 4. Spacing for 10 -foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING 221316-4 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 2. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. END OF SECTION 221316 AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPING 221316-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties: 1. Backwater valves. 2. Cleanouts. 3. Floor drains. 4. Roof flashing assemblies. 5. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 6. Flashing materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and accessories for grease interceptors. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKWATER VALVES A. Horizontal, Cast -Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME A112.14.1. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Body: Cast iron. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-1 7. Cover: Cast iron with bolted or threaded access check valve. 8. End Connections: Hub and spigot or hubless. 9. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang closed. 10. Extension: ASTM A 74, Service class; full-size, cast-iron, soil -pipe extension to field -installed cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover. B. Drain -Outlet Backwater Valves: 1. Availabie Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Watts Drainage Products Inc. d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 3. Size: Same as floor drain outlet. 4. Body: Cast iron or bronze made for vertical installation in bottom outlet of floor drain. 5. Check Valve: Removable ball float. 6. Inlet: Threaded. 7. Outlet: Threaded or spigot. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Exposed Cast -Iron Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. 5. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 6. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 7. Closure: Countersunk, cast-iron plug. 8. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast -Iron Floor Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-2 2.3 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Oatey. C. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M for adjustable housing cleanout. 5. Size: Same as connected branch. 6. Type: Adjustable housing. 7. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 8. Clamping Device: Required. 9. Outlet Connection: Spigot. 10. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 11. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 12. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel -bronze, copper alloy. 13. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. 14. Top Loading Classification: Heavy] Duty. 15. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. C. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Watts Drainage Products Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 4. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. Include wall access. 5. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 6. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 7. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. 8. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 9. Wall Access: Round, deep, chrome -plated bronze cover plate with screw. 10. Wall Access: Round, nickel -bronze, wall -installation frame and cover. FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast -Iron Floor Drains: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-3 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Commercial Enameling Co. b. Josam Company; Josam Div. C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Prier Products, Inc. e. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. f. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. g. Watts Drainage Products Inc. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2.4 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES A. Roof Flashing Assemblies: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div. b. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. B. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch- thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches from pipe, with galvanized -steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting. 1. Open -Top Vent Cap: Without cap. 2. Low -Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal -proof vent cap. 3. Extended Vent Cap: With field -installed, vandal -proof vent cap. 2.5 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Use: 4.0-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0469 -inch thickness. 3. Burning: 6-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0938 -inch thickness. B. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. C. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. E. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent -type, bituminous mastic. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install backwater valves in building drain piping. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. C. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. D. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. E. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. F. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4 -inch total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. C. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1 -inch total depression. 3. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. G. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. H. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 1 inch above floor. Install deep -seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-5 K. Install floor -drain, trap -seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap -seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap -seal primer connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet. L. Install air -gap fittings on draining -type backflow preventers and on indirect -waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. M. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. N. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. O. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. P. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0938 -inch thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-Ib/sq. ft., 0.0625 -inch thickness or thinner. B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve. 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. E. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." F. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-6 3.4 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic -laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each grease interceptor. B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 22 Section 'Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221319 AESI 27210 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319-7 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, light-duty, storage, electric, domestic -water heaters. 2. Domestic -water heater accessories. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NOT USED. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of domestic -water heater indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Domestic -Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Source quality -control reports. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Operation and maintenance data. G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended !ocation and application. B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. C. ASME Compliance: Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic -water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. D. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects." AESI 27210 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300-1 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Light -Duty, Storage, Electric, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Three years. 2) Controls and Other Components: Two years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COMMERCIAL, ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Commercial, Light -Duty, Storage, Electric, Domestic -Water Heaters: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. American Water Heaters. b. Bradford White Corporation. C. Electric Heater Company (The). d. GSW Water Heating. e. Heat Transfer Products, Inc. f. Lochinvar Corporation. g. Rheem Manufacturing Company. h. Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.; a division of A. O. Smith Corporation. i. State Industries. Standard: UL 174. Storage -Tank Construction: Steel, vertical arrangement. a. Tappings: ASME 131.20.1 pipe thread. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. C. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable -water tank linings, including extending lining material into tappings. 5. Factory -Installed Storage -Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. b. Dip Tube: Required unless cold -water inlet is near bottom of tank. C. Drain Valve: ASSE 1005. d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. f. Heat -Trap Fittings: Inlet type in cold -water inlet and outlet type in hot-water outlet. g. Heating Elements: Two; electric, screw-in immersion type; wired for simultaneous operation unless otherwise indicated. Limited to 12 kW total. h. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. AESI 27210 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300-2 Safety Control: High -temperature -limit cutoff device or system. Relief Valve: ASME rated and stamped for combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. Select relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 6. Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction with legs for off -floor installation. B. Capacity and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: 30 gal. 2. Recovery: 12 gph at 100 deg Ftemperature rise. 3. Temperature Setting: 140 deg . 4. Power Demand: 3 kilowatts. 5. Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: 120. b. Phases: Single. C. Hertz: 60. d. Full -Load Amperes: 25. 2.2 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Comply with ANSI/CSA LC 3. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4with ASME 81.20.1 pipe threads or with ASME 81.20.7 garden -hose threads. B. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. C. Heat -Trap Fittings: ASHRAE 90.2. D. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than domestic -water heater working -pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. E. Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include pressure setting less than domestic - water heater working -pressure rating. F. Vacuum Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. G. Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI -WH 201, Size Awater hammer arrester. H. Domestic -Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory -fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic -water heater and water. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect domestic -water heaters specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic -water heaters to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating before shipment. AESI 27210 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300-3 C. Electric, domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Electric, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial, electric, domestic -water heaters on concrete base. 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial, electric, domestic -water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or directly on floor is indicated. 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 3. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 4. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 5. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 6. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 7. Anchor domestic -water heaters to substrate. B. Install electric, domestic -water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." C. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend commercial -water -heater relief -valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. D. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water piping for electric, domestic -water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with requirements for hose -end drain valves specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." E. Install thermometers on outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." F. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. G. Fill electric, domestic -water heaters with water. H. Charge domestic -water compression tanks with air. AESI 27210 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300-4 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to electric, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Electric, domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for retesting and reinspecting requirements and Division 01 Section "Execution" for requirements for correcting the Work. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 223300 AESI 27210 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Grout. 7. HVAC demolition. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Concrete bases. 10. Supports and anchorages. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code—Steel." AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-1 B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8 -inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts* Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAg1, unless otherwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12. G. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory -fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-2 D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory -fabricated, companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM and NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Plastic, Carbon steel], and Stainless steel]. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating and stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. G. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth -outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-3 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. 2.7 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2305004 N. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. O. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. P. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. Q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. R. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 131.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-5 G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 4. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-6 D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.5 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18 -inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy -coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000 -psi 28 -day compressive -strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.7 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.8 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-7 E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 230500 AESI 27210 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-8 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230513 LAKE CREEK HSP COMMON MOTOR WORK REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel -cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections. B. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 70 deg f and at altitude of 8,150 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1 C. Service Factor: 1.15. AESI 27210 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-1 D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. G. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. H. Insulation: Class F. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced -Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 2. Energy- and Premium -Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 3. Inverter -Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. 5. All Three phase motors shall be provided with phase loss protection. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent -split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable -torque, permanent -split -capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded -pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal -protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. AESI 27210 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 230513 AESI 27210 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513-3 ARCHITECTL'AAI_ ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230529 LAKE CREEK HSP HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Fastener systems. 4. Equipment supports. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE. RE: Structural engineer for details. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Welding certificates. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529- 1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U - bolts. 2.3 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.4 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-2 B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 361A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. D. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. E. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. 3.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for equipment supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-3 B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.11D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-112 inches. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529- 4 E. Use carbon -steel hangers and supports and metal trapeze hangers and attachments for general service applications. F. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. G. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in equipment & piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1A inches. 2. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 3. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. H. Comply with MSS SP -69 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. I. Use powder -actuated fasteners instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230548 LAKE CREEK HSP VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Isolation pads. 2. Isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. 5. Housed spring mounts. 6. Elastomeric hangers. 7. Spring hangers. 8. Spring hangers with vertical -limit stops. 9. Restraining braces and cables. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Not used 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Delegated -Design Submittal: For vibration isolation calculations and details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality -control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DI.11D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548- 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. 2. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 3. Isolation Technology, Inc. 4. Kinetics Noise Control. 5. Mason Industries. 6. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 7. Vibration Isolation. 8. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. D. Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized -steel baseplates, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. Resilient Material: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. E. Mounts: Double -deflection type, with molded, oil -resistant rubber, hermetically sealed compressed fiberglass, or neoprene isolator elements with factory -drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Materials: Cast -ductile -iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock -absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge - bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. F. Restrained Mounts: All -directional mountings with seismic restraint. 1. Materials: Cast -ductile -iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and opposing, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock -absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge - bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. G. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open -spring isolators. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548-2 I . Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 114 -inch- thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. H. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open -spring isolators with seismic or limit -stop restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical -limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed; factory -drilled baseplate bonded to 114 -inch- thick, neoprene or rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Seismic or limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. I. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. Housing: Ductile -iron or steel housing to provide all -directional seismic restraint. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 114 -inch travel up or down before contacting a resilient collar. Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double -deflection type, fitted with molded, oil -resistant elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color -code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. K. Spring Hangers: Combination coil -spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548-3 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel -washer -reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. L. Spring Hangers with Vertical -Limit Stop: Combination coil -spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical -limit stop. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up -stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. B. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.2 VIBRATION -CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment Restraints: Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. B. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. C. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. D. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548-4 E. Drilled -in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. Measure isolator restraint clearance. Measure isolator deflection. If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548-5 C. Adjust active height of spring isolators. D. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230548-6 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230553 LAKE CREEK HSP IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT PARTR 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, (0.032 -inch) Stainless steel, (0.025 -inch) Aluminum, (0.032 - inch) or anodized aluminum, (0.032 -inch) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow. 3. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow to contrast against letter color. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230553-1 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow. C. Background Color Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow to contrast against letter color. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self -tapping screws] [self -tapping screws]. H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to [partially cover] [cover full] circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230553-2 2.4 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow. C. Background Color: Background Color Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow to contrast against letter color. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting and High -Performance Coatings." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230553-3 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: Chilled -Water Piping: a. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow.. b. Letter Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow to contrast against letter color. Heating Water Piping: a. Background Color: Black, Blue, Red, White, and/or Yellow.. b. Letter Color: Black, Blue. Red, White, and/or Yellow to contrast against letter color. 3.4 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install plastic -laminated or self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Blue: For cold -air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed -air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust. B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. END OF SECTION 230553 AESI 27210 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230553-4 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230593 LAKE CREEK HSP TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant -volume air systems. 2. Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems: a. Constant -flow hydronic systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. B. Certified TAB reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by NEBB or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by NEBB or TABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician. B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-1 C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by consulting engineer. D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. H. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. Examine terminal units, such as heat pumps, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. K. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. L. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-2 M. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. N. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. O. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system -readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical -power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems", SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed -control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-3 C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. D. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. H. Check for airflow blockages. I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. J. Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components. K. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air -handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air -handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat - recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system -effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Consulting Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air -handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air -handling -unit performance. 7. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full -cooling, full- AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-4 heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. Measure terminal outlets using a direct -reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch -circuit flows against the approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" piping layouts. C. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check liquid level in expansion tank. 3. Check makeup water -station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 4. Check flow -control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow. 5. Set differential -pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive -displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. 6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 7. Check pump -motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow -balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-5 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Measure water flow at pumps. Use the following procedures except for positive -displacement pumps: 1. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed. Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. a. If impeller sizes must be adjusted to achieve pump performance, obtain approval from Consulting Engineer and comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps." 2. Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head -capacity curve. Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved. a. Monitor motor performance during procedures and do not operate motors in overload conditions. 3. Verify pump -motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage. 4. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 10 percent of design. B. Measure flow at all automatic flow control valves to verify that valves are functioning as designed. C. Measure flow at all pressure -independent characterized control valves, with valves in fully open position, to verify that valves are functioning as designed. D. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings. E. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow -pressure -drop relationship may be used as a flow -indicating device. F. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow. G. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows: 1. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow. 2. Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow. 3. Record settings and mark balancing devices. H. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor -air temperature. Measure the differential -pressure -control -valve settings existing at the conclusion of balancing. J. Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-6 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal -protection -element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data. 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving -air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.10 PROCEDURES FOR BOILERS A. Hydronic Boilers: Measure and record entering- and leaving -water temperatures and water flow. 3.11 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil: 1. Entering- and leaving -water temperature. 2. Water flow rate. 3. Water pressure drop. 4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 5. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils. 6. Airflow. 7. Air pressure drop. B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet -bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 3. Airflow. 4. Air pressure drop. 5. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-7 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3. Heating -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. 4. Cooling -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.13 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.14 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: each section of the report. AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-8 a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable -air -volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes. and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. 3.15 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 AESI 27210 TESTING, ADJUSTING, & BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593-9 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230700 LAKE CREEK HSP HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes mechanical insulation for ductwork, and equipment, including the following: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Cellular glass. b. Flexible elastomeric. C. Mineral fiber. d. Polystyrene. 2. Fire -rated insulation systems. 3. Insulating cements. 4. Adhesives. 5. Mastics. 6. Sealants. 7. Factory -applied jackets. 8. Field -applied fabric -reinforcing mesh. 9. Field -applied jackets. 10. Tapes. 11. Securements. 12. Corner angles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show details for the following: 1. Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Application of field -applied jackets. 7. Application at linkages of control devices. 8. Field application for each equipment type. C. Field quality -control inspection reports. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-1 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test -response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors of 150 or less. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 schedule articles for requirements about where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in Part2 "Factory - Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Cell -U -Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-2 2. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. 3. Special -Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type Ill. 4. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. 6. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory -Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type Il, Class 2. 7. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. G. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. Products: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. C. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180. H. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type II with factory -applied vinyl jacket. Factory - applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. C. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; All -Service Duct Wrap. High -Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type V, without factory -applied jacket. Products: a. Johns Manville; HTB 23 Spin-Glas. b. Owens Corning; High Temperature Flexible Batt Insulations. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory -applied ASJ. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. C. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-3 K. L. High -Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory -applied jacket. Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. b. Johns Manville; 1000 Series Spin-Glas. C. Owens Corning; High Temperature Industrial Board Insulations. d. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta Board. e. Roxul Inc.; Roxul RW. f. Thermafiber; Thermafiber Industrial Felt. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. C. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Type II, 1200 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. M. Mineral -Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: Preformed pipe insulation complying with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with absorbent cloth factory applied to the entire inside surface of preformed pipe insulation and extended through the longitudinal joint to outside surface of insulation under insulation jacket. Factory apply a white, polymer, vapor -retarder jacket with self-sealing adhesive tape seam and evaporation holes running continuously along the longitudinal seam, exposing the absorbent cloth. Products: a. Knauf Insulation; Permawick Pipe Insulation. b. Owens Corning; VaporWick Pipe Insulation. N. Mineral -Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory -applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 Ib/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k -value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. C. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation. O. Polystyrene: Rigid, extruded cellular polystyrene intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C 578, Type IV or Type XIII, except thermal conductivity (k -value) shall not exceed 0.26 AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-4 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F after 180 days of aging. Fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Styrofoam. b. Knauf Insulation; Knauf Polystyrene. 2.3 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik -Cote. C. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. 2.4 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular -Glass and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -96. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33. C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. C. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive. D. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. E. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-5 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. F. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns -Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Red Devil, Inc.; Celulon Ultra Clear. e. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive. 2.5 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates: Comply with MIL -C - 19565C, Type II. B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -35. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -50. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 5540. f. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -10. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -05/15. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. f. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-6 2.6 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular -Glass Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. f. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -70. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45/30-46. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 3. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 4. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 5. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 6. Color: White or gray. B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76-8. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-7 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory - applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type ll. 5. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil -thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame - spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 6. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil -thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame - spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 7. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. Products: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 8. Vinyl Jacket: UL -rated white vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354- C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. Products: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. C. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories. AES I 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-8 0 5. Factory -fabricated tank heads and tank side panels. D. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil -thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil -thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows. C. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. E. Self -Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60 -mil -thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum -foil facing. 1. Products: a. Polyguard; Alumaguard 60. F. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil -thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame -spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film. G. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil -thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame -spread index of 5 and a smoke -developed index'of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. H. PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-9 2.9 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 6 mils. 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf/inch in width. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive and UL listed. 1. Width: 2 inches. 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf/inch in width. E. PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor -retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Film Thickness: 4 mils. 3. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 4. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf/inch in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal. AES I 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-10 B. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch -diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. C. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when se#f-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106 -inch -diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-112 inches. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. D. Self -Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch -diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive -backed base with a peel -off protective cover. E. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch -thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. F. Nonmetal Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch -thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. G. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 -inch -wide, stainless steel or Monel. H. Wire: 0.062 -inch soft -annealed, stainless steel. 2.11 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 COMMON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation with tightly butted joints free of voids and gaps. Vapor barriers shall be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor -barrier system. C. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. D. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. E. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. F. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. G. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. K. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-12 L. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. M. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: Draw jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch -wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-112 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. N. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. O. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. P. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. Q. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Below -Grade Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-13 C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 7 Section "Through - Penetration Firestop Systems." Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies according to Division 7 Section "Through - Penetration Firestop Systems." 3.4 DUCTWORK INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches O.C. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-14 Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6- inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches O.C. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -barrier seal. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-15 b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6- inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.5 EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. Install adhesively attached or self -sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. C. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor -pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. 6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. 7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches. 8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. 9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply vapor -barrier mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation. Create a facing lap for longitudinal AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-16 seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o_c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor - barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -barrier seal. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints. C. Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6 - inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8 -inch -diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. 2. Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel, at least 0.040 inch thick. 3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier. 3.6 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this Article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Secure single -layer insulation with bands at 12 -inch intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. C. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure inner layer with 0.062 -inch wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with bands at 12 -inch intervals. D. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. E. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of insulating cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. F. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. G. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. H. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: Secure each layer of preformed insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-17 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic. 5. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of same insulation material and thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. 5. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 2. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. K. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 5. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-18 equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. M. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. N. Special Installation Requirements for Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Insulation: 1. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 2. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: a. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. b. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. C. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. d. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: a. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. b. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch -wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor -retarder mastic. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-19 B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. D. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. 2. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. 3. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. 4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches or less. The 33 -1/2 -inch -circumference limit allows for 2 - inch -overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. 5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges. 3.8 FINISHES A. Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. Apply two finish coats of interior, flat, latex -emulsion size over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum jackets. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: AES I 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-20 B. C. 3.10 A. B. 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. 2. Inspect field -insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. 3. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field - applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General' Article. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. Remove defective Work. Install new insulation and jackets to replace insulation and jackets removed for inspection. Repeat inspection procedures after new materials are installed. DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and plenums. 2. Indoor, concealed return located in nonconditioned space. Items Not Insulated: 1. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 2. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory -insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration -control devices. 6. Factory -insulated access panels and doors. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE thickness to comply with energy code and Concealed, Supply -Air Duct Insulation (in residential areas, conditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Supply -Air Duct Insulation (in residential areas, unconditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Return -Air Duct Insulation (in residential areas, conditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Return -Air Duct Insulation (in residential areas, unconditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Supply -Air Duct Insulation (in commercial areas, conditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-21 F. Concealed, Supply -Air Duct Insulation (in commercial areas, unconditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 3.00-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. G. Concealed, Return -Air Duct Insulation (in commercial areas, conditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1 inches thick and 3.00-Ib/cu. ft. nominal density. H. Concealed, Return -Air Duct Insulation (in commercial areas, unconditioned space): Mineral -fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 3.00-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. I. Concealed, Outdoor -Air Duct Insulation Wrapped: Foil backed Mineral -fiber blanket, 2 inches thick and reflectivity 0.096. 3.12 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Insulate indoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. C. Heating -Hot -Water Pump Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 2 inches thick. D. Heating -Hot -Water Expansion/Compression Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 1 inch thick. E. Heating -Hot -Water Air -Separator Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 2 inches thick. F. Domestic Hot -Water Storage Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 4 inches thick. G. Domestic Water Storage Tank Insulation: Mineral -fiber pipe and tank, 4 inches thick. 3.13 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Fire -suppression piping. 2. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 3. Below -grade piping. 4. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. B. Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies: Flexible elastomeric, 1/2 inch thick. C. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-22 D. Sanitary Waste Piping Where Heat Tracing Is Installed: Mineral -fiber pipe insulation, Type I, 1-1/2 inches thick. E. Heating -Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: Mineral -fiber. preformed pipe, Type I, 1-1/2 inch thick. 3.15 INDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field - applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC, 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum, smooth, 0.016 inch thick. D. Ducts, Exposed: 1. None. 2. PVC, 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum, smooth, 0.016 inch thick. E. Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches: 1. None. 2. PVC, 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum, smooth, 0.016 inch thick. F. Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches: 1. None. 2. Painted aluminum, smooth with 1 -1/4 -inch -deep corrugations thick. G. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. 2. PVC, 20 mils thick. 3. Aluminum, smooth, 0.016 inch thick. H. Piping, Exposed: 1. None. 2. PVC, 20 milsthick. 3. Aluminum, smooth, 0.016 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230700 AESI 27210 HVAC INSULATION 230700-23 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 230713 LAKE CREEK HSP DUCT INSULATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 6. Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 7. Indoor, concealed oven and warewash exhaust. 8. Indoor, exposed oven and warewash exhaust. 9. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 10. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 11. Outdoor, concealed supply and return. 12. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Equipment Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 4. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: index of 150 or less. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed A. Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type II with factory -applied vinyl jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. C. Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; SOFTR All -Service Duct Wrap. G. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. DUCT INSULATION 230713-2 C. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -127. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. DUCT INSULATION 230713 -3 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Use adhesive that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL -PRF -19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80130-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-11WC-5. DUCT INSULATION 230713-4 C 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 penes at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.4 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. C. Foster Brand, Specialty Constriction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24)., 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Use sealants that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers," including 2004 Addenda. DUCT INSULATION 230713 -5 2.5 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 5. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.6 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for ducts. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast -A -Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. C. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: Color as selected by Architect. D. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. DUCT INSULATION 230713-6 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing. C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Finish and thickness are indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. E. Self -Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60 -mil- thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum -foil facing. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Alumaguard 60. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. C. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbflinch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136, Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. C. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. DUCT INSULATION 230713 -7 M 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape. b. Compac Corporation; 130. C. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. C. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width. 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 314 inch wide with wing seal. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. DUCT rNSULATION 230713 -8 B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Perforated Base Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. C. Spindle: zinc -coated, low -carbon steel fully annealed, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers. b. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-112 inches in diameter. C. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-112 inches. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 3. Self -Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Self -Adhering Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Peel & Press. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick. DUCT INSULATION 230713 -9 r� b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. C. Spindle: zinc -coated, low -carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive -backed base with a peel -off protective cover. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-112 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC -150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA -150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. Nonmetal Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch - thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-112 inches in diameter. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc. C. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 314 -inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.062 -inch soft -annealed, galvanized steel. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: C & F Wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. DUCT INSULATION 230713- 10 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-112 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. DUCT INSULATION 230713- It 3.3 o 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking .due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation, at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: DUCT INSULATION 230713- 12 Duct: For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor - barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. DUCT INSULATION 230713- 13 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transiti ons. 3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers'or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 112 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor - barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. DUCT INSULATION 230713- 14 3.5 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1 -112 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3 -inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor -barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. C. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o. c. and at end joints. 3.6 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. C. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to two location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. DUCT INSULATION 230713- 15 X 0 C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.8 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 6. Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 7. Indoor, concealed oven and warewash exhaust. 8. Indoor, exposed oven and warewash exhaust. 9. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 10. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 11. Outdoor, concealed supply and return. 12. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous -glass ducts. 2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1. 3. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. 4. Factory -insulated plenums and casings. 5. Flexible connectors. 6. Vibration -control devices. 7. Factory -insulated access panels and doors. 3.9 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed & Exposed, Supply -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. Ft. nominal density. B. Concealed & Exposed, Return -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. C. Concealed & Exposed, Outdoor -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber board, 1 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. Ft. nominal density. D. Concealed & Exposed, Exhaust -Air Duct Insulation: none 3.10 OUTDOOR DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a duct system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. DUCT INSULATION 230713- 16 B. Concealed & Exposed, Supply & Return -Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral -fiber blanket, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density with vapor barrier. 3.11 INDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: 1. None. D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed: 1. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch thick. 3.12 OUTDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: 1. None. D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.020 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230713- 17 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 231123 LAKE CREEK HSP NATURAL GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building. Products include the following: 1. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials. 2. Protective pipe and fitting coating. 3. Piping specialties. 4. Specialty valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fuel gas piping. Include plans and attachments to other work. 1. Include wiring diagrams. C. Field quality -control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices. and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. AESI 27210 NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-1 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Corrugated, Stainless -Steel Tubing Systems: Comply with AGA LC 1 and include the following: 1. Tubing: Corrugated stainless steel with plastic jacket or coating. 2. Fittings: Copper alloy with ends made to fit corrugated tubing. Include ends with threads according to ASME B1.20.1 if connection to threaded pipe or fittings is required. 3. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M; Type E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought -steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1. 2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to ASME 61.20.1. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME 61.20.1. 4. Cast -Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 816.1, Class 125. 5. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. 2.3 PROTECTIVE COATING A. Furnish pipe and fittings with factory -applied, corrosion -resistant polyethylene coating for use in contact with materials that may corrode the pipe. 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy. B. Quick -Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector. 2.5 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Valve End Connections: Threaded, according to ASME 81.20.1. B. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and CSA International listed. C. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome -plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating. D. Gas Valves: ASME B16.33 and CSA International -listed bronze body and 125-psig pressure rating. AESI 27210 NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-2 E. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical operator for actuation by appliance automatic shutoff device. Manufacturers: a. ASCO General Controls. b. ASCOLECTRIC, Ltd. C. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson. d. Dungs, Karl, Inc. e. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. f. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. g. GPS Gas Protection Systems Inc. h. Honeywell International Inc. i. Johnson Controls. F. Electrically Operated Gas Valves: UL 429, bronze, aluminum, or cast-iron body solenoid valve; 120- V ac, 60 Hz, Class B, continuous -duty molded coil. Include NEMA ISC 6, Type 4, coil enclosure and electrically opened and closed dual coils. Valve position shall normally be closed. Manufacturers: a. ASCO General Controls. b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson. C. Dungs, Karl, Inc. d. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. e. Goyen Valve Corp.; Tyco Environmental Systems. f. Magnatrol Valve Corp. g. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Climate & Industrial Controls Group; Skinner Valve Div. h. Watts Industries, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control' Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Use flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fuel Gas Piping, 2 psig or Less: 1. NPS 1/2 and Smaller: steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. C. Fuel Gas Piping 2 to 5 psig: NPS 2 and Smaller: Steel pipe, malleable -iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. AESI 27210 NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-3 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop. B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve. C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. D. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements and piping joint construction are specified in Division 23 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install pressure gage downstream from each service pressure regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages." C. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap. 1. Above -Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings. 2. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls. 3. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in Part 2 "Protective Coating" Article may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. D. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum -length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap. E. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings unless specifically shown to be exposed to view. F. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers. G. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. H. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. I. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. AESI 27210 NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-4 Install corrugated, stainless-steel tubing system according to manufacturer's written instructions. Include striker plates to protect tubing from puncture where tubing is restrained and cannot move. K. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated valve. L. Install pressure gage downstream from each line pressure regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages." M. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections. N. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned -down, reducing -elbow fittings with corrosion -resistant insect screens in large end. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size. 3/8 inch. C. Install hangers for horizontal corrugated, stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: NPS 3/8 and NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. Option: Support tubing from structure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. END OF SECTION 231123 AESI 27210 NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 1.3 SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. This Section includes refrigerant piping used for air-conditioning applications. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-22: 1.4 1. Suction Lines for Air -Conditioning Applications: 185 psig. 2. Suction Lines for Heat -Pump Applications: 325 psig. 3. Hot -Gas and Liquid Lines: 325 psig. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve and refrigerant piping specialty indicated. Include pressure drop based on manufacturer's test data. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including pipe, tube, and fitting sizes, flow capacities, valve arrangements and locations, slopes of horizontal nuns, oil traps, double risers, wall and floor penetrations, and equipment connection details. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment. Refrigerant piping indicated on Drawings is schematic only. Size piping and design actual piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment. C. Field quality -control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems." B. Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components." REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300- 1 1.5 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping in a clean and protected area with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K or L. B. Wrought -Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. C. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. F. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Tin -bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned -bronze -wire -reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 314 -inch misalignment in minimum 7 -inch - long assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. 2.2 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight -through or angle pattern. 2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring. 3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel. 4. Seat: Nylon. 5. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. B. Packed -Angle Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure. 3. Operator: Rising stem. 4. Seat: Nonrotating, self -aligning polytetrafluoroethylene. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-2 5. Seal Cap: Forged -brass or valox hex cap. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. C. Check Valves: 1. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern. 2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug. 3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat. 4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated -steel stem, and graphite seal. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. D. Service Valves: Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core. Core: Removable ball -type check valve with stainless-steel spring. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. End Connections: Copper spring. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. E. Solenoid Valves: Comply with ART 760 and UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL. I. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel. 2. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2 -inch conduit adapter, and [24] [115] [208]-V ac coil. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. 8. Manual operator. F. Safety Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring seal. 2. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Seat Disc: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. G. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-3 3. _ Packing and Gaskets: Non -asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 40 deg F. 6. Superheat: Nonadjustable. 7. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 450 psig or per manufacturer. H. Straight -Type Strainers: 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. 2. Screen: 100 -mesh stainless steel. 3. End Connections: Socket or flare. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. I. Angle -Type Strainers: 1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug. 3. Screen: 100 -mesh monel. 4. End Connections: Socket or flare. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. J. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in ppm. 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity. Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 prig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. K. Replaceable -Core Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. 1. Body and Cover: Painted -steel shell with ductile -iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated [alumina] [charcoal]. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat -pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 114 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 8. Rated Flow: per manufacturer. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. L. Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with ARI 730. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-4 2.3 I . Body and Cover: Painted -steel shell. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated [alumina] [charcoal]. 4. Designed for reverse flow (for heat -pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 114 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig 8. Rated Flow: per manufacturer. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. M. Liquid Accumulators: Comply with ARI 495. 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. 2. End Connections: Socket or threaded. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. REFRIGERANTS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. Atofina Chemicals, Inc. 2. DuPont Company; Fluorochemicals Div. 3. Honeywell, Inc.; Genetron Refrigerants. 4. INEOS Fluor Americas LLC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Suction Lines NPS 1-112 and Smaller for Conventional Air -Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. B. Suction Lines NPS 2 to NPS 4 for Conventional Air -Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type L, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. C. Hot -Gas and Liquid Lines: Copper, Type ACR, annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. D. Hot -Gas and Liquid Lines[, and Suction Lines for Heat -Pump Applications]: Copper, Type [ACR] [K] [L], drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with soldered joints. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-5 E. Safety -Relief -Valve Discharge Piping: Copper, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS A. None, unless required by a manufacturer. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings. B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 1. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Refer to Division 23 Sections "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and "Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls" for solenoid valve controllers, control wiring, and sequence of operation. K. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. L. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels as specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames" if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces. M. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed belowground. N. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-6 O. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot -gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. P. When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid -valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion -valve bulb. Q. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. R. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." S. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." T. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." U. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 23 Section "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." B. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." 1. Use Type BcuP, copper -phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg, cadmium -free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. 3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger, support, and anchor products are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300- 7 X 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP -58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper -clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 112: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 8. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 9. NPS 4: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. D. Support multifloor vertical runs at least at each floor. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. Test refrigerant piping and specialties. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. C. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. 3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter -dryer core in charging line. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300-8 i 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure. C. Adjust set -point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled -water controllers to the system design temperature. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor -motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings. E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established. END OF SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300- 9 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 233113 LAKE CREEK HSP METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal, rectangular ducts and fittings for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air -distribution systems in low pressure classes. B. See Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound -control devices, duct -mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal ducts. 1. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 2. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. AESI 27210 METAL DUCTS 233113-1 t B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock -forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation; ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 DUCT LINER A. Vinyl coated fiberglass, "K" value of 0.29 at 75° F, 2 Ib/cu. ft. density, secured to the metal with a solid coat of adhesive, vinyl coated side to the air stream. B. Insulation thickness: 1" unless otherwise noted on drawings. 2.4 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass -fiber -reinforced fabric. B. Tape Sealing System: Woven -fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. C. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. D. Solvent -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent -release -curing, polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. E. Flanged Joint Mastic: One -part, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. F. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel or threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc -chromate primer after installation. 2. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible" for steel sheet width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. AES I 27210 METAL DUCTS 233113-2 D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.6 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION Galvanized -steel shapes and plates complying with A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class. 2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible." B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide -on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Nexus Inc. C. Ward Industries, Inc. C. Formed -On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Lockformer. 2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2 -inch wg pressure class. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant. D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of nonbraced panel area unless ducts are lined. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS A. Static -Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following: 1. Supply Ducts: 2 -inch wg. 2. Supply Ducts (in Mechanical Equipment Rooms): 2 -inch wg. 3. Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1 -inch wg. 4. Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 1 -inch wg. 5. Laundry clothes dryer venting: .5- inch wg. AESI 27210 METAL DUCTS 233113-3 3.2 DUCT LINER A. Duct sizes shown on drawings for lined duct are clear opening inside lining. B. Internally line the following duct: 1. All concealed supply air duct. 2. All transfer ducts. 3. Other locations as shown on drawings. 3.3 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards --Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. C. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. D. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling. E. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. H. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated. I. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke -control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. J. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. K. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. L. Non -Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. M. Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Through -Penetration Firestop Systems." N. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. AESI 27210 METAL DUCTS 233113-4 X O. All laundry clothes dryer vent ductwork shall be constructed from aluminum sheet metal. 3.4 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for duct pressure class indicated. 1. For pressure classes lower than 2 -inch wg, seal transverse joints. B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. C. Laundry clothes dryer vent shall be connected and sealed without the use of penetrating sheet metal screws. 3.5 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor. C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof -test) load. D. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. E. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." a. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. END OF SECTION 233113 AESI 27210 METAL DUCTS 233113-5 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2. Manual volume dampers. 3. Motor operated Control dampers. 4. Flange connectors. 5. Turning vanes. 6. Duct -mounted access doors. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Flexible ducts. 9. Duct accessory hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS SECTION 233300 DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. C. Control damper installations. d. Fire -damper and smoke -damper installations, including sleeves; and duct -mounted access doors. e. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, 'Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Exposed -Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. C. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a finish for concealed ducts and finish for exposed ducts. D. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1 -side bright finish for exposed ducts. E. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek. Inc. 2. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 4. Duro Dyne Inc. 5, Greenheck Fan Corporation. 6. Lloyd Industries, Inc. 7, Nailor Industries Inc. 8, NCA Manufacturing, Inc. 9. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 10. Ruskin Company. 11. SEMCO Incorporated. 12. Vent Products Company, Inc. B. Description: Gravity balanced. C. Maximum Air Velocity: 2000 fpm. D. Maximum System Pressure: 1 -inch wg. E. Frame: 0.052 -inch -thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners and mounting flange. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-2 F. Blades: Multiple single -piece blades, center -pivoted, maximum 6 -inch width, 0.025 -inch -thick, roll - formed aluminum with sealed edges. G. Blade Action: Parallel. H. Blade Seals: Neoprene, mechanically locked. I. Blade Axles: 1. Material: Galvanized steel. 2. Diameter: 0.20 inch. J. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. K. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. L. Bearings: Steel ball. M. Accessories: 1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring -assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3. Electric actuators. 4. Chain pulls. 5. Front of rear screens. 6. 90 -degree stops. N. Sleeve: Minimum 20 -gage thickness. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. C. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. d. McGill AirFlow LLC. e. METALAIRE, Inc. f. Nailor Industries Inc. g. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. h. Ruskin Company. i. Trox USA Inc. j. Vent Products Company, Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Hat -shaped, galvanized -steel channels, 0.064 -inch minimum thickness. b. Mitered and welded corners. C. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-3 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. C. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized -steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Stainless-steel sleeve. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3 -inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. B. Standard, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. C. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. d. McGill AirFlow LLC. e. METALAIRE, Inc. f. Nailor Industries Inc. g. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. h. Ruskin Company. i. Trox USA Inc. j. Vent Products Company, Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: Hat -shaped, 0.10 -inch -thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. C. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Roll -Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10 -inch -thick aluminum sheet. e. Extruded -Aluminum Blades: 0.050 -inch -thick extruded aluminum. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Stainless-steel sleeve. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3 -inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-4 C. Jackshaft: Size: 1 -inch diameter. Material: Galvanized -steel pipe rotating within pipe -bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple -damper assemblies. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple - damper assembly. D. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32 -inch -thick zinc -plated steel, and a 3/4 -inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.4 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 4. Duro Dyne Inc. 5. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 6. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 7. Lloyd Industries, Inc. 8. M&I Air Systems Engineering; Division of M&I Heat Transfer Products Ltd. 9. McGill AirFlow LLC. 10. METALAIRE, Inc. 11. Metal Form Manufacturing, Inc. 12. Nailor Industries Inc. 13. NCA Manufacturing, Inc. 14. Ruskin Company. 15. Vent Products Company, Inc. 16. Young Regulator Company. B. Frames: Galvanized -steel channels, 0.064 inch thick. Mitered and welded corners. C. Blades: 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 8 inches. 2. Opposed -blade design. 3. Galvanized steel. 4. 0.064 inch thick. 5. Blade Edging: Closed -cell neoprene edging. 6. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. D. Blade Axles: 1/2 -inch -diameter; galvanized steel; blade -linkage hardware of zinc -plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-5 E. Bearings: 1. Stainless-steel sleeve. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3 -inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.5 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ; Division of Shilco Holdings Inc. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Description: Add-on or roll -formed, factory -fabricated, slide -on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.6 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. METALAIRE, Inc. 4. SEMCO Incorporated. 5. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil -shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous -glass fill. C. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin -bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. D. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 24, "Vane Support in Elbows." E. Vane Construction: Single wall. F. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 48 inches wide and double wall for larger dimensions. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-6 2.7 DUCT -MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 4. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 5. McGill AirFlow LLC. 6. Nailor Industries Inc. 7. Ventfabrics, Inc. 8. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Duct -Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 2- 11, "Access Panels - Round Duct." Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. C. Vision panel. d. Hinges and Latches: 1 -by -1 -inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. C. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches. d. Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches: Four hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. C. Pressure Relief Access Door: 1. Door and Frame Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Door: Single wall with metal thickness applicable for duct pressure class. 3. Operation: Open outward for positive -pressure ducts and inward for negative -pressure ducts. 4. Factory set at 10 -inch wg. 5. Doors close when pressures are within set -point range. 6. Hinge: Continuous piano. 7. Latches: Cam. 8. Seal: Neoprene or foam rubber. 9. Insulation Fill: 1 -inch -thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.8 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Flame Gard, Inc. 3. 3M. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-7 C� B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL. C. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness 0.0528 -inch carbon steel. D. Fasteners: Carbon steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall. E. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease -tight, high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 2000 deg F. F. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10 -inch wg, positive or negative. 2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1, D. Metal -Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2 -3/4 -inch -wide, 0.028 -inch -thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032 -inch -thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360 ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 Ibf/inch in the warp and 440 Ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. G. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle -iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4 -inch movement at start and stop. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-8 2.10 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, black polymer film supported by helically wound, spring - steel wire; fibrous -glass insulation; polyethylene vapor -barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 4 -inch wg positive and 0.5 -inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 175 deg F. C. Flexible Duct Connectors: Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium -plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm - gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. Non -Clamp Connectors: Adhesive. 2.11 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct - insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-9 N E. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. F. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing. H. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, turning vanes, and equipment. 3. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors; and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers. 4. At each change in direction and at maximum 50 -foot spacing. 5. Upstream of turning vanes. 6. Elsewhere as indicated. I. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. J. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. K. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section 'Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment' to indicate the purpose of access door. L. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. M. For fans developing static pressures of 5 -inch wg and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly or with maximum 12 -inch lengths of flexible duct. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions. O. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low-pressure ducts directly or with maximum 60 -inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. P. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive. Q. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. R. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4 -inch movement during start and stop of fans. AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-10 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat - response device is installed. END OF SECTION 233300 AESI 27210 DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300-11 X ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers. 2. Perforated diffusers. 3. Louver face diffusers. 4. Linear bar diffusers. 5. Adjustable bar registers. 6. Fixed face registers and grilles. 7. Linear bar grilles. SECTION 233300 DUCT ACCESSORIES B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume - control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static -pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Rectangular and Square Ceiling Diffusers: DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713- 1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Hart & Cooley Inc. e. Krueger. f METALAIRE, Inc. g. Nailor Industries Inc. h. Price Industries. i. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows. 3. Material: Steel. 4. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 5. Face Size: see floor plans & schedules. 6. Face Style: see floor plans & schedules. 7. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. B. Perforated Diffuser: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Air Research Diffuser Products, Inc. b. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. d. Carnes. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. METALAIRE, Inc. h. Nailor Industries Inc. i. Price Industries. j. Titus. k. Tuttle & Bailey. 1. Warren Technology. 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows. 3. Material: Steel backpan and pattern controllers, with steel face. 4. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 5. Face Size: see floor plans & schedules. 6. Duct Inlet: see floor plans & schedules. 7. Face Style: see floor plans & schedules. 8. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. C. Louver Face: DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-2 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. METALAIRE, Inc. e. Nailor Industries Inc. f Price Industries. g. Titus. h. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows. 3. Material: Steel. 4. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 5. Face Size: see floor plans & schedules. 6. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. 7. Pattern: see floor plans & schedules. 2.2 CEILING LINEAR SLOT OUTLETS A. Linear Bar: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Air Research Diffuser Products, Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. METALAIRE, Inc. h. Nailor Industries Inc. i. Price Industries. j. Titus. k. Tuttle & Bailey. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable -air -volume flows. Material: Steel. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. Narrow Core Spacing Arrangement: see floor plans & schedules. Wide Core Spacing Arrangement: see floor plans & schedules Frame: 3116 inch wide. Mounting Frame: see floor plans & schedules. Mounting: Countersunk screw or Concealed bracket. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-3 2.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Adjustable Bar: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. METALAIRE, Inc. h. Nailor Industries Inc. i. Price Industries. j. Titus. k. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 4. Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal spaced 112 inch apart. 5. Core Construction: Removable. 6. Rear -Blade Arrangement: Vertical. 7. Frame: per submittals. 8. Mounting Frame: per submittals. 9. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. B. Adjustable Bar Grille: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. METALAIRE, Inc. h. Nailor Industries Inc. i. Price Industries. j. Titus. k. Tuttle & Bailey. Material: Steel. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. Face Blade Arrangement: Horizontal spaced 112 inch apart. Core Construction: Removable. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-4 X 6. Rear -Blade Arrangement: Vertical. 7. Frame: as per submittals. 8. Mounting Frame: see floor plans & schedules. 9. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. C. Fixed Face Register: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. Nailor Industries Inc. h. Price Industries. i. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 4. Face Arrangement see floor plans & schedules. 5. Core Construction: Removable. 6. Frame: see floor plans & schedules. 7. Mounting Frame: see floor plans & schedules. 8. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. D. Fixed Face: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. C. Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f Krueger. g. Nailor Industries Inc. h. Price Industries. i. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 4. Face Arrangement: see floor plans & schedules. 5. Core Construction: Removable. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-5 6. Frame: as per submittals. 7. Mounting Frame: see floor plans & schedules. 8. Mounting: see floor plans & schedules. E. Linear Bar Grille: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. A -J Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. c: Carnes. d. Dayus Register & Grille Inc. e. Hart & Cooley Inc. f. Krueger. g. Nailor Industries Inc. h. Price Industries. i. Titus. j. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Material: Steel. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 4. Face Arrangement: see floor plans & schedules. 5. Distribution plenum. a. Internal insulation. b. Inlet damper. 6. Frame: see floor plans & schedules. 7. Mounting Frame: see floor plans & schedules 8. Mounting see floor plans & schedules. 9. Damper Type: Adjustable opposed blade. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling -Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-6 Q final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 233713-7 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LAKE CREEK HSP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Gas-fired, condensing furnaces and accessories complete with controls. 2. Air filters. 3. Refrigeration components. 12 04 (R 06'06) SECTION 235400 FURNACES 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for each of the following: 1. Furnace. 2. Thermostat. 3. Air filter. 4. Refrigeration components. B. Operation and maintenance data. C. Warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE.'IESNA 90.1- 2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." D. Comply with NFPA 70. FURNACES 235400- 1 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06106) 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace the following components of furnaces that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period: Warranty Period, Commencing on Date of Substantial Completion: a. Furnace Heat Exchanger: min. 10 years. b. Integrated Ignition and Blower Control Circuit Board: Five years. C. Draft -Inducer Motor: Five years. d. Refrigeration Compressors: min. 10 years. e. Evaporator and Condenser Coils: Five years. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GAS-FIRED FURNACES, CONDENSING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Adams Manufacturing Company. 2. Amana Heating & Air Conditioning; Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P. 3. American Standard Companies, Inc. 4. Arcoaire Air Conditioning & Heating; a division of International Comfort Products, LLC. 5. Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. 6. Bryant Heating & Cooling Systems; Div. of United Technologies Corp. 7. Carrier Corporation; Div. of United Technologies Corp. 8. Clare Brothers. 9. Comfort -Aire; a division of Heat Controller, Inc. 10. Comfortmaker Air Conditioning & Heating; a division of International Comfort Products, LLC. 11. Dornback Furnace. 12. Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P. 13. Heil Heating & Cooling Products; a division of International Comfort Products, LLC. 14. Lennox Industries Inc. 15. Luxaire Corporation; a division of Unitary Products Group. 16. Rheem Manufacturing Company; Air Conditioning Division. 17. Ruud Air Conditioning Division. 18. Tempstar Heating & Cooling Products; a division of International Comfort Products, LLC. 19. Thermo Products, Inc.; a division of Burnham Holdings Inc. 20. Trane. 21. York International Corp.; a division of Unitary Products Group. B. General Requirements for Gas -Fired, Condensing Furnaces: Factory assembled, piped, wired, and tested; complying with ANSI Z21.47/CSA 2.3, "Gas -Fired Central Furnaces," and with NFPA 54. FURNACES 235400-2 C Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06106) C. Cabinet: Galvanized steel. 1. Cabinet interior around heat exchanger shall be factory -installed insulation. 2. Lift -out panels shall expose burners and all other items requiring access for maintenance. 3. Factory paint external cabinets in manufacturer's standard color. 4. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. D. Fan: Centrifugal, factory balanced, resilient mounted, direct drive. 1. Fan Motors: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2. Special Motor Features: Single speed, Premium (TM) efficiency, as defined in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment," and with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. 3. Special Motor Features: Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. 4. Special Motor Features: Electronically controlled motor (ECM) controlled by integrated furnace/blower control. E. Type of Gas: Natural. F. Heat Exchanger: Primary: Stainless steel. Secondary: Stainless steel. G. Burner: Gas Valve: 100 percent safety modulating main gas valve, main shutoff valve, pressure regulator, safety pilot with electronic flame sensor, limit control, transformer, and combination ignition/fan timer control board. Ignition: Electric pilot ignition, with hot -surface igniter or electric spark ignition. H. Gas -Burner Safety Controls: I. Electronic Flame Sensor: Prevents gas valve from opening until pilot flame is proven; stops gas flow on ignition failure. 2. Flame Rollout Switch: Installed on burner box; prevents burner operation. 3. Limit Control: Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting; de -energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature; automatic reset. I. Combustion -Air Inducer: Centrifugal fan with thermally protected motor and sleeve bearings prepurges heat exchanger and vents combustion products; pressure switch prevents furnace operation if combustion -air inlet or flue outlet is blocked. J. Furnace Controls: Solid-state board integrates ignition, heat, cooling, and fan speeds; adjustable fan -on and fan -off timing; terminals for connection to accessories: diagnostic light with viewport. K. Accessories: FURNACES 235400- 3 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06106) CPVC Plastic Vent Materials. a. CPVC Plastic Pipe: Schedule 40, complying with ASTM F 441/17441M. b. CPVC Plastic Fittings: Schedule 40, complying with ASTM F 438, socket type. C. CPVC Solvent Cement: ASTM F 493. 1) Use CPVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 490 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2) Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). L. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. See floor plans & schedules. 2.2 THERMOSTATS A. Must meet the requirements laid out in Sequence of Operations, M1.0. B. Two stage Heating — Cooling Thermostat: Wall -mounting or Wireless, programmable, microprocessor -based unit with automatic switching from heating to cooling, preferential rate control, seven-day programmability with minimum of four temperature presets per day, and battery backup protection against power failure for program settings. C. Control Wiring: Unshielded twisted -pair cabling. No. 24 AWG, 100 ohm, four pair. D. Controls shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, "Controls." 2.3 AIR FILTERS A. Disposable Filters: 1 -inch- thick fiberglass media with ASHRAE 52.2 MERV rating of 7 or higher in sheet metal frame. 2.4 REFRIGERATION COMPONENTS A. General Refrigeration Component Requirements: 1. Refrigeration compressor, coils, and specialties shall be designed to operate with CFC - free refrigerants. 2. Energy Efficiency: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, "Energy Standard for Buildings except Low -Rise Residential Buildings." B. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tubes mechanically expanded into aluminum fins. Comply with ARI 210/240, "Unitary Air -Conditioning and Air -Source Heat Pump Equipment." Match size with furnace. Include condensate drain pan with accessible drain outlet complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. FURNACES 235400-4 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06106) 1. Refrigerant Coil Enclosure: Steel, matching furnace and evaporator coil, with access panel and flanges for integral mounting at or on furnace cabinet and galvanized sheet metal drain pan coated with black asphaltic base paint. C. Refrigerant Line Kits: Annealed -copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized with nitrogen, sealed, and with suction line insulated. Provide in standard lengths for installation without joints, except at equipment connections. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I, 1 inch thick. D. Refrigerant Piping: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section 'Refrigerant Piping." E. Air -Cooled, Compressor -Condenser Unit: 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed scroll type. a. Crankcase heater. b. Restrained vibration isolation mounts for compressor. C. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current -sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. d. Two -speed compressor motors shall have manual -reset high-pressure switch and automatic -reset low-pressure switch. e. Refrigerant Charge: R -407C or R-41 OA, RE: schedules. f. Refrigerant: R -407C or R-41OA. 3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins, complying with ARI 2101240, and with liquid subcooler. 4. Heat -Pump Components: Reversing valve and low-temperature air cut-off thermostat. 5. Fan: Aluminum -propeller type, directly connected to motor. 6. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal -overload protection. 7. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 32 deg F. 8. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. F. Capacities and Characteristics: See floor plans PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install gas-fired furnaces and associated fuel and vent features and systems according to NFPA 54. FURNACES 235400- 5 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12/04 (R 06/06) B. Suspended Units: Suspend from structure using threaded rods, spring hangers, and building attachments. Secure rods to unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is level and plumb. Install seismic restraints to limit movement of furnace by resisting code -required seismic acceleration. C. Base -Mounted Units: Secure units to substrate. Provide optional bottom closure base if required by installation conditions. 1. Anchor furnace to substrate to resist code -required seismic acceleration. D. Controls: Install thermostats and humidistats at mounting height of 60 inches above floor. E. Wiring Method: Install control wiring in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal control wiring except in unfinished spaces. F. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on 4 -inch- thick, reinforced concrete base; 4 inches larger on each side than unit. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base. G. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Gas piping installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section "Natural -Gas Piping". Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect gas piping with union or flange and appliance connector valve. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. C. Vent and Outside -Air Connection, Condensing, Gas -Fired Furnaces: Connect CPVC piping vent material to furnace connections and extend outdoors. Terminate vent outdoors with a cap and in an arrangement that will protect against entry of birds, insects, and dirt. 1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. 3. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: a. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. b. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846:13 2846M Appendix. C. Requirements for Low -Emitting Materials: 1) Use CPVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 490 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). FURNACES 235400-6 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06/06) 2) Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 4. Slope pipe vent back to furnace or to outside terminal. D. Connect ducts to furnace with flexible connector. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." E. Connect refrigerant tubing kits to refrigerant coil in furnace and to air-cooled, compressor - condenser unit. 1. Flared Joints: Use ASME B 16.26 fitting and flared ends, following procedures in CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." 2. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. 3. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Refrigerant Piping" for installation and joint construction of refrigerant piping. G. Complete installation and startup checks and start units according to manufacturer's written instructions. H. Verify proper operation of capacity control device. I. Adjust airflow and initial temperature and humidity set points. J. Set controls, burner, and other adjustments for optimum heating performance and efficiency. Adjust heat -distribution features, including shutters, dampers, and relays, to provide optimum heating performance and system efficiency. K. After completing installation, clean furnaces internally according to manufacturer's written instructions. L. Install new filters in each furnace within 14 days after Substantial Completion. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems with refrigerant and oil and test for leaks. Repair leaks, replace lost refrigerant and oil, and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation, product capability, and compliance with requirements. 4. Verify that fan wheel is rotating in the correct direction and is not vibrating or binding. 5. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. FURNACES 235400- 7 Copyright 2004 and 2005 AIA MASTERSPEC Short Form 12104 (R 06/06) B. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure. END OF SECTION 235400 FURNACES 235400-8 ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS SECTION 236313 LAKE CREEK HSP AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged, air-cooled refrigerant condensers for outdoor installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For air-cooled refrigerant condensers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEIIESNA 90.1- 2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Carrier Corporation; Commercial HVAC Systems. 2. Lennox, Inc. 3. Coolenheat Inc. 4. Dunham -Bush, Inc. AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS 236313 - I L0I 5. Engineered Air. 6. Heatcraft Refrigeration Products LLC. 7. McQuay International. 8. Trane; a business of American Standard Companies. 9. USA Coil & Air. 10. YORK; a Johnson Controls company. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: Factory assembled and tested; consisting of casing, condenser coils, condenser fans and motors, and unit controls. B. Refrigerant: R-41OA, see schedules. C. Condenser Coil: Factory tested at 425 psig. D. Condenser Fans and Drives: Propeller fans. 1. Weather-proof motors with rain shield and shaft slinger. 2. Extend grease lines to outside of casing. E. Condenser Fans and Drives: Forward -curved centrifugal fans for vertical air discharge. 1. Fan on steel shaft with self -aligning ball bearings. 2. V -belt drive with minimum of two belts; variable pitch drive pulley. 3. Motor mounted on adjustable slide base. F. Operating and Safety Controls: Include condenser fan motor thermal and overload cutouts; 115-V control transformer, if required; magnetic contactors for condenser fan motors and a nonfused factory -mounted and -wired disconnect switch for single external electrical power connection. G. Casings: designed for outdoor installation with weather protection for components and controls, and with the following: 1. Removable panels for access to controls, condenser fans, motors, and drives. 2. Plated -steel fan guards. 3. Lifting eyes. 4. Removable legs, 20 inches high. 2.3 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. RE: floor plans and schedules. 2.4 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS 236313-2 I . Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. 2. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 3. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections. 4. Mount unit -mounted disconnect switches on exterior of unit. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Requirements: Factory test sound -power -level ratings according to ARI 270. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb, firmly anchored in locations indicated; maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Equipment Mounting: Install air-cooled condenser refrigerant condensers using elastomeric pads. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Minimum Deflection: 1/4 inch. C. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. D. Loose Components: Install electrical components, devices, and accessories that are not factory mounted. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Refrigerant Piping: Connect piping to unit with pressure relief, service valve, filter -dryer, and moisture indicator on each refrigerant -circuit liquid line. Refrigerant piping and specialties are specified in Division 23 Section "Refrigerant Piping." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection. AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS 236313 -3 M 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Complete manufacturer's starting checklist. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 5. Verify proper airflow over coils. C. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure. D. Air-cooled refrigerant condensers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 236313 AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS 236313-4 LAKE CREEK EARLY HSP ADDITION BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 260500 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and the other sections of Division 16. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for electrical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1: 1. Submittals 2. Coordination Drawings 3. Record Documents 4. Maintenance Manuals 5. Electrical Testing 6. Rough -ins. 7. Electrical installations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Follow the procedures specified in Division 1 Section "SUBMITTALS." B. Increase, by the quantity listed below, the number of electrical related shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted, to allow for required distribution plus one copy of each submittal required, which will be retained by the Electrical Consulting Engineer. Shop Drawings - Final Submittal: 1 additional blue- or black -line prints. Product Data: 1 additional copy of each item. Samples: 1 addition as set. C. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these Specifications. 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 Section "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate installed conditions for: 1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of control devices; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; and fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements. 2. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-1 1.05 ELECTRICAL TESTING A. When the installation is complete, and before Final Acceptance and Work Close Out, conduct the following tests of the electrical systems. Prepare a written report of values of all test readings and procedures together with together with all additional pertinent information and submit these to the Engineer for acceptance. Furnish all equipment, instruments, and personnel required for these tests. Inform the engineer of intention 48 hours prior to running any tests. B. Low Voltage Service and Distribution: 1. With all lighting and equipment turned on (insofar as practical), take load measurements at the main service and for all feeders leaving the main distribution center or panelboard. Take readings phase by phase. 2. Make an insulation resistance test on all phase bussing within the main distribution switchboard or panelboard with all fuses in place and switches or circuit breakers open. 3. Make insulation resistance test on all feeders leaving the main distribution center or panelboard. 4. Make insulation resistance test with a megger of minimum 500 volt potential. 5. Test the service ground: Resistance to ground should not exceed 5 ohms. Test method shall be the fall of potential method as outlined in Fink & Carroll's Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers. Test shall not be conducted within 24 hours of any precipitation. The area of the test shall not have been contaminated with any liquids which might affect the results. 6. Perform a test of the GFI tripping of the main breaker per NEC 230-95C in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and in the presence of the local electrical inspector. 1.06 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: Tab #1 - Name, address and telephone number of each of the following: a. Electrical Contractor. include 24 hour emergency number b. General Contractor C. Architect d. Electrical Engineer e. Supplier of lamps and fuses. 2. Tab #2 - Warranties and certificates a. All equipment warranties. b. A letter of certification that the generator and ATS have been properly installed and completely tested. 3. Tab #3 - Test Results. a. Service and feeder load tests. b. Ground test results C. Main breaker GFI test results d. Insulation resistance test results. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-2 4. Tab #4 - Shop Drawings. a. Approved shop drawings. b. A separate listing of lamps used with each fixture type. 5. Tab #5 - Operating procedures a. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. b. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. C. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. 1.08 CERTIFICATION All equipment and equipment control panels will be "By America" certified. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 1.1 PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough -in requirements. 3.02 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of electrical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for electrical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in cast - in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-3 for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install electrical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "ACCESS DOORS" and Division 16 Section "BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS." 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 3.04 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place and wired in accordance with the following schedule. (15 is Mechanical Division -16 is Electrical Division). While it is not the intent of this chart to allocate costs to specific contractors, it is common sense to expect the costs of all work to be in some contractors price. Be sure costs are covered. Avoid duplication or omission by careful coordination with all subcontractors and the G.C. Don't assume! Disconnect switches, fused or unfused, h.P. Rated switches, thermal overload switches and fuses, manual operating switches (3) 16(1) 16(1) 16 Thermostats, control relays, control trans- formers, solenoid valves (3) 15 15(2) 15(2) BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-4 FURNISHED SET IN PLACE WIRED UNDER OR MTD. AND CONNECTED Equipment motors and thermal overloads, resistance heaters (3) 15 15 16 Magnetic starters and overload relays (3) 15 16(1) 16 Disconnect switches, fused or unfused, h.P. Rated switches, thermal overload switches and fuses, manual operating switches (3) 16(1) 16(1) 16 Thermostats, control relays, control trans- formers, solenoid valves (3) 15 15(2) 15(2) BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-4 Note (1) If furnished as part of factory wired equipment, then wiring and connections only by Division 16. Note (2)If line thermostats, P. E. switches, Time switches, etc., carry the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished by the Mechanical Division, but shall be set in place and connected under the Electrical Division, except that where such items are an integral part of the mechanical equipment, or directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., They shall be set in place under the Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical Division. If they do not cant' the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished, set in place and wired under the Mechanical Division. Note (3)The above list does not attempt to include all components. All items necessary for a complete system shall be included in the base contract. B. Provide motors and equipment for only those current characteristics indicated on the drawings. It is the intent of this division to require complete systems per the contract documents. Coordinate all equipment requiring electrical power, regardless of voltage, with other trades, so that all systems are complete and operable. END OF SECTION 260500 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-5 ZR24 TM 2'x4' LED Troffer Product Description The ZR24'" LED troffer delivers 4000 lumens of superior 90 CRI light quality and is perfect for both new construction or renovation. Powered by Cree TrueWhite` Technology, the slim and lightweight ZR24 LED troffer boasts an efficacious 90 LPW performance along with 0-10V dimming to meet local energy codes. The ZR24 LED troffer embodies a breakthrough to balancing energy savings, visual comfort and initial cost. Performance Summary Utilizes Cree TrueWhite• Technology Assembled in the US & Mexico Efficacy: 90 LPW Delivered Light Output: 4000 lumens Input Power: 44 watts CRI: 90 CRI CCT: 3500K,4000K Input Voltage: 120-277 VAC Limited Warranty: 10 years} Lifetime: Designed to last up to 75.000 hours Controls: 0-10V (Standard)' Mounting: Recessed Ordering Information Example: ZR24-40L-35K-10V ZR24 I 40L I lov ZR24" 40L 44W, 4000 Lumens 35K 3500 Kelvin Blank 120.277 Volt 40K 4000 Kelvin I (Standard) See www crep coMlighhng/products/warranty for warranty terms ' Reference www tree compight ng for recommended d-mming controls and wiring diagrams •' E B opt,on available 02 20'4 X FIXTURE TYPE A 23.7" MV 0-10V Dimming 5% EB Emergency Backup" 3.9" 47.7" CREE'= Rev. Date: 01/30J2014 CREEW,C �9 US WHITE TECHNOLOGY US: www.croo.com/lighting T (800) 236-6800 F (262) 504-5415 Canada: www.croo.com/canada T (800) 473-1234 F (800) 890-7507 ZR24'" LED Troffer Product Specifications CREE TRUEWHITE' TECHNOLOGY A revolutionary way to generale high efficacy light with superior color rendering and lifelong color consistency. Cree TrueWhite Technology delivers a no compromise solution to enhance any space. LUMEN MAINTENANCE FACTORS Reference www.cree.com/lighting for detailed lumen maintenance factors CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS Durable cold rolled steel housing provides strength and uniformity Ultra-thin 3.9" fixture height and lightweight design effectively target a broad range of plenum spaces and allow for easy Installations Fixture is pre -painted for enhanced smooth finish Provided t -bar clips and holes for mounting support wires enable recessed or suspended installation Fixture sides and ends are hemmed in for safe, easy handling OPTICAL SYSTEM Unique fixture design creates perfect balance of both horizontal and vertical illumination Optimized smooth lens eliminates pixelation and delivers a low -glare, diffused light distribution ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Cree born components including highly efficacious Cree' LED chips along with an integral high -efficiency Cree' driver Power Factor = 0.9 nominal Input Power: Stays constant over life Input Voltage: 120-277V, 50/60Hz Battery Backup: Consult factory Temperature Rating: Designed to operate in temperatures 0-35' C and below room side and plenum side Total Harmonic Distortion: QO% CONTROLS • Continuous dimming to 5% with 0-10V controls comes standard' REGULATORY & VOLUNTARY QUALIFICATIONS UL924 (EB option) cULus Listed Suitable for damp locations Designed for Indoor use 'Reference www.cree.comAighting for recommended dimming controls and wiring diagrams Photometry ZR24 BASED ON CESTL REPORT TEST #: 2014-0005 Fixture photometry has been conducted by a NVLAP accredited testing laboratory n accordance with IESNA LM -79-08. IESNA LM -79-08 specifies the entire luminaire as the source resulting In a f•xture efficiency of 100%. Coefficients Of Utilization 0j��4T 90 RCC %: 80 321 643 964 1286 0 20 0 - 90- 70 50' Average Luminance Table (cd/m2) 70 Horizontal Angle 30 10 O' 45' 90' 0' 0 1269 1269 1269 e 45' 813 879 940 Q 102 97 93 m 55' u 634 718 809 m 65' 438 558 693 75' 231 406 511 85• 58 152 195 Application Reference RW %: 70 50 30 10 RCR. 0 119 i19 119 119 1 110 106 102 73 2 107 102 97 93 3 I 88 76 68 6i 4 80 67 58 51 5 73 60 50 43 6 68 54 44 38 7 63 49 40 33 8 58 44 36 29 9 55 41 32 26 10 51 37 29 24 Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance: 20% Zonal Lumen Summary Zone Lumens % Lamp Luminaire 0-30 990 N/A 24,4% 0-40 1628 N/A 40.1% 0-60 2949 N/.A 72.69E 0-90 4064 N/A 100% 0-180 4064 N/A 100:£, Reference www.cree.com/lighting for detailed photometric data. Spacing Lumens Wattage LPW w/f , Average fc 8x8 4000L 44W 90 066 56 8 x 10 4000L 44W 90 0.55 46 10 x 10 40001- 44W 90 0.44 37 10 x 12 4000L 44W 90 0.35 30 9' ceiling 80/50/20 reflectances. 2.5' workplan open room. LLF.1.0Initial Open Space: 50 x 40'x 10' change. Cree. Inc. and/or one of its for patens. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only. Content is subject to CREEW. change. See www.cree.com/patents for patents that cover these products. Cree', the Cree logo, Cree TrueWhite', TrueWhite � and the Cree TrueWhite logo are registered trademarks, and ZR24`" is a trademark of Cree, Inc. The UL logo Is a registered trademark of UL LLC. US: www.croo.com/lighting T (800) 236-6800 F (262) 504-5415 Canada: www.cree.com/canada T (800) 473-1234 F (800) 890-7507 ZR22 TM FIXTURE TYPE A2 2'x2' LED Troffer Product Description The ZR221" LED troffer delivers 3200 lumens of superior 90 CRI light quality and is perfect for both new construction or renovation. Powered by Cree TrueWhite- Technology, the slim and lightweight ZR22 LED troffer boasts an efficacious 90 LPW performance along with 0-10V dimming to meet local energy codes. The ZR22 LED troffer embodies a breakthrough in balancing energy savings, visual comfort and initial cost. Performance Summary Utilizes Cree TrueWhite' Technology Assembled in the US & Mexico Efficacy: 90 LPW Delivered Light Output: 3200 lumens Input Power: 35 watts CRI: 90 CRI CCT: 3500K,4000K Input Voltage: 120-277 VAC Limited Warranty: 10 years+ Lifetime: Designed to last up to 75,000 hours Controls: 0-10V (Standard)' Mounting. Recessed Ordering Information Example. ZR22-32L-_35K-10V ZR22 32L L_ ZRZT" 32L 35W.3200 Lumens 35K 3500 Kelvin 40K 4000 Kelvin See www.cree.com/light ng/products/warranty for warranty terms Reference www.cree.com/Ilght ng for recommended dimming controls and wring diagrams " EB option available 02 2014 FIXTURE TYPE I lov Blank 120-277 Voll (Standard) GREE: iC@US W H I T E N O L O G V U5: www.crea.com/lighting T (800) 236-6800 F (262) 504-5415 I•**1W 10V 0-10V Dimming 5% 1 EB Emergency Backup" 3.9" 23.7" Rev Date: 01/22/2014 CREEW Canada: www.croo.com/canada T (800) 473-1234 F (800) 890-7507 ZR22r" LED Troffer Product Specifications CREE TRUEWHITE' TECHNOLOGY A revolutionary way to generate high efficacy light with superior color rendering and lifelong color consistency. Cree TrueWhite Technology delivers a no compromise solution to enhance any space LUMEN MAINTENANCE FACTORS • Reference www.cree.com/lighting for detailed lumen maintenance factors CONSTRUCTION & MATERIALS Durable cold roiled steel housing provides strength and uniformity Ultra-thin 3.9" fixture height and lightweight design effectively target a broad range of plenum spaces and allow for easy installations Fixture is pre -painted for enhanced smooth finish Provided t -bar clips and holes for mounting support wires enable recessed or suspended installation Fixture sides and ends are hemmed in for safe, easy handling OPTICAL SYSTEM Unique fixture design creates perfect balance of both horizontal and vertical illumination Optimized smooth lens eliminates pixelation and delivers a low -glare, diffused light distribution ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Cree born components including highly efficacious Cree' LED chips along with an integral high -efficiency Cree' driver Power Factor = 0.9 nominal Input Power: Stays constant over life Input Voltage: 120-277V, 50/6OHz Battery Backup: Consult factory Temperature Rating: Designed to operate in temperatures 0-35' C and below room side and plenum side Total Harmonic Distortion: <20% CONTROLS ' Continuous dimming to 5% with 0-10V controls comes standard' REGULATORY & VOLUNTARY QUALIFICATIONS UL924 (EB option) cULus Listed Suitable for damp locations Designed for Indoor use 'Reference www.cree.comAighling for recommended dimming controls and wiring diagrams Photometry ZR22 BASED ON CESTL REPORT TEST #: 2014-0006 Fixture photometry has been conducted by a NVLAP accredited testing laboratory in accordance with IESNA L01-79-08. IESNA LM -79-08 specifies the entire lum-mire as the source resulting in a fixture efficiency of 100%. Coefficients Of Utilization 0 90. RCC %: 80 70' 50 Average Luminance Table (cd/m2) 70 Horizontal Angle 30 10 • 01 45" 90" 0' 1035 1035 1035 m 45' 1 664 710 759 Q 93 1045 m 55° u 504 i 579 657 m 65' 7 342 451 570 75' 1B6 321 408 85' 53 I 104 125 70' 50 Average Luminance Table (cd/m2) 70 Horizontal Angle 30 10 • 01 45" 90" 0' 1035 1035 1035 m 45' 1 664 710 759 Q 93 2 m 55° u 504 i 579 657 m 65' 7 342 451 570 75' 1B6 321 408 85' 53 I 104 125 Application Reference RW %; 70 50 30 10 RCR.0 119 '19 119 119 1 -07 102 97 93 2 97 88 81 74 3 88 77 68 6i 4 80 68 58 51 5 74 60 51 44 6 68 54 45 38 7 63 49 40 33 8 59 45 36 30 9 55 41 32 27 10 51 38 30 24 Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance: 20% Zonal Lumen Summary Zone Lumens % Lamp Luminaire 0-30 808 N/A -1 0-40 1328 N/A 40.59 0-60 2394 N/A 73,1% 0-90 3274 N/A too"; 0-180 3274 N/A 100% Reference www.cree.com/lighting for detailed photometric data. Spacing Lumenz Wattage LPW w/fN Average fc 8 x 8 3200L 35W 90 ,)53 45 8 x 10 3200L 35W 90 0,44 37 10 x 10 3200L 35W 90 0-35 30 10 x 12 3200L 35W 90 0,28 24 9' ceiling- 80/50/20 reflectances: 25' workplan, open room. LLF:1.0 Initial Open Space: 50'x 40'x 10' ©ang Cree, Inc. and/or one of its for patens. All rights reserved. For informational purposes only Content is subject to CREE `- change. See www.cree.com/patents for patents that cover these products. Cree*. the Cree logo, Cree TrueWhite', TrueWhite and the Cree TrueWhite logo are registered trademarks, and ZR22'" is a trademark of Cree. inc The :L logo is a registered trademark of UL LLC. US: www.croo.com/lighting T (800) 236-6800 F (262) 504-5415 Canada: www.cree.com/canada T (800) 473-1234 F (800) 890-7507 (E7SSENTIA ESA -ADR -628-C DESCRIPTION Downitght luminaire with 6" round aperture, designed for 28 high output LEDs maximum. Two piece optical assembly provides a broad, even light distribution, combining low brightness, with maximum visual cutoff and efficiency. Three light distributions available — narrow, medium, and wide FEATURES • Luminaire uses 14, or 28 high output LEDs, olerance to be within a 2 -step McAdam Ellipse. See table for specific color tolerance (at right). • Axial and Tilted Axial TIR nano optic on each Individual LED to maximize light delivered through aperture. • Light distribution available in narrow, medium, or wide. • Low brightness parabolic spun Alzak aluminum cone, 0.06" thick with polished radius and continuous self -flange. • Soft satin Glow finish, standard. • Precision nickel plated cone retainers assure that the lower cone is held in position. • Formed cone blackout baffle to minimize stray light. • 2' aperture throat to accommodate all standard and extra -thick ceilings and provide flexibility in mounting within grid. • Custom heatpipe to optimize cooling of LEDs. • Provided with quick mounting brackets for optional carrying channels. • High Efficiencv constant current driver, 120-277VAC input, 525mA drive current. • 0-10V dimming, standard. 100%-10% full -range continuous dimming. • Light engine, optics, and driver(s) accessible from below ceiling. • IJUCLIL listed for thru-wiring 8#12AWG-90•C and damp location. • Thermally protected. COMPANION LUMINAIRES LED Adjustable Downlight ESA -ADR -614 -C -N DADJ-SGCFF LED Lensed Wallwash ESA -AD R-614-C-LWW-SGCFF 1: [3E Color Tolerance 2700K +/- 42K 3000K +1- 50K 3500K +/-63K 4250K +/-95K 525mA Recommended Ceiling Cutout 6-1/2 <TURE TYPE � B2 [178mm] Notes: PATENT PENDING Familyl Product Aperture LED Count LED Optic Rellector/Cone Finish Flange Finish Voltage Drive Options Series (Inches) (# of LEDs) Performance Current Please type additional options In Generation manually on the lines provided below. ESA ADR _ _ C _ _ _ _ 6 14 C WD Wide SSGC Solt Satin Glow At Clear FF Flat Flange 128 120V 525 525mA 27K 2700K (90 Nominal CRI) 28 MD Medium SSGGR Solt Satin Glow At Graphite WF Wh;1e Flange 277 277V ND Narrow SSGGR Soft Satin Glow At Bronte XF Custom Color Flange SSGCG Salt Satin Glow M Champange Gold SSGPE Soil Satin Glow At Pewter SSGWH Soft Satin G ow At Wheal SSGB Soft Satin Glow At Blarl: W While Paint Example ESA J• • •LED ADR 6 28 C WD SSGC FE 120 525 30K 3000K (85+ CRI) 35K 3500K (80+ CRI) 43K 4250K (70+ CRI) DH D mming Lutron HiLume (525mAt LM Lens Med a FS Fusing SCA Slope Ceiling Adapter MC Mounting Channels WL Wet Location ES Flangeless TR Top Access © 2011 Be1aLED" • 1200 92nd Street Sturtevant, WI 53177 • 800-236-6800 • www.Betal-ED.com Made in the U.S.A. of U.S. and imported parts. NOTE: All data subject to change without notice. Meets Buy American requirements within the ARRA. Rev. Date: L4-07/22/11 CESSENTIA LUMINANCE DATA ESMOR628CMDSGCFFI205253SKIM LUMINANCE DATA [SAADR621CWDSGCFFI205253SKIM ,, Round , Aperturi cana°Li/meter , Arckitectural I N T F R 1? P, [_P LED Count' 28 candelo/ metei Efficacy 44.8 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Efficacy 42 8 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Efficacy: 39.1 Lm/W COLOR TEMPERATURE LUMEN MULTIPLIER COLOR TEMPERATURE LUMEN MULTIPLIER S/M 0 46 LED COLOR MULTIPLIER VM. 068 2700K 0.93 3SOOK 100 45° PHOTOMETRICS (olor Temperature 3500K 55° 1971 3000K 1.00 4250K 1.1414 Color Temperature 3500K ESAADR628CNDSGCFF12052535K LUMINANCE DATA ESAADR628CMDSGCFF12052535K LUMINANCE DATA ESAADR628CWDSGCFF12052535K LUMINANCE DATA LED Count 28 candela/meter IED Count: 28 1175 cand°la/melee 65° LED Count 28 De6veted Lumens 2362 or'd 13 m l 75° Efficacy' 50 4 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Efficacy: 49.1 Lm/W 75° VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Effi(ocy- 45.5 Lm/W 805 VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE S/M. 0 38 45° 2097 S/2A. 0.73 Test No. LTL20038 45° 330S S/FA 0.95 Test No.: LTL20207 45° 6642 Color Temperature 3500K 55° 1068 Color Temperature 3500K 55' 1654 (clot Temperature 3500K 55° 2602 Drive Cunenl 525mA 65° 610 Me Current- 525mA 65° 943 Drive Current 525mA 65° 1468 Delivered Lumens 2659 75° 374 Delivered lumens 2623 DISTRIBUTION 75` 531 Delivered Lumens 2403 15° B19 Test No LTL20040 85° 370 Test No.: LTL20036 85° 315 Test No LTL20209 DEGREES 85° 451 D°wnlight CANDELA D-11ght 7438 (AN DELA Downright CANDFLA 900 / �. DISTRIBUTION DISTRIBUTION 6760 DISTRIBUTION 5° 3000 15 DEGREES ED 2317 35 DEGREES (DNo 1S° 3336 160015° DEGREES CD 2865 0° 11616 1000 2124 330025° 0° 4424 Egg0° 1163 2672 60 5° 10488 / 1S. 25° 80 5° 45805°2569 R30' 35° 311 4000 15°3825 505 2000 15' 350415° 46m45' 2533 ON 25° 1081 45° 104 2700 4525° / 1810 139 25° 1879 55° 's 35' 259 55° 27 35' 506 55° 37 35° 759 65° 45' 27 3000 30 65° 9 45° 43 7065° 13 u0075' 84 55" 11 30• 2 55° 1755° 160045° 4 28 BS° 30 5"5 15 85° 0 65° 765° 0 11 0000 —�C 75° 2 100° 0 2500 —�X 75° 3 240075° 4 15' 85 1 t5" DISTANCE FROM 85' 1 BEAM DISTANCE FROM 85° 1 1200° 90` D WORKPLANE FG07CANDLES DIAMETER 90° D 207 2.8' 90° 0 CONE OF LIGHT 4.0' (ONE OF LIGHT 5 4' 8' CONE OF LIGHT 3 8' 8' DISTANCE FROM BEAM DISTANCE FROM 8 37 BEAM DISTANCE FROM 74 BEAM 4 6' WORKPLANE FOOTCANDLES DIAMETER WORKPLANE FOOTCANDLES DIAMETER WORKPLANE FOOTCANDLES DIAMETER 6' 323 2.4' 6' 123 5 4' 4 4' _ _ 6 74 5.8 12' 16 B' 182 3.0' 8' 69 50 8 42 7 6 9.6' 10' 116 3.0' 10' 44 7 2' 10' 27 9 6 12' 81 4.6' 12' 31 8 6' 12' 19 114 14' 59 5.4' 14' 13 100, 14' 14 13 2 PHOTOMETRICS - LENSED BAADR62OCNOSWFI205253SKLM LUMINANCE DATA ESMOR628CMDSGCFFI205253SKIM LUMINANCE DATA [SAADR621CWDSGCFFI205253SKIM LUMINANCE DATA IED Count. 28 cana°Li/meter LED Count 28 candela/melet LED Count' 28 candelo/ metei Efficacy 44.8 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Efficacy 42 8 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE Efficacy: 39.1 Lm/W VERTICAL ANGLE AVERAGE S/M 0 46 45° 5378 VM. 068 45' 8036 S/M: 0 89 45° 10781 (olor Temperature 3500K 55° 1971 War Temperature 3500K 55° 2578 Color Temperature 3500K 55° 3572 Dive Current: 525mA 65° 811 Drive Cunenl 525mA 650 1175 Drive Current: 525mA 65° 1637 De6veted Lumens 2362 75° 318 Delivered Lumens 2289 75° 512 Delivered lumens 2064 75° 805 Test No LTL20042 85° 0 Test No. LTL20038 05° 127 Test No.: LTL20207 05° 308 D—light CANDELA Do—light CANDELA Downaght CANDELA DISTRIBUTIONt45 DISTRIBUTION \ DISTRIBUTION DEGREES CDDEGREES CD 'S`� ��, DEGREES CD 1600 0° 7438 6000° 3933 900 / 0° 2354 5° 6760 5° 3813 60 5° 2317 1S° 3336 160015° 2865 600 15° 2124 330025° 1163 25° 1512 / 1S. 25° 1412 R30' 35° 311 35° 505 35° 654 46m45' 69 45° 104 2700 / 45° 139 55° 21 55° 27 55° 37 65° 6 3200 30 65° 9 2000 7065° 13 u0075' 1 75° 2 75° 4 BS° 0 15 85° 0 1S. 85° 0 90° 0 100° 90° 0 2500 —�X 9D° 0 CONE OF LIGHT CONE OF LIGHT CONE OF LIGHT DISTANCE FROM BEAM DISTANCE FROM BEAM DISTANCE FROM BEAM WORKPLANE FOOTCANDLES DIAMETER _ — WORKPLANE FG07CANDLES DIAMETER WORKPLANE FOOTCANDLES DIAMETER 6' 207 2.8' 6' 109 4.0' -- 6 65 5 4' 8' 116 3 8' 8' 61 5.6' 8 37 7 2 10' 74 4 6' 10' 39 6.8' 10 24 9 0 12' 52 5 4' 12' 27 B.2' 12' 16 110 14' 38 6 4' 14' 10 9.6' 14' 12 126 All photometric files available for your convenience at our web site: www.betoled com y; © 2011 Betal-ED° 1200 92nd Street Sturtevant, WI 53177 800 -236-6800 www.BetaLED.com Made in the U.S.A. of U.S. and imported parts. "LED NOTE: All data subject to change without notice. Meets Buy American requirements within the ARRA. Rev. Date: L4-07/22/11 Page 1 of 1 Architectural Decorative Helios 5412 & 5413 FIXTURE TYPE C VANITY FIXTURE Order Information: Catalog No. Description Finish Wattage Volts Lamp 5412WH Vertical or Horizontal Wall Mount Matte White (2)18W 120V/277V Twin Tube 4 -Pin 2G11 Base 5412PC Polished Chrome 5413PC (2) 39W Order Information: Catalog No. A (width) 5412 24 1/2- 5413 35 3/4" B (extension) I C (height) 4 7/8- 13 1/16 - Features Labels 1. Front Housing: Die Cast Zinc Alloy cULus Listed. Suitable for Damp Locations 2. Back Plate: 16ga Steel 3. Diffuser: Acrylic 4. Lamp Support Plate: Stamped Steel 20ga. 5. Back Housing: Die Cast Zinc Alloy Electrical 6. Ballast: Electronic 120V/277V Lamp Holders Fluorescent Twin Tube 4 -Pin 21311 Base 631 Airport Road, Fall River, MA 02720 • (508)679-8131 • Fax (508) 674-4710 We reserve the right to change details of design, materials and finish. www.lightolier.com © 2010 Philips Group • D0710 Type: Job Name: Cat. No.: Lamp(s): Notes: PHILIPS I_ I C" 14 TO I_ I I:R N CALERA t. 1 C. f-1 r 1 N G uI r nALERA EXPRESS FEATURES • 21/2" deep housing for a sleek modern appearance • Indirect Luminaire • Unique lamp crossing technique on one and three lamp models maintains 48" modularity • Heavy 20 -gauge steel construction provides excellent housing rigidity • Controls compatible • Available with optional installed open or closed loop daylight sensors (DSPL, DSL) when daylight dimming systems are desired • Unique die cast aluminum, tongue and groove couplers provide zero tolerance alignment resulting in consistently straight rows • Patented die cast aluminum end caps for a soft finished appearance(Patent# 6,796,67682) • Flat end caps standard • Available with a slotted or perforated housing • Modular mounting points for convenient hanging locations • Available with exclusive wiHUBB technology preinstalled (WIH option) - Peer to peer, self -healing wireless mesh network - Integrated control system for 0-1OVDC or step dimming, or On/Off SHAPE AND DIMENSIONS �►12,/r" 0 FIXTURE TYPE oCURV PERFORATED ,1, 2,3 -Lamp T5, T51-10 or 1, 2,3,4 -Lamp T8, Indirect Distribution PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name Catalog No. CONSTRUCTION -Housing provides indirect distribution. Glow from perforation allows under 5% direct light. -Up to four T8 lamps and up to three TS or TSHO lamps. -The exact shape of the housing is maintained by the use of an inner d e cast plate at each fixture end. -The housing is designed to wrap around the end plates and secures on top with concealed screws to ensure hous ng tolerances are consistent, These die cast aluminum end caps and aligners provide zero tolerance alignment between fixtures, resulting in consistently straight rows with no snaking. -Reflectors: standard with a painted white steel reflector with specular inserts on the side. -High efficiency reflector (HRF) high reflectance specular material allows for wide distribution with maximum efficiency. -WR: An economical painted white reflector FINISH The housing and all painted parts are treated with a multi -stage phosphate bonding process before being finished. Parts are then finished with a white RAL powder coat finish for maximum consistent coverage and longevity. MOUNTING -Aircraft cable suspension mechanism. -Fixed cable has a total vertical adjustment of 1+/x End of cable barrel screws into a standard 4a-20 bolt brought down from the ceiling. A feed canopy is provided for each feed location. All fixtures are suspended in modular increments and must be supported at each fixture -housing end. Type Date LABELS AND ELECTRICAL -A:: luminaires are built to UL1598 Standards and bear appropriate UL and cUL or CSA labels. Damp location labeling is standard. - Quick -connect plugs standard CONTROLS COMPATIBILITY Controls compatible. When used with Occupancy Sensors, most lamp vendors recommend Program Start ballast (EP) to extend lamp life. Common control schemes: wiHUBB Enabled (WIH) switching (L/R or IBOB), 0-10V dimming ballast (ED), Step Dimming ballast (ESD). wiHUBB Enabled (WIH). Compatibility with specific control (example, dimmer switch) is by others. wiHUBB antenna will be visible. For daylight sensors installed, see information below. ARCHITECTURAL SENSORS INSTALLED Daylight sensors are used to measure available sunlight and reduce electric light for energy savings- Alera sensors are installed to be both accessible and visible below the housing. DSPL: Philips Luxsense, Mark 7 0-10V dimming ballast. Closed loop sensor measures reflected light .n a cone below the sensor. Pre -commissioned by Philips to 45fc standard, modest manual adjustability via sensor ring. DSL: Lutron EcoSystem, digital dimming ballast. Open loop sensor must be pointed directly at the source of natural light. System requires proprietary commissioning by others. Additional technical data; see TID sheets, Alera website and sensor manufacturer websites. Name: CV -1T8 -5 -E -WR Test M: 12991 Efficiency: 972% LER: 86 ORDERING INFORMATION Alera Express 10 -Day Shipment Selections EXAMPLE: CV-8-2T8-PERF-CM48-EU-MW CV MODEL HOUSINGTYPE ADJUSTABLE CABLE LENGTH VOLTAGE FINISH CV Cury PERF Perforated 48 48" U 120V -277V MW Matte White (Std.) HSLT Horizontal Slot Strip 96 96" 120 120V ZT ZET Metallic Silver VLST Vertical Slot Strip Other lengths available 277 277V See Color Selection Guide for other on request. 347 347V color selections OPTIONS ROW LENGTH LAMP TYPE AND PROFILE MOUNTING METHOD BALLAST WR Wh,teReflector 4 4' Single 11`5 One TS Lamp FCM18 Fixed Aircraft Cable E Electronic, Instant HRF H-gh Efficiency Reflector 8 8' Single 2T5 Two T5 Lamps Mount (Non- Start (Std. for T8) DC Dust Cover INJAT5HOI 12 12' S.ngle 3TS Three TS Lamps adjustable, Std.) 18' EP Electronic, SCE Sculpted End Cap (55+16') - Indicate row length 1TSHO One T5HO Lamp CM Adjustable Aircraft Programmed Start BN Bull Nose End Cap (51+151 Cable Mt (Std. for TS Et TSHO, LR Left/Right Switchin 12 -Lam only) Mount over 12' -n 4' 2TSHO Two T5HO Lamps optional for T8) 9 p increments 3T5H0 Three T5HO LamIBOB Inboard/Outboard Switching 13 -Lamp only) Note: Rows over 12' will ps ED Electronic, EL One Emergency Battery Pack'' be configured by Alera. 2T8 Two TB Lamps Dimming (Must EMC one Emergency Circuit'' specify) 9 Example 16' will be (2) B'. 3TThree TB Lamps ESD Electronic, Ste NLc Night Light Circuit" contact factory. 9 Alternate configurations: 4T8B Four T8 Lamps Dimming p GLR Fast Blow Fuse EDLI Universal Voltage, GMF Slow Blow Fuse Specify voltage. For additional, specify quantity before nomenclature (Example 2EL120 Electronic Dimming TEAR T -Bar Mounting Philips Advance WIH wiHUBB Enabled ' Not available with all configurations; some limitations apply. Contact factory for de'a s Mark 7 (0-10V) One extra feed drop per EMC or NLC. (For through wiring, contact factory.) DSPL Philips LuxSense Daylight Sensor (Must Specify EDULUTES Universal Voltage, Philips Advance 0-10V Dimming Ballastli Lutron EcoSystem© series ballast. Contact factory for other Lutron ballasts. Lutron EcoSystem DSL Lutron Daylight Sensor Protected by US Patent 6,796,676. Digital Dimming (Must Specify Lutron EcoSystem (EC5 Series) Ballast Dimming Ballast)'' Protected by Canada Patent 2,450,528. Specifications subject to change without notice. Unless specified, Alera will use fewest ballasts possible. Page 1/4 Rev. 08128/12 CURVES / CV PERF CC) 2012 Alera Lighting, a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc. Because of continuing product improvement programs, Alera Lighting reserves the right to change specifications noau without notice. 701 Millennium Blvd. Greenville, SC 29607 / Tel 864.678.1000 / Website www.aleralighting.com -� VA L E R CURV PERFORATED . � : v; Vr -r x N <, 1, 2,3- Lamp T5, T5H0 or 1, 2,3,4 -Lamp T8, Indirect Distribution CROSS SECTION QT 0 7° 2 (x CV -2T8 PERF T7�S77 T 2 f! 9Vx" 0 CV-1T5,TSHO PERF PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 13197 Lum na re CV -2T8 -PERF -CM -E COry Architectural Curve 9.5" x 48' 2 -Lamp with LS Side Reflector Ballast REL2P32SC Ballast Factor 0.87 Lamp F32T8 Lumens per Lamp 2900 Watts 59 Mounting Pendant Shielding Angle 0• = 90 90" - 90 Spacing Criterion 0" - 1.16 90' - 1.31 Lum nous Length:3.54 Open ng in Feel Width: 0.33 Height: 0.00 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 12982 CV-2TB-PERF-E-HRF COry Architectural Curve 9.5" x 48" 2 -Lamp with Perforated Highly Specular Reflector Ballast B2321120RH-A Ba last Factor 0.88 Lamp F32TB Lumens per Lamp 2900 Watts 59 Mounting Pendant Shielding Angle 0'-90 90"-90 Spacing Criterion O° - 1.09 90" - 1.09 Luminous Length:3.54 Opening in Feet Width: 0.33 Height: 0.00 000 ?�' T - CV -3T8 PERF 4:1° o o � 2 r�x" I�9 � , CV -2T5, TSHO PERF X00 00° 2 CV -4T8 PERF ° 0 0 O ° T RC ] 80 70 50 0 2'r � 369 i 0 RW 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 30 10 0 CV-3T5,T5HO PERF 330 351 AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq. M.) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 0 15 30 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0- - -90.0- - 0 5 Test Date 8/22/02 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 120 105 90 75 60 U 15 3U 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0- - -90.0- - Test Date 12/12/01 Page V4 Rev. 08/28/12 CURVES / CV PERF © 2012 Alera L ghting. a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc Because of continuing product improvement programs, Alera Lighting reserves the right to change specifications LL without notice 70T Mdlenmum Blvd Greenville. SC 29607 /Tel 864.678.1000 / Website www.aleralighting.com 0.0 122.5145.0 67.5 90.0 RC ] 80 70 50 0 0 369 369 369 369 369 RW 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 30 10 0 30 330 351 362 372 372 1 83'80 76 73-71 68 66 46 44 2 40 301 325 349 397 409 2 76 69 64 59 65 611 55 39 36 1 T33 45 274 300 352 430 443 3 69 61 54 49 59 52 47 33 30 1 50 244 287 387 444 459 4 63 54 47 41 54 46 40 29 26 1 55 225 273 386 450 482 5 58 47 40 35 49 4135 31 28 25 22 1 t 60 203 258 387 461 498 rr 6 53142 35 30 45 36 - 30 26 25 22 19 1 65 174 283 392 480 523 7 4838 31 26 41 33 27 23 23 19 16 1 70 189 296 431 539 566 B 45 34 27 22 38 29 24 20 21 17 14 1 75 178 320 498 605 676 9 41 31 24 20 35 26 21 17 19 15 12 1 80 159 425 584 743 796 10 38 28 21 17 33 24 19 15 17 13 11 0 85 211 634 952 1269. 1374 RCR =Room Cavity Ratio RC - Effective Cemling Cavity Reflectance RW - Wall Re'lectance ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY Zone Lumens wo Lam % Fixt. ENERGY DATA 0-30 31 0.5 0-6 Total Luminaire Efficiency 95.8111^ 0-40 51 0.9 0.9 Lum•naire Efficacy Rating (LER) 82 0-60 93 1.6 1.7 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliance Yes -VDT Intensive Use 0-90 133 2.3 2.4 Comparative Yearly Light,ng $2.93 based on 3000hrs 90-120 1775 30.6 32-0 Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0 OB per KWH 90-130 2680 46.2 48.3 90-150 4286 73.9 1 77.2 90-180 5421 93.5 97.6 0-180 5555 95.8 100.0 AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq. M., COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 0.0 22.5 145.0 67.5 190.0 RC 80 j 70 1 50 1 0 0 101 101 101 101 101 RW 70 50130110170 50 301101501301101 0 30 85 74 74 85 85 1 80 77 73 r 7D 68 66 63160 45 43 42 0 40 84 60 72 84 84 2 73 67 62 57 62 57 53 50 39 37 35 0 45 78 52 78 91 91 3 66 59 52 47 57 50 45 41 35 31 29 0 50 72 57 72 86 86 4 61 52 45 40 52 44 39 35 31 27 24 0 o, 55 64 48 64 96 96 c6u 5 55 46 39 34 47 39 34 29 27 24 21 0 a 60 55 37 74 92 92 c 6 51 41 34 29 43 35 29 25 24 21 18 0 65 44 44 65 87 87 7 47 36 30 25 40 31 26 22 22 18 15 0 70 0 27 54 81 818 43 33 26 21 37 28 23 19 19 16 13 0 75 0 0 36 71 71 9 40 29 23 1934 25 20 16 18 14 12 0 80 0 0 0 53 53 10 37 27 21 IE 32 23 18 T4 16 13 10 0 85 0 0 0 0 106 RCR Roam Cavity Ratio RC - Effective Ceil ng Cavity Reflectance RW - Wag Reflrctance ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY Zone Lumens i Wn Lamp Wo Fixt. ENERGY DATA 0-30 7 0.1 0.1 -oral Luminarre Efficiency 92.6% 0-40 12 0.2 0.2 �umina�re Efficacy Rating ILERI 80 0-60 20 0.3 0.4 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliarce Yes -VDT Intensive Use 0-90 32 0.6 0.6 Comparative Yearly Lighting $3.00based on3000firs. 90-120 1871 32.3 34.8 Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH 90-130 2898 50.0 54.0 90-150 90-180 0-180 4499 5337 5369 77.6 92.0 92.6 83.8 99.4 I 100.0 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 0 15 30 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0- - -90.0- - 0 5 Test Date 8/22/02 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 120 105 90 75 60 U 15 3U 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0- - -90.0- - Test Date 12/12/01 Page V4 Rev. 08/28/12 CURVES / CV PERF © 2012 Alera L ghting. a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc Because of continuing product improvement programs, Alera Lighting reserves the right to change specifications LL without notice 70T Mdlenmum Blvd Greenville. SC 29607 /Tel 864.678.1000 / Website www.aleralighting.com 0 (.')A L E R A CURV PERFORATED t r r r 1 T r " C. 1, 2,3 -Lamp T5, T5HO or 1, 2,3,4 -Lamp T8, Indirect Distribution PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 12985 AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq. M.) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) INDOOR CANDELA PLOT Lumma,re CV-3TB-PERF-E-HRF 0.0 122.5 145.0 67.5 190.0 RC 80 1 70 1 50 0 180 165 150 135 COry Architectural Curve Lumens 0 313 313 313 313 313 0.3 RW 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 9.5" x 48" 3 -Lamp 0.8 30 287 245 234 245 255 Comparative Yearly Lighting 1 78 75 71 69 67 64 61 59 44 43 41 1 with Perforated Highly 43.4 40 277 217 241 265 265 81.0 2 71 65 60 56 61 56 52 48 39 36 34 1 Specular Reflector 7855 45 274 208 248 274 274 42 3 65 57 51 46 55 49 44 40 34 31 28 1 Ballast B3321120RHA 44 50 258 201 258 272 287 19 4 59 50 44 39 50 43 38 34 30 27 24 0 Ballast Factor 0.88 0, 55 225 209 241 289 305 u 5 54 45 38 33 46 38 33 29 27 23 20 0 Lamp F32TS a 60 203 203 258 295 295 s 6 50 40 33 28 42 34 29 25 24 20 17 0 Lumens per Lamp 2900 40 65 174 196 262 305 327 14 7 46 35 29 24 39 31 25 21 21 18 15 0 Watts 88 70 162 189 269 323 323 8 42 32 25 21 36 27 22 18 19 16 13 0 Mounting Pendant 75 142 178 285 320 356 9 39 29 23 18 33 25 20 16 17 14 11 0 Shielding Angle 0 -90 90,-90 80 106 212 318 371 425 10 36 26 20 16 31 23 18 14 16 12 10 0 Spac•ngCrderion 0•.1.19 90.1.01 85 211 211 423 529 634 RCR -Room Cavity Ratio Luminous Length: Opening in Feet Width: 0.33.33 RC = Effective CeilingCavity Reflectance RW = Wall Reflectance y Height: 0.00 ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 13188 Lummaue CV-1T5HO-PERF-CM-EP C6ry Architectural Curve 9.5" x 48" 1 -Lamp with LS Side Reflectors Ballast ICN2S54 Ballast Factor 1.00 Lamp F54T5 Lumens per Lamp 4400 Watts 63 Mounting Pendant Shielding Angle 0° - 90 90° - 90 Spacing Criterion 01 = 1.13 90^ = 1.30 Luminous Length:3.54 Opening in Feet Width: 0.33 Height: 0.00 Page 3/4 Rev, 08/28/12 Zone Lumens % Lam % Fixt. 0.3 ENERGY DATA Total Luminaire Efficiency 90.3% 0-30 23 0.3 0-40 37 0.4 0.5 Luminaire Efficacy Rating [LER) 79 0-60 66 0.8 0.8 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliance Yes -VDT Intensive Use 0-90 98 1.1 1.3 Comparative Yearly Lighting $3.04 based on3D00hrs. 90-120 2312 26.6 29.4 Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH 90-130 3778 43.4 48.1 31 1 90-150 6361 73.1 81.0 55 46 90-180 7757 89.2 98.7 30 27 0-180 7855 90.3 100.0 60 49 AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq. M.) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 0 295 295 295 295 30 255 266 277 287 40 241 253 277 313 45 222 235 274 326 50 186 215 287 344 55 177 209 305 353 60 147 184 295 350 65 131 196 305 371 70 135 216 296 404 75 142 214 320 427 80 159 265 371 478 85 211 423 634 846 298 40 1 86 82 79 75 74 71 68 65 49 47 46 2 325 36.8 2 78 72 66 62 67 62 57 53 43 40 3B 1 339 97.7 3 71 63 56 51 61 54 49 44 38 34 31 1 358 4 65 55 46 43 56 48 42 37 ,33 30 27 1 369 5 60 49 42 36 51 42 36 32 29 26 23 1 369 6 55 44 36 31 47 38 31 27 26 22 19 1 392 7 50 39 32 27 43 34 28 23 24 20 17 1 404 B 46 35 28 23 40 30 24 20 21 17 15 1 463 9 43 32 25 20 37 27 22 18 19 15 1 13 1 584 10 40 29 22 18 34 25 19 16 18 14 11 0 952 RCR = Room Cavity Ratio RC = Effective Ceiling Cavity Reflectance RW = Wall Reflectance ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY 0-40 40 0.9 0.9 0-60 72 1.6 1.7 0-90 101 2.3 2.3 90-120 1617 36.8 37.1 90-130 2295 52.2 52.7 90-150 3461 78.7 79.4 90-180 4259 96.8 97.7 0-180 4360 99.1 100.0 ENERGY DATA Total Luminaire Efficiency 99.1% Luminaire Efficacy Rating (LER) 69 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliance Yes -VDT Intensive Use Comparative Yearly Lighting $3.48 based on 3000hrs. Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH 120 105 90 75 60 V to 3V 43 Horiz 0-180 0.0- 45.0- - - 90.0- - Test Date 12/4/01 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 1200 120 105 90 75 60 1200 0 15 30 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0---90.0-- Test Date 9/13/02 CURVES / CV PERF O 2012 Alera Lighting, a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc. Because of continuing product improvement programs, Alera Lighting reserves the right to change specifications HC"oo> u" without notice. 701 Millennium Blvd. Greenville, SC 29607 / Tel 864.678.1000 / Website www.aleraligkting.com «maxi u .�. f%A L E RA CURV PERFORATED r , r r., T , " 4; 1, 2,3- Lamp T5, T5H0 or 1, 2,3,4 -Lamp T8, Indirect Distribution PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 12987 AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq,M.) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) Luminaire CV-iT5HO-PERF-EP-HRF C6tvArchitectural Curve 0 0.1 0.0 122.5 145.0 67.5 190.0 28 RC 80 1 70 50 0 RW 70 501301 10170 501301 1050 30 10 0 0 28 28 28 28 9.5' x 48" 1 -Lamp 90-120 30 32 32 32 32 32 1 86 82 78 75 73 70 67 65 48 46 45 0 with Perforated Highly 3818 40 24 24 36 36 36 2 78 72 66 61 67 61 57 53 42 39 37 0 Specular Reflector 99.2 45 26 26 39 39 39 3 71 63 56 51 61 54 48 44 37 34 31 0 Ballast QTIX54/12OPHO 87 50 29 29 43 43 43 4 65 55 48 43 55 47 42 37 33 29 26 0 Ballast Factor 1.00 rn 55 32 32 32 38 325 59 49 42 36 50 42 36 31 29 25 22 0 9 Lamp F54T5 a 60 37 37 37 37 37 6 54 43 36 31 46 37 31 27 26 22 19 0 Lumens per Lamp 4400 65 22 22 44 44 44 7 50 39 32 27 43 33 27 23 23 19 16 0 Watts 61 70 27 27 54 54 54 8 46 35 28 23 39 30 24 20 21 17 14 0 Mounting Pendant 75 36 36 36 71 71 9 43 32,21 211 36 27 21 18 19 15 12 0 Shielding Angle 0 -90 90 -90 80 53 53 53 53 53 10 40 29122 18 34 25 19 15 17 13 11 0 Spacing Criteron O^ - 1.46 90-- 1.53 85 i 106 106 106 106 106 RCR - Room Cavity Ratio Luminous Length: 3.54 RC - Effective Ceil ng Cavity Reflectance RW - Wall Reflectance Opening in Feet Width: 0.33 H i ht:OOO ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY ei9 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA Test 12933 Luminaire CV-2TSHO-PERF-EP-HRP COry Architectural Curve 9.5" x 48" 2 -Lamp with Perforated Highly Specular Reflector Ballast QT2X54/12OPHO Ballast Factor 1.00 Lamp F54T5 Lumens per Lamp 4400 Watts 121 Mounting Pendant Shmelding Angle 0- - 90 90° - 90 Spacing Criterion 0° - 1.33 90° - 1.23 Luminous Length:3.54 Opening in Feet Width: 0.33 Height: 0.00 0-404 0 0.1 0.1 0-60 8 0.2 0.2 0-90 13 0.3 0.3 90-120 1965 44.7 45.0 90-130 2761 62.8 63.3 90150 3818 86.8 87.5 90-180 4351 98.9 99.7 0-180 I 4364 99.2 100.0 AVG. LUMINANCE ((andel; 1 0.0 122.5 45.0 67.5 ENERGY DATA Total Lum•na re Efficiency 99.296 Lum naire Efficacy Rating (iER) 72 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compl•ance Yes -VDT Intensive Use Comparative YearlyL�ghting $3.33 based on 3000 firs. Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH /Sq M) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 90.0 RC 80 70 50 0 64 RW 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 64 1 85 81 77 74 72 69 66 64 47 46 44 0 72 2 77 71 65 61 66 60 56 52 41 39 37 0 78 3 70 62 55 50 60 53 48 44 36 33 31 0 86 4 :64 54 47 42 54 47 41 37 32 29 26 0 80 5 59 48 41 36 50 41 35 31 29 25 22 0 92 °C 6 54 43 36 30 46 37 31 26 25 22 19 0 109 7 49 38 31 .26 42 33 27 23 23 19 16 0 108 8 34 27 23 39 3024 20 21 17 14 0 21 17 159 0 145 39 26 22 107 33 24 19 15 17 13 11 0 211 RCR =Roam Cav ty Ratio RC - Effective Ce ling Cavity Reflectance RW = Wall Reflectance ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY 0 64 64 64 64 Cib Lam 30 64 53 64 64 6 40 60 60 60 72 0.40 45 65 65 78 71 50 72 165 57 72 86 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliance 55 64 48 80 80 03 60 55 55 92 92 36.8 65 44 65 87 87 4994 70 54 54 81 108 90-150++ 75 71 71 71 107 80 53 t06 106 106 85 106 106 211 211 ENERGY DATA Total Lum•na re Efficiency 99.296 Lum naire Efficacy Rating (iER) 72 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compl•ance Yes -VDT Intensive Use Comparative YearlyL�ghting $3.33 based on 3000 firs. Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH /Sq M) COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 90.0 RC 80 70 50 0 64 RW 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 0 64 1 85 81 77 74 72 69 66 64 47 46 44 0 72 2 77 71 65 61 66 60 56 52 41 39 37 0 78 3 70 62 55 50 60 53 48 44 36 33 31 0 86 4 :64 54 47 42 54 47 41 37 32 29 26 0 80 5 59 48 41 36 50 41 35 31 29 25 22 0 92 °C 6 54 43 36 30 46 37 31 26 25 22 19 0 109 7 49 38 31 .26 42 33 27 23 23 19 16 0 108 8 34 27 23 39 3024 20 21 17 14 0 21 17 159 0 145 39 26 22 107 33 24 19 15 17 13 11 0 211 RCR =Roam Cav ty Ratio RC - Effective Ce ling Cavity Reflectance RW = Wall Reflectance ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY ZoneLumens Cib Lam _ % Fxt. ENERGY DATA 0-30 6 0.1 0.1 Total Luminaire Efficiency 97.8% 0.40 9 0.1 0.1 Lummaue Efficacy Rating {LER? 71 0-60 17 0.2 0.2 ANSI/IESNA RP -1-2004 Compliance Yes -VDT Intensive Use 0-90 26 0.3 03 Comparative Yearly Ughting $3.38 based on 3000hrs. 90-120 3241 36.8 37.6 Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens and $0.08 per KWH 90-130 4994 56.7 58.0 90-150++ 7407 84.2 86.0 90-180 I 8584 97.5 99.7 0-180 I 8610 97.8 100.0 0 15 30 45 Horiz 0-180 0.0-45.0- - - 90.0- - Test Date 12/18/01 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT 180 165 150 135 JOO - 120 105 90 75 10 60 3200 0 15 30 45 Horiz 0-1 BO 0.0- 45.0- - - 90.0- - Test Date 8/31101 Page 414 Rev 08/28/12 CURVES 7 CV PERF (CD 2012 Alera L-ght ng a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc. Because of continuing product improvement programs, Alera Light ng reserves the right to change specifications w-thout notice. 701 Millennium Blvd, Greenville, SC 29607 / Tel 864.678.1000 / Website www.aleralighting.com DUAL]LITE FEATURES EGRESS LIGHT LZ Series Application The LZ Series is an indoor emergency lighting unit with 10 - 65W capacity utilizing a sealed lead -calcium or nickel -cadmium battery in 6 or 12 VDC. Supplied standard with two halogen MR16 lamps. High -output LED based MR16 option provides increased spacing, additional run-time and/or increased remote capacity. Matching remote heads are also offered. The integrated lamp design offers greater protection from vandalism. Construction Available in two housing sizes, one for standard capacity models (LZ2, LZ15) and increased depth for higher capacity models (LZ15 through LZ65). Made from UV stabilized thermoplastic with a snap -together design in white or black finish. Includes test switch and AC -ON indicator. Installation Unit mounts to 31/2", 4" octagon or 4" square boxes. Back -plate provides a universal knockout pattern for mounting to outlet box. Keyholes provided for securing housing to wall surface. LZ2 and LZ15 can be ceiling mounted. All AC connections made inside unit housing. Illumination The LZ Series provides illumination with two halogen MR16 lamps positioned inside an adjustable "eyeball" style housing. Optional lamps for greater light output include I OW MR16 and maximum coverage high -output LED based MR16. Compliances UL 924 Listed (optional damp location listed) N FPA 70 NFPA 101 ADA compliant (LZ standard models only) U.S. Patent Nos. D400,991, D419,708, D400,995, 6,280,042 and 6,019,477. ORDERING GUIDE LZ Designer Emergency Lighting Unit Catalog Number Comments T•;p.. Standard Size High Capacity Optional black finish ZR remote heads (sold separately) L� Model Capacity Battery Type Rating Output Volts Self -Diagnostics Options LZ 2 10 Watts z Blank Lead -Calcium Blank Standard 15 15 Watts N Nickel- Model 20 20 Watts 6 Cadmium 3.4 D Damp 25 25 Watts 6 Location 30 30 Watts 2 Listing 9 35 35 Watts 2 6 Unit supplied without 55 55 Watts 3 lampheads 11 65 65 Watts 2 6 220-240VAC, 1 Available on units with capacities of 20 watts or more 3 Not available with Nickel -Cadmium battery models 3 Available only on 15, 20 or 25 Watt models 4 Must order with damp location on LZ15 in 6 VDC only 6 Not available with Lead -Calcium battery models 6 Not available with damp location models 7 Must order with damp location listing on LZ2 model 6 Not available with LZ21 and LZ151 Spectron® equipped unit 9 Not available with -03L (LED) option 10 Limited to LZ20ND-12V,LZ25N-12V, LZ30D-12V, LZ35-12V, LZ55D-12V and LZ65-12V 11 Not available on LZ2 and LZ15 models 12 Available on LZ2 only 13 Available on all models except LZ2 Blank 6 Volts Blank None -12V 12 Volts 10 1 SpectronlR) Self -test/ Self-diagnostic Electronics 7 Blank 5W Halogen lamps 10W low Halogen lamps I 03L 3W LED Lamps 6 B Black finish V Voltmeter 0 Unit supplied without lampheads 11 24K 220-240VAC, 60 Hz operation 2 A21 Aux. 2 -conductor, line cord, 120VAC only 12 A31 Auxiliary 3 -conductor line cord, 120VAC only 13 M Hubbell Lighting, Inc. �l LZ Series Designer Emergency Lighting Unit SPECIFICATIONS Standard Features: External push -to -test switch and AC -ON Indicator Low voltage disconnect Transformer isolation Temperature compensated charger circuitry MR16 Halogen lamp with rated 200 hour fife Standard 120/277VAC,60Hz. • Optional 220/240VAC, 50/601-1z Weight is 4-12 lbs. depending on capacity Optional Features: • Spectron 9 self-test/self-diagnostic circuitry monitors lamp status, lamp load transfer circuitry and battery capacity, displays any fault detected via a flashing code. Automatically rusts periodic diagnostic routines to ensure unit readiness. Multicolor LED indicates fault condition and charging status. • LED MR16 lamps rated at 50,000 hour life expectancy • Ava table wdltout integral lamp heads for added run Ume or remote capacity operation. Operating Temperature Range: Standard models 20'C to 30'C (68T to 867) Damp location models 1 WC to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) Power consumption for LZ2 and LZ15 Maximum: 4.0W, 120VAC or 277VAC Normal: 1.3W,120VAC or 277VAC Power consumption for LZ15N and larger I ead Acid Battery Nlcket-Cadmium Battery n Vmt 12 Voll 6 Volt 12 Volt 14W 14.OW 111W 11.111y i.86 2 O 84W BAW DIMENSIONS 13 y (33.85 em) A Standard size (LZ2, LZ15) depth is 3.625" (9.2cm). ' sF) High capacity model depth is 5.125" (13cm). s w- L I0 36 ¢my IA Web: www.dual-lite.com • Tech Support. (866)-313-3909 701 Millennium Blvd. • Greenville, SC 29607 U.S.A. Copyrig�t 0 Dual -Lite, a division of Hubbell Light ng, Inc., Ail Rights Reserved Specifications subject to change without notice, • Printed in U.S.A. • 0603194 B 12/12 APPLICATION DATA Spacing for SIN HAL MR16 lamp H 17 N 1 (c average ,A� Spacing for 10W HAL MR16 lamp 29'* 1 fc average Spacing for optional 3W LED MR16 lamp ,; 32'* 10 1 fc average Meets Life Safety Code minimum illuminance of 0.1 fc and average illuminance of 1.0 fc. Assumes open space with no obstructions, mounting height of 7.5', ceil'ng height of 9' and re0ectances of 80/50/20 on a 3' path. Photometry files available on the Dual -Lite web site (www.dual-lite.com). Due to lim tations in aiming Voltage Battery Lamp Capacity Runtime Extended Runtime Remote watts Number of Remotes: SW HAL Number of Remotes: low HAL Number of Remotes: 3W LED I22 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 10 watts 90 min. No 0 0 0 0 LZ15 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 15 watts 90 min. Yes 5 1 0 1 LZ30 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 30 watts 90 min. Yes 20 ' 4 2 6 LZ35-12V 12VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 35 watts 90 min. Yes 25 5 2 8 LZ65 6VDC Lead Calcium SW HAL 65 watts 90 min. Yes 55 11 5 38 LZ65-12V 12VDC Lead Calcium SW HAL 65 watts 90 min. Yes 55 11 5 18 LZ20N 6VDC Nickel Cadmium 5W HAL 20 watts 90 min. Yes 10 2 1 3 LZ25N-12V 12VDC Nickel Cadmium 5W HAL 25 watts 90 min. Yes 15 3 1 5 LZ2D 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 10 watts 90 min. No 0 0 0 - LZ25D 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 25 watts 90 min. Yes 15 3 1 - LZ30D-12V 12VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 30 watts 90 min. Yes 20 4 2 - LZ55D 6VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 55 watts 90 min. Yes 45 9 4 - LZ55D-12V 12VDC Lead Calcium 5W HAL 55 watts 90 min. Yes 45 9 4 - LZ15ND 6VDC Nickel Cadmium SW HAL 15 watts 90 min. Yes 5 1 0 - LZ20ND-12V 12VDC Nickel Cadmium 5W HAL 20 watts 90 min. Yes 30 2 1 3 LZ2-03L 6VDC Lead Calcium 3W LED 10 watts 90 min. No 0 0 0 0 LZ15-03L 6VDC Lead Calcium 3W LED 15 watts 90 min. Yes 9 1 0 3 LZ30.03L 6VDC Lead Calcium 3W LED 30 watts 90 min. Yes 24 4 2 8 LZ35-12V-03L 12VDC Lead Calcium 3W LED 35 watts 90 min. Yes 29 5 2 9 LZ65-03L 6VDC Lead Calcium 3W LED 65 watts 90 min. Yes 59 11 5 19 LZ65-12V-03L 12VOC Lead Calcium 3W LED 65 watts 90 min. Yes 59 11 5 19 LZ20N.03L 6VDC Nickel Cadmium 3W LED 20 watts 90 min. Yes 14 2 1 4 LZ25N-12V-03L 12VDC Nickel Cadmium I 3W LED 1 25 watts 90 min. Yes 19 1 6 SPECIFICATIONS Standard Features: External push -to -test switch and AC -ON Indicator Low voltage disconnect Transformer isolation Temperature compensated charger circuitry MR16 Halogen lamp with rated 200 hour fife Standard 120/277VAC,60Hz. • Optional 220/240VAC, 50/601-1z Weight is 4-12 lbs. depending on capacity Optional Features: • Spectron 9 self-test/self-diagnostic circuitry monitors lamp status, lamp load transfer circuitry and battery capacity, displays any fault detected via a flashing code. Automatically rusts periodic diagnostic routines to ensure unit readiness. Multicolor LED indicates fault condition and charging status. • LED MR16 lamps rated at 50,000 hour life expectancy • Ava table wdltout integral lamp heads for added run Ume or remote capacity operation. Operating Temperature Range: Standard models 20'C to 30'C (68T to 867) Damp location models 1 WC to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) Power consumption for LZ2 and LZ15 Maximum: 4.0W, 120VAC or 277VAC Normal: 1.3W,120VAC or 277VAC Power consumption for LZ15N and larger I ead Acid Battery Nlcket-Cadmium Battery n Vmt 12 Voll 6 Volt 12 Volt 14W 14.OW 111W 11.111y i.86 2 O 84W BAW DIMENSIONS 13 y (33.85 em) A Standard size (LZ2, LZ15) depth is 3.625" (9.2cm). ' sF) High capacity model depth is 5.125" (13cm). s w- L I0 36 ¢my IA Web: www.dual-lite.com • Tech Support. (866)-313-3909 701 Millennium Blvd. • Greenville, SC 29607 U.S.A. Copyrig�t 0 Dual -Lite, a division of Hubbell Light ng, Inc., Ail Rights Reserved Specifications subject to change without notice, • Printed in U.S.A. • 0603194 B 12/12 APPLICATION DATA Spacing for SIN HAL MR16 lamp H 17 N 1 (c average ,A� Spacing for 10W HAL MR16 lamp 29'* 1 fc average Spacing for optional 3W LED MR16 lamp ,; 32'* 10 1 fc average Meets Life Safety Code minimum illuminance of 0.1 fc and average illuminance of 1.0 fc. Assumes open space with no obstructions, mounting height of 7.5', ceil'ng height of 9' and re0ectances of 80/50/20 on a 3' path. Photometry files available on the Dual -Lite web site (www.dual-lite.com). Due to lim tations in aiming Columbia LIGHTING FEATURES Clear acrylic prismatic diffuser, flat bottom with vertical sides Two, three, or four -lamp cross sections Hinges from either side White steel end plates with flush knockouts for continuous row mounting Heavy gauge steel housing die embossed for maximum rigidity Heat sink embossments and levelling projections allow direct mounting of HPF fixtures on combustible low density cellulose fiberboard ceilings All metal parts are treated with a five stage phosphate bonding process and finished with a baked white enamel ORDERING INFORMATION n. MODEL LENGTH NO. OF LAMPS IN AWN 81/ib" Wide 2 CROSS SECTION Low Wraparound FIXTURE TYPE E UTILITY FIXTURE AWN 85/16' Wide Low Profile Wraparound/ 2 -Lamp T5, T5HO, T8 PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name Catalog No. BALLASTS Energy efficient, thermally protected, automatic resetting, Class P, high power factor, sound rated A, unless otherwise specified. CEE NEMA Premium compliant. ELECTRICAL Standard class "P", thermally protected, auto - resetting HPF ballast, sound rated A. CEE NEMA Premium compliant. All ballast leads extend a minimum of 6" through access location. NEC/CEC- compliant ballast disconnect is standard. FINISH All parts pre -painted with high gloss baked white enamel, minimum reflectance 86%, applied over iron phosphate pre-treatment for maximum adhesion and rust resistance. 17 2',T8:17Watt 28 4, T5: 28 Watt 32 4, T8: 32, 30, 28 or 25 Watt 54 4',T5110:54or51Watt Type Date SHIELDING 100% clear prismatic acrylic. CERTIFICATION All luminaires are built to UL 1598 standards and bear appropriate UL and cUL or CSA labels. Damp location labeling is standard. Emergency -equipped fixtures labeled UL 924. EXAMPLE AWN4-232-EU =win= E Electronic T8, Instant Start U 120V -277V GLR Fast Blow Fuse 4E 4 -Lamp Electronic T8, 347 347V EL Emergency Battery Pack Instant5tart PAF Paint After Fabrication EP Electronic T5 or T8, Programmed Start 4EP 4 -Lamp Electronic T5H0 or T8, Programmed Start For a specific ballast vendor, show asopuon NYC NYCCompliant NYCU NYC Compliant, Union Label S18 18" Stem, Canopy SS18 18" Swivel Stem - 45° Swivel Page 1/2 Rev 02/03/11 WRAPS / AWN ® 2011 Columbia Lighting, a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc Because of continuing product improvement programs, Columbia Lighting reserves the right to change M=qn " specifications without notice 701 Millennium Blvd. Greenville, SC 29607 /Tel 864.678.1000 /Tech Support 864.678.1668/Websitewww.columbialighting.com Hme.x uyw"v,— Columbia LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINAIRE DATA _,rn'na:le AWN4-232 COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 1 76 72 69 66 73 70 -67 64 65 63 6152 2 69 63 58 54 66 61 57 53 57 54 51 44 3 63 56 50 46 61 54 49 45 51 47 43 38 4 58 5D 44 39 56 48 43 38 46 41 37 32 5 54 45 39 34 52 43 38 33 41 36 32 28 6 50 40 34 30 48 39 34 29 37 32 28 25 7 46 37 31 26 44 36 30 26 34 29 25 22 8 43 34 28 24 41 33 27 23 31 26 23 20 9 40 31 25 21 39 30 25 21 29 24 20 18 10 38 28 23 19 36 28 33 19 26 22 19 16 AWN 85/16" Wide Low Profile Wraparound / 2 -Lamp T5, T5HO, T8 ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY Zone ILumens I %Lamb I %Fix1 0-30 AWN/AWW Wraparound 188 8"x 48" 2 -Lamp with Wraparound 0-40 Acrylic Prismatic Lens Ballast B2321120RH Ballast Factor 0.88 Lamp F32T8 Lumens per Lamp 2900 Watts 54 Sh•eldmg Angle N/A Spacing Criterion 0^ = 1.28 90-=1.36 Luminous Opening Length: 3.99 In Feet Width: 0.68 90-150 Height: 0.12 COEFFICIENTS OF UTILIZATION (%) 1 76 72 69 66 73 70 -67 64 65 63 6152 2 69 63 58 54 66 61 57 53 57 54 51 44 3 63 56 50 46 61 54 49 45 51 47 43 38 4 58 5D 44 39 56 48 43 38 46 41 37 32 5 54 45 39 34 52 43 38 33 41 36 32 28 6 50 40 34 30 48 39 34 29 37 32 28 25 7 46 37 31 26 44 36 30 26 34 29 25 22 8 43 34 28 24 41 33 27 23 31 26 23 20 9 40 31 25 21 39 30 25 21 29 24 20 18 10 38 28 23 19 36 28 33 19 26 22 19 16 AWN 85/16" Wide Low Profile Wraparound / 2 -Lamp T5, T5HO, T8 ZONAL LUMEN SUMMARY Zone ILumens I %Lamb I %Fix1 0-30 1089 188 262 0-40 1800 310 433 0-60 2948 508 709 0-90 3665 632 881 90-120 385 66 93 90-130 428 74 103 90-150 476 82 114 90-180 493 85 119 0-180 4158 717 1000 INDOOR CANDELA PLOT I RCR = Room Cavity Ran: RC-Effecrve(eilngCavity Refleoan(eRW- Wall Refleoance ee 450 ------ No ---- DIMENSIONAL DATA —24"� I. 2" 13,4" N X12" 2" 13/4" 48" 2" A,-0 T 1" J 1 13/4" 24"!� STEM MOUNTING 48" 142. 13/4" 2" N 1" N 24" 13/4" 96" .I,24" 2" .i N J z 1" 11 B 1" 1 B U- UoA A"p T OC k, 2 7 sk3A 1 " " 13//" 24' 2" I• 42%" 23/4" 'I 48" H4 48" ►I' ►I` B� A V k 13/4" Test 12409Test Date 7123103 ENERGY DATA 0 Total Lumina re Effioency 71.7% Lummaire Efficacy Ratsng (LER) 68 IESNA RP -1-1993 Compliance Noncompliant Comparative Yearly Lighting $3.53 based on Energy Cost per 1000 Lumens 3000 hrs and 5214 $0-08 per KWH AVG. LUMINANCE (Candela/Sq. M.) 1 0.0 1 22.5 145.0 1 67.5 1 90.0 Ill 2526 I` 12840 12489 2266 12340 65 2143 2221 2073 2111 2098 W 70 2025 1848 1879 2117 2148 d 175 1 1971 1 1707 1 1925 1 2404 1 2652 4 805� 1932 1 172174 � 3169 377 1762 19170 12711 4499 15220 Ceiling MG" 2�6x 85A." A: 'n." Diameter Mounting Holes B: '•.' Diameter Knockouts C: 2" Diameter Knockouts 423/." 23,4' sl Ia 48" + 48" 48" 48" + 48" s� >•{ I�n nInnrn 4' Fixtures 8' Fixtures Recommended Stem Hanging Arrangements S18 Stem Hanger NOTE: All dimensions are in inches; dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please consult factory or check sample for verification. Page 2/2 Rev. 02/03/11 WRAPS/AWN 02011 Columbia Lighting, a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc. Because of continuing product Improvement programs. Columbia Lighting reserves the tight to Change specifications without notice 701 Millennium Blvd. Greenvile, SC 2960- , Tel 864.678.1000 /Tech Support 864.678.1668/ Website www.columbialightinig.com 0 5356 5356 53565356 5356 °1 30 5205 5124 5218 5214 5201 c 40 5006 4920 4849 4675 4615 d 45 4782 4605 4357 4089 4006 c 50 4290 4068 3706 3331 3279 Z 55 3362 3476 3073 2630 2679 Ill 2526 I` 12840 12489 2266 12340 65 2143 2221 2073 2111 2098 W 70 2025 1848 1879 2117 2148 d 175 1 1971 1 1707 1 1925 1 2404 1 2652 4 805� 1932 1 172174 � 3169 377 1762 19170 12711 4499 15220 Ceiling MG" 2�6x 85A." A: 'n." Diameter Mounting Holes B: '•.' Diameter Knockouts C: 2" Diameter Knockouts 423/." 23,4' sl Ia 48" + 48" 48" 48" + 48" s� >•{ I�n nInnrn 4' Fixtures 8' Fixtures Recommended Stem Hanging Arrangements S18 Stem Hanger NOTE: All dimensions are in inches; dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please consult factory or check sample for verification. Page 2/2 Rev. 02/03/11 WRAPS/AWN 02011 Columbia Lighting, a division of Hubbell Lighting, Inc. Because of continuing product Improvement programs. Columbia Lighting reserves the tight to Change specifications without notice 701 Millennium Blvd. Greenvile, SC 2960- , Tel 864.678.1000 /Tech Support 864.678.1668/ Website www.columbialightinig.com EXIT SIGNS LX Series Designer LED Exit Sign FEATURES Catalog Number Comments igpe Application The LX Series offers bright and even LED EXIT panel illumination with Green or Red letters and attractive UV stable thermo-plastic housing. Features include AC or Emergency operation with optional Spectrong self-test/self diagnostic circuitry. Housing designed for quick and easy installation with low energy consumption. Damp location listed. Accepts 120 or 277 VAC input. Construction The precision -molded thermoplastic housing is impact resistant and scratch resistant, corrosion proof and UL stabilized to resist discoloration. Available in white or black finish. Innovative snap -together design. Includes additional face -plate for single or double face applications. Snap -in directional chevrons. Exit stencil with 6" letters and 3/4" stroke. Includes push -in wire connectors for easy installation. Installation Universal mounting (ceiling, end, wall) to standard 3 1/2" or 4" octagon or square electrical box by use of easily removed, template configured knockouts. Canopy and universal mounting plate included. All mounting hardware is fully concealed. Illumination Exit face illumination is provided by energy saving, long -life red or green LED's. Exceeds UL 924 requirements for brightness and uniformity. UL listed LED run-time of 120 minutes. 10 year LED life. Compliances UL 924 Listed (Meets1998 brightness and uniformity requirments) UL Damp Location Listed N FPA -70 NFPA-101 US Patent No. D402,316, and D406,863. Warranty Unit and electronics: 5 years full ORDERING GUIDE IW Modeli I Faces Letter Color Housing Finish Operation Self -Diagnostic LX U Universal Single/ R Red W White Blank AC Only Blank None Double Face G Green B Black E Emergency I Spectron R Self -Testing i Self -Diagnostic Electronics ACCESSORIES (orderseparawy) VRS-3 Vandal Resistant Shield FCM-R Kit Converts AC red letter models to emergency operation FCM-G Kit Converts AC green letter models to emergency operation PMLXW 1214" Pendant Mounting Kit (white) PMLXB 12 Y2" Pendant Mounting Kit (black) WGLX Wire Guard (wall mount) WGLXC Wire Guard (ceiling mount) WGLXE Wire Guard (end mount) -213 2 -Circuit Operation 2.5 -FAP Fire Alarm Panel Interface 1.3, 5, 6 -FM Flasher Module 1.6 -AF Audible/Flasher Module t• 6 -DC Remote DC Operation 2.4.5 -24K 220-240 VAC. 60Hz Operation FEATURES (1) For use with Spectrona sell diagnostic models only. (2) For use with AC models ony (3) Operates with 24 -volt AC or DC fire alarm panels (4) For emergency illumination of sign from remote 6 24 VDC power sources (5) -OC option may not be specified with -2C or -FAP options (6) -AF, -FM and -FAP options may not be specified together aueaet_L Hubt:tpll Lighting Inc DUAL LITE SPECIFICATIONS Electronics Available with AC, emergency and Spectrong self-diagnostic/self-testing electronics option. Emergency and self-diagnostic models equipped with isolation transformer and fully automatic constant current solid-state charger with sealed maintenance -free nickel -cadmium battery. All components mounted inside housing. Includes test switch and AC -on indicator. Transient/ surge protection, low -voltage disconnect and AC lock -out features included. Battery re -charge within UL time standards. Includes pre - stripped AC input pigtail Ieads.UL listed LED run-time of 120 minutes. Power Consumption 120VAC 277VAC Red AC Only Models: 2.64 watts 2.70 watts Green AC Only Models: 2.24 watts 2.24 watts Red Emergency Models: 3.81 watts 3.80 watts Green Emergency Models: 3.50 watts 3.50 watts Wattage figures include LED lamps, transformer and electronics power requirements. LED lamp assemblies (red or green) consume less than 1 watt Power Factor, Average: .8 gagging) Battery Type: Maintenance -free sealed nickel cadmium battery AC Input:120/277VAC, 60 Hz. (all models) Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) Dual -Lite 9 www.dual-lite.com LX Series Designer LED Exit Sign DIMENSIONS 13" 1 -*--(33 cm) ON �AllII 17/8" (4.7$ Cm) HUBBELL m Exhibit F tec HEPWORTH-PAWLAK GEOTECHNICAL I ichmorrh-I'awkik Ge, geihnlcill, Inc. 5020 C unlY Raul 154 Glenwood Springs, colovado 81 6J] I'hone: 970-111i-7988 Fax: 9110-94 �. uul i I: I i p��rt:,!elhl �gc,ueih.cot n SUBSOIL STUDY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN PROPOSED LAKE CREEK HSP COMMUNITY BUILDING ADDITION 4923 LAKE CREEK VILLAGE DRIVE EDWARDS, COLORADO JOB NO. 113 059A APRIL 19, 2013 PREPARED FOR: EAGLE COUNTY ATTN: RICK ULLOM P.O. BOX 850 EAGLE, COLORADO 81631 rick.ullom a).ea lecountv.us Parker 303-841-7119 o Colorack Springs 719-633-5562 ® Silverihome• 970.468.1989 0 0 EXhibit F TABLE OF CONTENTS PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY 1 ........................................................................ - - PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ....................................... _ SITECONDITIONS ................................................................................................... - 2 - -SUBSIDENCE SUBSIDENCE POTENTIAL 2 ..................................................................................... - - -FIELFIELD D EXPLORATION ............................................................................................ - 3 - -SUBSURFACE SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 .................................................................................. - - -DESIGN DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 4 ............................................................................. SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS - - ................................................................................ FOUNDATION AND RETAINING - 4 - WALLS......................................................... - 5 - FLOORSLABS...................................................................................................... - 6 - UNDERDRAINSYSTEM ...................................................................................... - 7 - SURFACEDRAINAGE......................................................................................... 7 PAVEMENTSECTION - - ..... ..................,................................................................. - 8 - LIMITATIONS.......................................................................................................... - 9 - -FIGURE FIGURE I - LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 2 - LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORNGS FIGURE 3 - LEGEND AND NOTES FIGURE 4 - GRA.DATION TEST RESULTS Exhibit F PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY This report presents the results of a subsoil study for the proposed HSP addition to the existing Community Building located at 4923 Lake Creek Village Drive. Eagle County, Colorado. The project site is shown on Figure 1. The purpose of the study was to develop recommendations for the foundation design. The study was conducted in accordance with our agreement for geotechnical engineering services to Lake Creek Village LLC dated April 4, 2013. A field exploration program consisting of exploratory borings was conducted to obtain information on the subsurface conditions. A sample of the subsoils obtained during the field exploration was tested in the laboratory to determine its classification, and other engineering characteristics. The results of the field exploration and laboratory testing were analyzed to develop recommendations for foundation types, depths and allowable pressures for the proposed building foundation. This report summarizes the data obtained during this study and presents our conclusions, design recommendations and other geotechnical engineering considerations based on the proposed construction and the subsurface conditions encountered. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION The proposed building addition will be a two-story, approximately 3000 square foot structure with a slab -on -grade ground floor. The addition will be a daycare facility and attached to the existing Community Center as shown on Figure 1. Grading for the structure is assumed to be relatively minor with cut depths between about 3 to 4 feet. We assume relatively light foundation loadings, typical of the proposed type of construction. A playground area is proposed directly south of the new building addition with possible retaining walls on the order of 4 to 6 feet in height. If building loadings, location or grading plans change significantly from those described above; we should be notified to re-evaluate the recommendations contained in this report. JOD NO. I IJ WYA rtech Exhibit F -2- SITE CONDITIONS The current proposed addition area is located adjacent to and southeast of the existing Community Building as shown on Figure 1. The project site consists of existing buildings and parking areas with the proposed addition located in a grassy area with scattered trees. The proposed building site is relatively flat and there is a slope up to an existing asphalt paved multi -use trail south of the building site and in the area of the proposed playground. SUBSIDENCE POTENTIAL Bedrock of the Pennsylvanian age Eagle Valley Evaporite underlies the project site. These rocks are a sequence of gypsiferous shale, fine-grained sandstone and siltstone with some massive beds of gypsum and limestone. There is a possibility that massive gypsum deposits associated with the Eagle Valley Evaporite underlie portions of the property. The low lying area located approximately 300 feet to the northwest of the project site is a mapped subsidence feature associated with dissolution of the underlying Evaporite. Several sinkholes also associated with the Eagle Valley Evaporite have been identified in nearby areas of the Eagle River valley. Sinkholes were not observed on the project property and no evidence of cavities was encountered in the subsurface materials of the exploratory borings; however, the borings were relatively shallow, for foundation design only. Based on our present knowledge of the subsurface conditions at the site, it cannot be said for certain that sinkholes will not develop. The risk of future ground subsidence on the project site throughout the service life of the proposed plant facilities, in our opinion, is low; however, the owner should be made aware of the potential for sinkhole development. If further investigation of possible cavities in the bedrock below the site is desired, we should be contacted. Job No. 113 059A GoMeCh Exhibit E -3- FIELD EXPLORATION The field exploration for the project was conducted on April 11, 2013. Three exploratory borings were drilled at the locations shown on Figure 1 to evaluate the subsurface conditions. The borings were advanced with 4 inch diameter continuous flight augers powered by a truck -mounted CME -55 drill rig. The borings were logged by a representative of Hepworth-Pawlak Geotechnical, Inc. Samples of the subsoils were taken with a 1% inch I.D. spoon sampler. The sampler was driven into the subsoils at various depths with blows from a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches. This test is similar to the standard penetration test described by ASTM Method D-1586. The penetration resistance values are an indication of the relative density or consistency of the subsoils. The depth at which the samples were taken and the penetration resistance values are shown on the Logs of Exploratory Borings, Figure 2. The samples were returned to our laboratory for review by the project engineer and testing. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Graphic logs of the subsurface conditions encountered at the site are shown on Figure 2. The subsoils consist of about 1 foot of topsoil overlying silty sandy gravel with cobbles and boulders. Drilling in the dense granular soils with auger equipment was difficult due to the cobbles and boulders and drilling refusal was encountered in the deposit. Laboratory testing performed on a sample obtained from the borings consisted of natural moisture content and gradation analyses. Results of the gradation analyses performed on the small diameter drive sample (minus 1 %Z inch fraction) of the coarse granular subsoils are shown on Figure 4. Job No. 113 059A �PteCh no Exhibit F -4- No free water was encountered in the borings at the time of drilling and the subsoils were slightly moist. DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS SHALLOW F011NDATIONS Considering the subsurface conditions encountered in the exploratory borings and the nature of the proposed construction, we recommend the building and uphill retaining wall be founded with spread footings bearing on the natural granular soils. The design and construction criteria presented below should be observed for a spread footing foundation system. 1) Footings placed on the undisturbed dense natural granular soils should be designed for an allowable bearing pressure of 3000 psf. Based on experience, we expect settlement of footings designed and constructed as discussed in this section will be about 1 inch or less. The retaining wall footing can be designed for a one-third increase (4,000 pso maximum bearing pressure. 2) The footings should have a minimum width of 16 inches for continuous walls and 2 feet for isolated pads. 3) Exterior footings and footings beneath unheated areas should be provided with adequate soil cover above their bearing elevation for frost protection. Placement of foundations at least 42 inches below exterior grade is typically used in this area. 4) Continuous foundation walls should be reinforced top and bottom to spars local anomalies such as by assuming an unsupported length of at least 10 feet. Foundation walls acting as retaining structures should also be designed to resist lateral earth pressures as discussed in the "Foundation and Retaining Walls" section of this report. Job No. 113 059A C-4Mec 1 Exhibit F -5- 5) The topsoil, any existing fill and loose or disturbed soils should be removed and the footing bearing level extended down to the relatively dense natural granular soils. Voids created by boulder removal should be backfilled with concrete or granular structural fill compacted to at least 98% of standard Proctor density. The exposed soils in footing area should then be moistened and compacted. If water seepage is encountered, the footing areas should be dewatered before concrete placement. 6) A representative of the geotechnical engineer should observe all footing excavations prior to concrete placement'to evaluate bearing conditions. FOUNDATION AND RETAINING WALLS Foundation walls and retaining structures which are laterally supported and can be expected to undergo only a slight amount of deflection should be designed for a lateral earth pressure computed on the basis of an equivalent fluid unit weight of at least 50 pcf for backfill consisting of the on-site or imported granular soils, excluding rock larger than about 6 inches. Cantilevered retaining structures which are separate from the building and can be expected to deflect sufficiently to mobilize the full active earth pressure condition should be designed for a lateral earth pressure computed on the basis of an equivalent fluid unit weight of at least 40 pcf for backfill consisting of the on-site or imported granular soils. All foundation and retaining structures should be designed for appropriate hydrostatic and surcharge pressures such as adjacent footings, traffic, construction materials and equipment. The pressures recommended above assume drained conditions behind the walls and a horizontal backfill surface. The buildup of water behind a wall or an upward sloping backfill surface will increase the lateral pressure imposed on a foundation wall or retaining structure. An underdrain should be provided to prevent hydrostatic pressure buildup behind walls. JVo1VV. iiJ VJYA ��� M Exhibit F -6- Backfill should be placed in uniform lifts and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum standard Proctor density at a moisture content near optimum. Backfill in pavement and walkway areas should be compacted to at least 95% of the maximum standard Proctor density. Care should be taken not to overcompact the backfill or use large equipment near the wall, since this could cause excessive lateral pressure on the wall. We recommend relatively free -draining granular soils for backfilling foundation walls and retaining structures because their use results in lower lateral earth pressures and the backfill can be incorporated into the underdrain system. Subsurface drainage recommendations are discussed in more detail in the "Underdrain System" section of this report. Granular wall backfill should contain less than 15% passing the No. 200 sieve and have a maximum size of 6 inches. The lateral resistance of foundation or retaining wall footings will be a combination of the sliding resistance of the footing on the foundation materials and passive earth pressure against the side of the footing. Resistance to sliding at the bottoms of the footings in the natural granular soils can be calculated based on a coefficient of friction of 0.50. Passive pressure of compacted backfill against the sides of the footings can be calculated using an equivalent fluid unit weight of 425 pcf. The coefficient of friction and passive pressure values recommended above assume ultimate soil strength. Suitable factors of safety should be included in the design to limit the strain which will occur at the ultimate strength, particularly in the case of passive resistance. Fill placed against the sides of the footings to resist lateral loads should be a granular material compacted to at least 95% of the maximum standard Proctor density at a moisture content near optimum. FLOOR SLABS The natural on-site soils, exclusive of topsoil, are suitable to support lightly loaded slab - on -grade construction. To reduce the effects of some differential movement, floor slabs should be separated from all bearing walls and columns with expansion joints which allow unrestrained vertical movement. Floor slab control joints should be used to reduce Job No. 113 059A c�tech Exhibit F -%- damage due to shrinkage cracking. The requirements for joint spacing and slab reinforcement should be established by the designer based on experience and the intended slab use. A minimum 4 inch layer of free -draining gravel should be placed beneath basement level slabs (if any) to facilitate drainage. This material should consist of minus 2 inch aggregate with at least 50% retained on the No. 4 sieve and less than 2% passing the No. 200 sieve. All fill materials for support of floor slabs should be compacted to at least 95% of maximum standard Proctor density at a moisture content near optimum. Required fill can consist of the on-site granular soils devoid of vegetation, topsoil and oversized rock. UNDERDRAIN SYSTEM Although free water was not encountered during our exploration, it has been our experience in mountainous areas that local perched groundwater can develop during times of heavy precipitation or seasonal runoff. Frozen ground during spring runoff can create a perched condition. We recommend below -grade construction, such as retaining walls, crawlspace and basement areas, be protected from wetting and hydrostatic pressure buildup by an underdrain system. The drains should consist of drainpipe placed in the bottom of the wall backfill surrounded above the invert level with free -draining granular material. The drain should be placed at each level of excavation and at least 1 foot below lowest adjacent finish grade and sloped at a minimum 1 % to a suitable gravity outlet. Free -draining granular material used in the underdrain system should contain less than 2% passing the No. 200 sieve, less than 50% passing the No. 4 sieve and have a maximum size of 2 inches. The drain gravel backfill should be at least 1% feet deep. SURFACE DRAINAGE The following drainage precautions should be observed during construction and maintained at all times after the building has been completed: Job No. 113 059A 0tech X Exhibit F -8- 1) Inundation of the foundation excavations and underslab areas should be avoided during construction. 2) Exterior backfill should be adjusted to near optimum moisture and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum standard Proctor density in pavement and slab areas and to at least 90% of the maximum standard Proctor density in landscape areas. 3) The ground surface surrounding the exterior of the building should be sloped to drain away from the foundation in all directions. We recommend a minimum slope of 6 inches in the first 10 feet in unpaved areas and a minimum slope of 2%Z inches in the first 10 feet in paved areas. Free -draining wall backfill should be capped with about 2 feet of fine grained soils to reduce surface water infiltration. 4) Roof downspouts and drains should discharge well beyond the limits of all backfill. PAVEMENT SECTION The subgrade soils encountered at the site are generally non -plastic to low plasticity silty sandy gravel with cobbles which are considered a fair support for pavement sections. Based on our experience, occasional HS -20 truck loading and the granular subgrade, we recommend the minimum pavement section thickness consist of 3 inches of asphalt on 6 inches of base course on 8 inches of scarified and compacted subgrade. Areas likely to experience heavy truck loads with sudden stopping and turning, such as a trash enclosure, could be constructed of 6 inches of Portland cement concrete pavement over 4 inches of base course on 8 inches of scarified and compacted subgrade to improve the pavement performance. The asphalt should be a batched hot mix, approved by the engineer and placed and compacted to the project specifications. The base course should meet CDOT Class 6 specifications. All base course, scarified subgrade and required subgrade fill should be -Job No. 113 059A Gtech Exhibit F compacted to at least 95% of the maximum standard Proctor density at a moisture content within 2% of optimum. Required fill to establish design subgrade level can consist of the on-site granular soils or similar imported granular soils. Prior to fill placement the subgrade should be scarified to a depth of 8 inches, adjusted to near optimum moisture and compacted to at least 95% of standard Proctor density. After scarification and compaction, the subgrade should be proofrolled. Areas that deflect excessively should be corrected before placing pavement materials. The subgrade improvements and placement and compaction of base and asphalt materials should be monitored on a regular basis by a representative of the geotechnical engineer. LIMITATIONS This study has been conducted in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices in this area at this time. We make no warranty either express or implied. The conclusions and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the exploratory borings drilled at the locations indicated on Figure 1, the proposed type of construction and our experience in the area. Our services do not include determining the presence, prevention or possibility of mold or other biological contaminants (MOBC) developing in the future. If the client is concerned about MOBC, then a professional in this special field of practice should be consulted. Our findings include interpolation and extrapolation of the subsurface conditions identified at the exploratory borings and variations in the subsurface conditions may not become evident until excavation is performed. If conditions encountered during construction appear different from those described in this report, we should be notified so that re-evaluation of the recommendations may be made. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use by our client for design purposes. We are not responsible for technical interpretations by others of our information. As the project evolves, we should provide continued consultation and field services during Job No. 113 059A Hpt�n IJ Exhibit F -10- construction to -review and monitor the implementation of our recommendations, and to verify that the reconunendations have been appropriately interpreted. Significant design changes may require additional analysis or modifications to the recommendations presented herein. We recommend on-site observation of excavations and foundation bearing strata and testing of structural fill by a representative of the geotechnical engineer. Respectfully Submitted, HEPWORTH - PAWLAK James A. Parker, RE, P.G Reviewed by: Steven L. Pawlak, P.E. JAPlksw INC. cc: Menendez Architects -- Luis Menendez (Irna a,sopris.net) Glenwood Structural and Civil - Adolfo Gorra ( sc so ris.rlet) Job No. 113 059A H GecPtech Fxhihit F LAKE CREEK VILLAGE DRIVE '174 7134 IN � 1 S I i \ PARKING LOT / rr LL EXISTING I / BUILDINGPORCH F.F. = 7136.25' F 1 I / / I BORING 3 J • Zr1 Q BORING 2 PROPOSED °- • ADDITION F.F. = 7136.25 PORCIJ- 7136 i PROPOSED PLAYGROUND --7140 7140 i -- —7142 BORING 1 � --�� 113 059A �C~eCri LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS I Figure 1 Exhibit F BORING 1 BORING 2 BORING 3 ELEV.= 7142' ELEV.= 7136' ELEV.= 7135' 7145 7145 714050/3 7140 LT .01 ,� • . . c o ' c 0 PROPOSED FLOOR LEVEL = 7136 26 co ami w 7135w e • 7135 > ••• 30/12 •� WC=2.8 ' +4=63 7130 :• -200=8 7130 Note: Explanation of symbols 1s shown on Figure 3. 113 059A Cwor7@th-Po LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS Figure 2 He MI Geotechnical LEGEND: ® TOPSOIL; organic sandy slit and clay, firm, moist, black. GRAVEL (GP -GM); sandy, silty, cobbles and boulders, dense, moist, brown, rounded rocks. Drive sample; standard penetration test (SPT), 13/8 inch I.D. split spoon sample, ASTM D-1586. 30/12 Drive sample blow count; indicates that 30 blows of a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches were required to drive the SPT sampler 12 inches. TPractical drilling refusal. Where shown above bottom of log, indicates that multiple attempts were made to advance the boring. NOTES: 1. Exploratory borings were drilled on April 11, 2013 with 4 -inch diameter continuous flight power auger. 2. Locations of exploratory borings were measured approximately by pacing from features shown on the site plan provided. 3. Elevations of exploratory borings were obtained by interpolation between contours shown on the site plan provided. 4. The exploratory boring locations and elevations should be considered accurate only to the degree implied by the method used. 5. The lines between materials shown on the exploratory boring logs represent the approximate boundaries between material types and transitions may be gradual. 6. No free water was encountered in the borings at the time of drilling. Fluctuation in water level may occur with time. 7. Laboratory Testing Results: WC = Water Content (96) +4 = Percent retained on the No. 4 sieve -200 = Percent passing No. 200 sieve 113 059A LEGEND AND NOTES j Figure 3 113 059AHepworth—Powlak GeotechCrinical I GRADATION TEST RESULTS Figure 4 Exhibit F 1h I IEPWORTH - PAWL.AK GEOTECHNICAL July 25, 2013 11,1;�u.uth i'.rcl,tk (41 40.11111-11, lilt - 5020 i-ontnty Ro.a.l 154 61entu�uJ �hrtn"', t 'ol,u t o ;ltut( Ph, env: 97,0-94i-79'38 fats: 970 945 6-15•1 nt.ttl: III,,,i,rnith,,.,tLL L-111 Eagle County Attn: Rick Ullom P.O. Box 850 Eagle, Colorado 81631 rick.ullom(ruea leeotlnty.us Job No. 113 059A Subject: Clarification of Foundation Drain Recoinmendations, Proposed Lake Creek HSP Community Building Addition, 4923 Lake Creek Village Drive, Eagle County, Colorado Gentlemen: As requested by Brad Stempihar with Marcie Engineering, we are providing clarification of the need for a foundation drain at the subject site. We previously conducted a subsoil study for design of foundations at the site and presented our findings in a report dated April 19, 2013, Job No. 113 059A. The proposed addition is essentially the same as described hi our previous report and will have a slab -on -grade floor at the same elevation as the existing building. Exterior slopes to the addition will be graded away to drainage swales. The proposed site wall to the south of the addition will be constructed of stacked boulders that will essentially be free draining. Recommendations for an underdrain system on page 7 of our previous report are for below grade structures such as crawlspace and basement areas. The addition design does not have these below grade features and a foundation drain is not needed. The stacked boulder wall underdrain, if provided, should outlet to the drainage swales. Other recommendations presented in our previous report which are applicable should also be observed. If you have any questions or need further assistance, please call our office. Sincerely, HEPWORTH — PAWLAK Steven L. Pawlak, P SLP/ksw cc: Menendez Glenwood Structural Marcin Engineering INC. Van100 Uez (lma sohris.net) - Adolfo Gorra (gscCu?soncis.net) - Brad Stempihar (brad ma rcinengineering.com) Parker 303.841.7 (19 ■ Col(w-odo Springs 7 19-633-5502 ■ Silvcitlunnc 970468-1989 C, Exhibit G Z COMcheck Software Version 3.9.2 Interior Lighting Compliance ifi Cert cate 2012 IECC Section 1: Project Information Project Type: Addition Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Edwards, CO Chuck Langston AEC 40801 US Hwy 6824 Avon, CO 81620 970-748-8520 chuck@aec-vail.com Section 2: Interior Lighting and Power Calculation A Offices 8 Hall (Office) Daycare Area (School/university) B C Floor Area Allowed Watts 1 ft2 3759 0.9 1662 1.2 D Allowed Watts 3383 1994 Total Allowed Watts = 5378 Section 3: Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule A B C D E Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp I Ballast Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixtures Watt. Offices 8 Hall ( Office 3759 sq.ft.) Linear LED: A: 2X4 Linear: Other: Dimming: 1 20 40 800 Linea rLED: A2: 2X2 Linear: Other: Dimming: 1 6 32 192 LED downlight: B: Downlight: Other: Dimming: 1 12 26 312 Linear Fluorescent: C: Bath Vanity: 24" T8 17W: Magnetic: 1 4 17 68 Linear Fluorescent: D: Suspended D/L 48" T8 32W: Electronic: 2 10 64 640 Linear Fluorescent: E: Utility Surface: 48"T8 32W: Magnetic: 2 2 64 128 Linear Fluorescent: F: Utility Wall: 48" T8 32W: Magnetic: 2 1 64 64 Incandescent G: Decorative Pendant: Incandescent 100W: 2 1 200 200 Daycare Area ( School/university 1662 sq.ft.) Linear LED: A: 2X4 Linear: Other: Dimming: 3 13 40 520 LED downlight B: Downlight: Other: Dimming: 1 8 26 208 Compact Fluorescent: C: Bath Vanity: Twin Tube 18W: Magnetic: 2 2 64 128 Total Proposed Watts = 3260 Section 4: Requirements Checklist Lighting Wattage: 1. Total proposed watts must be less than or equal to total allowed watts. Allowed Wattage: 5378 Proposed Wattage: 3260 Complies: YES Mandatory Requirements: 2. Dwelling units (complete independent living facilities) within commercial buildings are not required to comply with interior lighting requirements of this code provided that —75 percent of the permanently installed fixtures other than low voltage lighting contain only high efficacy lamps. Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Report date: 02/26/14 Data filename: P:\Current Projects\13041.00 - Lake Creek HSP\Calculations\COMcheck\13041-Comcheck.cck Page 1 of 5 ❑ 3. Manual Controls: Each enclosed space has manual lighting control. Remotely located m..wal controls are labelled for area of service and indicate on/off status. Exhibit G Exception(s). ❑ Security/emergency areas with 24-hour operation. ❑ Stairways/corridors that are means of egress. ❑ 4. Light Reduction Controls. Each space required to have a manual control also allows for reducing the connected lighting load by at least 50 percent by either controlling all luminaires, dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires. or alternate lamps, switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of other lamps, or switching each luminaire or each lamp. Exception(s): ❑ Only one luminaire (lamp < 100 W) in space. ❑ An occupant -sensing device controls the area. ❑ The area is a corridor, equipment/store rooms, restrooms, public lobby, elec./mech. room, or sleeping unit. ❑ Areas that use < 0.6 Watts/sq.ft. ❑ Daylight spaces having automatic daylighting controls. ❑ 5. Automatic time switching controls are installed and have an override switching device The override switching device allows for — 2 hour operation cycle within spaces — 5000 sq.ft., manual operation, and is readily accessible and located where the operation of the connected lights are visible or communicated to the switch. Exception(s): ❑ Sleeping units, patient care areas; and spaces where automatic shutoff would endanger safety or security or where lighting is intended for 24-hour operation. ❑ Emergency egress lighting. ❑ Spaces where lighting is controlled with occupancy sensors. ❑ Malls. arcades, auditoriums, single tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas that are — 20.000 sq.ftare permitted exceed the 2 -hour operation cycle limit when a captive key device override switch is installed. ❑ 6. Occupant sensors are installed in the following spaces and automatically turn lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving the space: Classrooms. conference/meeting/training rooms, employee lunch and break rooms, private offices, storage/Janitorial rooms- restrooms, and other spaces — 300 sq.ft Automatic -on sensors set power on <50 percent power. Exception(s). ❑ Full power automatic -on controls are permitted where manual -on operation would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupants. ❑ 7. Daylight zones have either individual lighting controls independent from that of the general area lighting that are either manual or automatic and serve zones — 2,500 sq.ft. Zones under skylights more than 15 feet from the perimeter have lighting controls separate from daylight zones adjacent to vertical fenestration Exception(s). ❑ Contiguous daylight zones spanning no more than two orientations are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device. ❑ Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing two or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. ❑ 8. Automatic daylight zone controls are capable of reducing power to < 35 percent using continuous dimming ballasts and daylight -sensing controls OR. are capable of automatic power reduction using step -dimming multi-level switching and daylight -sensing controls having at least two control channels per zone and at least one control step in the 50 - 70 percent range and another — 35 percent of design power. ❑ 9. Medical task lighting or art/history display lighting claimed to be exempt from compliance has a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting. ❑ 10 Separate control device for displaylaccent lighting, case lighting. task lighting, nonvisual lighting, under-shelflcabinent lighting, lighting for sale. and demonstration lighting. ❑ 11. Hotel/motel sleeping units and guest suites have control device(s) at the entry door that control all permanent luminaires and switched receptacles ❑ 12. Exit signs 5 Watts or less per sign. ❑ 13. Tandem wired one -lamp and three -lamp ballasted luminaires (No single -lamp ballasts). Exception(s): ❑ Electronic high -frequency ballasts. ❑ Luminaires not on same switch. ❑ Recessed luminaires 10 ft. apart or surface/pendant not continuous. ❑ Luminaires on emergency circuits. Interior Lighting PASSES: rr code. Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed lighting system has been designed to meet the 2012 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version 3.9.2 and to comply with the mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist. Stanton Humphries, P.E. 2/26/14 Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Report date 02/26/14 Data filename: P.\Current Projects\13041.00 - Lake Creek HSP\Calculations\COMcheck\13041-Comcheck.cck Page 2 of 5 Name - Title EA lire Date Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Report date: 02/26/14 Data filename: P:\Current Projects\13041.00 - Lake Creek HSP\Calculations\COMcheck\13041-Comcheck.cck Page 3 of 5 Exhibit G COMcheck Software Version 3.9.2 Exterior Lighting Compliance - - - Certificate 2012 IECC Section 1: Project Information Project Type: Addition Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Exterior Lighting Zone: 2 (Residential mixed use area) Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: Edwards. CO Chuck Langston AEC 40801 US Hwy 6824 Avon, CO 81620 970-748-8520 chuck@aec-vail.com Section 2: Exterior Lighting Area/Surface Power Calculation A B C D E F Exterior Area/Surface Quantity Allowed Tradable Allowed Proposed Watts Wattage Watts Watts / Unit (B x C) Entry canopy 684 ft2 0.25 Yes 171 0 Other door (not main entry) 139 ft of door width 20 Yes 2780 200 Total Tradable Watts' = 2951 200 Total Allowed Watts = 2951 Total Allowed Supplemental Watts" = 600 Wattage tradeoffs are only allowed between tradable areas/surfaces. " A supplemental allowance equal to 600 watts may be applied toward compliance of both non -tradable and tradable areas/surfaces. Section 3: Exterior Lighting Fixture Schedule A Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast Entry canopy (684 ft2): Tradable Wattage Other door (not main entry) (139 11 of door width). Tradable Wattage LED 1: LED A Lamp 25W: Section 4: Requirements Checklist B C D E Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixtures Watt. 8 25 200 Total Tradable Proposed Watts = 200 Lighting Wattage: 1. Within each non -tradable area/surface, total proposed watts must be less than or equal to total allowed watts. Across all tradable areas/surfaces, total proposed watts must be less than or equal to total allowed watts Compliance: Passes. Controls, Switching, and Wiring: Ej 2. All exemption claims are associated with fixtures that have a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting Lj 3 Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation is controlled by either a a photosensor (with time switch), or an astronomical time switch. Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Report date: 02/26/14 Data filename: P:\Current Projects\13041.00 - Lake Creek HSP\Calculations\COMcheck\13041-Comcheck.cck Page 4 of 5 C]4. Lighting designated for dusk-to-l).vvn operation is controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. ❑ 5. All time switches are capable of retaining programming arW81trrle setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. Exterior Lighting Efficacy: ❑ 6. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100W have minimum efficacy of 60 lumen/watt. Exceptions: ❑ Lighting that has been claimed as exempt and is identified as such in Section 3 table above. ❑ Lighting that is specifically designated as required by a health or life safety statue, ordinance, or regulation. ❑ Emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation. ❑ Lighting that is controlled by motion sensor. Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed exterior lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed lighting system has been designed to meet the 2012 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version 3.9.2 and to comply with the mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist. Stanton Humphries, P.E. 2/26/14 Name - Title Signature c Date Project Title: Lake Creek HSP Report date: 02/26/14 Data filename: P:\Current Projects\13041.00 - Lake Creek HSP\Calculations\COMcheck\13041-Comcheck.cck Page 5 of 5 ADDENDUM AND CLARIFICATION NO. 1 DATE: March 14, 2013 Owner: Project: Eagle County Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition 500 Broadway 4923 Lake Creek Village Drive P.O. Box 850 Edwards, CO Eagle, CO 81631 Purpose: The purpose of this Addendum is to make changes, additions, deletions, revisions and clarifications to the bidding documents dated February 26, 2014 for the above referenced project. Bidders shall review the Addendum work and requirements in detail and incorporate any effects the Addendum may have in their bid price. Acknowledgement: Bidders must acknowledge receipt of any and all Addenda in the Bid Form. All requirements of the bidding documents remain unchanged except as cited herein and in previous addenda: 1. CLARIFICATIONS: Add the following questions and answers: 1.1 Question: What is required for landscaping and revegetation? Are existing trees to be spaded and replanted? Answer: The selection process for a landscape architect is currently in progress. Do not include landscaping/revegation as part of the scope of work with the exception of removing and replanting (on site as directed by Owner) all trees scheduled for removal that are in good condition. Landscape bids will be requested once a design has been determined. 1.2 Question: Will the playground area have any special surfacing? Answer: A resilient surface may need to be installed in areas below and around play structures/equipment taller than 12 -inches. Exclude this from the scope of work until a landscape plan is finalized. 1.3 Question: Will the Owner require a green screened construction chain link fence and gate around the project? Answer: As called for in the specifications Basic Requirements 01001 Barriers and Fencing, a fence with gate is required but it does not need to be screened. 1.4 Question: Will there be construction parking available at the job site? Answer: The Owner will make parking around the clubhouse available for construction. Addendum No. 1 - Page 1 of 3 1.5 Question: Please establish an Allowance value for plumbing fixtures L1, AS 1, JS1, and WC I. Answer: All plumbing fixtures not specified on the Plumbing Fixture Connection Schedule on sheet PLO should be specified on the architectural Plumbing Fixture & Fitting Schedule on sheet A-70. 1.6 Question: Is note 16 on Sheet A-12 applicable to this project? Answer: Yes, it applies to the existing kitchen in the Community Room. 1.7 Question: Specs indicate a fully adhered grey color 60mil TPO membrane, with rock ballast. A loose laid EPDM would be also appropriate as a ballasted system. Would you consider a VE deduct for this? Answer: The membrane is to be fully adhered. The ballast is only for appearance. The base bid shall be for the specified TPO membrane. An alternate for adhered EPDM may be submitted for consideration but note Instructions to Bidders Section 5, Substitute Material and Equipment. 1.8 Question: Detail 2/A-62 depicts a typical gravel stop. A much more significant rock guard is typically utilized with 314" - 1-112" river rock ballast, to hold ballast material in place. Please advise? Answer: The membrane is to be fully adhered. The ballast is only for appearance. A taller gravel stop will trap more water and is not desirable. Ballast may be held back from the edge of the roof. With a '/4" per foot roof slope we do not anticipate that much ballast will creep off the roof and if it does, it will be collected in the rain gutter. Price the roof edge metal/gravel stop as shown on plans. 1.9 Question: Two doors along column line D are unscheduled. Please supply schedule information. Would these be similar to door 8? Answer: The two doors in question are referenced on the South Elevations as `I' & `J' and appear on the Window Schedule on Sheet A-70 because they are manufactured by the window manufacturing company. 1.10 Question: Specification is for asphalt shingles to match existing. What is the existing shingle? Answer: It appears that the existing shingles are Certainteed Landmark brand and the color is Cottage Red. Obtain sample and confirm prior to placing order. They are available through Gulf Eagle supply in Gypsum. Addendum No. 1 - Page 2 of 3 1.11 Question: Please clarify how to insulate the unventilated roof/exterior ceiling. Type "A" calls for a hybrid system R-38 polyurethane spray foam & R-11 fiberglass batts for a total R-49; while Type "I" calls for R-26 polyurethane spray foam with an ignition barrier. The plans show I insulation between grids 1 and 3 and between 4 and 5, but the description in the insulation schedule indicates both A and I covering the same areas? Answer: Both insulation types occur at the roof and attic space above the Second Floor Open Office and elsewhere as shown. Insulation `A' is up against the roof deck while Insulation `I' is at the vertical plane of the tall truss heels and walls below the roof insulation (see wall sections). Because the spray insulation is not protected by batt insulation at these locations it requires the intumescent coating. 1.12 Question: It appears that insulation Type I R-26 will not meet code. Please verify. Answer: Because insulation Type `I' occurs on the vertical planes it is considered a `wall' insulation and thus meets code. End of Document Addendum No. 1 - Page 3 of 3 Q O C ADDENDUM AND CLARIFICATION NO.2 DATE: March 18, 2014 Owner: Project: Eagle County Lake Creek Early Head Start Program Addition 500 Broadway 4923 Lake Creek Village Drive P.O. Box 850 Edwards, CO Eagle, CO 81631 Purpose: The purpose of this Addendum is to make changes, additions, deletions, revisions and clarifications to the bidding documents dated February 26, 2014 for the above referenced project. Bidders shall review the Addendum work and requirements in detail and incorporate any effects the Addendum may have in their bid price. Acknowledgement: Bidders must acknowledge receipt of any and all Addenda in the Bid Form. All requirements of the bidding documents remain unchanged except as cited herein and in previous addenda: 1. CLARIFICATIONS: Add the following questions and answers: 1.1 Question: We typically do not recommend spading and re -planting trees as it typically cost as much as a new tree, limits landscape design, and does not come with any sort of warranty on the transplanted material. Should exclude the transplanting and assume they will be cleared? Answer: This may be reconsidered at a later date but for the bid please price spading and transplanting the existing trees as requested in Addendum #1. 1.2 Question: I notice in the instructions to bidders that section 11 "Performance or Other Bonds" states Intentionally Omitted". Does this mean that we should not include any bond cost in our estimate? Answer: That is correct, do not include the cost of any bonds, bonds will not be required. 2. ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS: Add the following documents to the Construction Documents: 1.1 Ecobuild: Include all items selected in the attached Eagle County Efficient Building Checklist whether they appear on the drawings or not as follows: 1.1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention: whether shown on civil drawings or not, provide proper erosion control measures to prevent off-site sedimentation. Limits of Addendum No. 2 - Page 1 of 3 disturbance to have sediment fencing, staked hay bales in swales/drainage ditches, revegetation matting in any areas outside fencing disturbed by construction. 1.3 Walkability/Bikability: this refers to the existing bike/pedestrian trail and has no cost bearing on the project. 1.4 Covered Bicycle Storage: this is intended to be the north porch and the Storage Room and adds no additional cost to the project. 1.5 On-site Affordable Housing Unit: this refers to existing affordable housing that is on-site and represents no additional cost to the project. 1.8 Stormwater Design: this is already factored in the civil design. 2.1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables: this refers to the existing containers and area at the trash dumper location and adds no additional cost to the project. 2.2 Construction Waste Recycling: include the cost of construction waste recycling in the bid. 2.4 Reclaimed/Recycled Content Materials: this is already factored in the specified materials. 2.7 Materials manufactured within Colorado: this is already factored in the specified materials and they include gypsum drywall and concrete amongst others. 3.1 Combustion analysis report: provide detailed combustion analysis report of new furnace/boiler after installation and following manufacturer's start up. Combustion analysis must demonstrate performance no less than 10% of AFUE efficiency rating. 3.4 Infrared Heat Loss Analysis: Infrared cameras can be effective tools for pinpointing areas of heat loss (interior - exterior temperature difference must be at least 25 degrees). Provide detailed report from an accredited professional on analysis performed, areas of heat loss, and demonstrated remediation (if stated in analysis). 3.6 Recessed Lights & Outlets on Exterior Assemblies: all can lights and outlets on exterior walls/ceilings are sealed and IC -rated (Insulation Contact rated). The fixtures must either be manufactured with no penetrations, or installed inside an airtight assembly of gypsum board or manufactured assembly. Clarification — this does not pertain to fixtures/outlets in suspended ceilings that are below the level of insulation. 3.9 88% Efficient Boilet/Fumace: this is already accounted for in the furnace specification, no additional measures are necessary. Addendum No. 2 - Page 2 of 3 3.12 Efficient Interior Lighting: this is already accounted for in the lighting design and specifications, no additional measures are necessary. 3.18 Roof/Ceiling Insulation: this is already accounted for in the Insulation Schedule, no additional measures are necessary. 3.19 Wall Insulation: this is already accounted for in the Insulation Schedule, no additional measures are necessary. 3.20 Slab Insulation: this is already accounted for in the Insulation Schedule, no additional measures are necessary. 3.22 Blown or Sprayed Insulation: this is already accounted for in the Insulation Schedule, no additional measures are necessary. 4.1 On -Site Renewable Energy: this refers to the existing solar hot water system that is to be relocated, no additional measures are necessary. 5.3 Radon Mitigation System: some of this is already shown on the drawings but provide a complete, design -build, working radon mitigation system including piping in the gravel base, soil -gas retarder membrane, pipe through roof and in- line fan. Include a design illustrating the perforated pipe layout for submittal to the Building Department. 5.5 HEPA Air Filter: provide HEPA or MERV 13 (0.1 micron) or higher filter installed that effectively filters HVAC system. Confirm compatibility with equipment. 5.7 Construction IAQ Plan: new HVAC system must be covered until occupancy. 3. CHANGES TO DRAWINGS: The following previously issued drawings dated February 26, 2014 are revised and reissued. These revised drawings supersede the previously issued drawings: 3.1 Sheet E2.0: Added sump pump PP -2 at elevator pit, connect to circuit "Office -16 Partial". Added circuit "Office2-1 Partial to (6) fire smoke dampers FS - 199. 4. CLARIFICATIONS: Note the following corrections: 4.1 Addendum #1:The date on Addendum #1 should read "March 14, 2014" End of Document Addendum No. 2 - Page 3 of 3 0 0